(VOL-3 WEAPON TRAINING SUBJECTS)
TRAINING DIRECTORATE-CRPF
NEW DELHI - INDIA ( DECEMBER – 2011)
1
FOREWORD:
The need for a single handbook containing all lessons of
Constable (GD) basic training in CRPF has been felt for quite
sometime. The raising of Addl. Trg. Centres further necessiated
this - to provide the instructors with enough trg. materials in a
single booklet form so that there is uniformity in the contents..
After discussions in various forums and consultations with
experienced trainers the syllabus was reviewed. While
reviewing the syllabus enough attention has been paid to the
changing security scenario, modus operandi of anti-nationals
and changing social millieu. This is the first time, the syllabus
revision committee itself has come out with elaborate and
comprehensive lesson plans on each of the subject which I feel
will be very useful to the trainers. Prepared in roman hindi, the
contents would be easily understood by even non-hindi
speaking personnel. I hope, this handbook will benefit all
trainers and trainees in enhancing their Knowledge,skill and
aptitude in their duties.
DEC-2011
NEW DELHI
K.VIJAY KUMAR, IPS
DIRECTOR GENERAL,
CENTRAL RESERVE POLICE FORCE
2
FROM THE DESK OF ADDL.DGP(TRG.)
:
Training is the best investment for any Organisation, more so in an
armed force like ours. The operational efficiency any unit can be best tested
in its trg. ground. This roman hindi HANDBOOK FOR CT-GD BASIC TRG.
consisting of all lessons/trg. for the whole 44 weeks trg. period, is prepared
to benefit both instructors and trainees to impart/undergo trg. as per the
present needs of our organistion. I hope this book will be of immense help
to all – as prepared in easy language covering all topics in a comprehensive
manner.
D.K.PATHAK, IPS
ADDITIONAL DGP (TRG.)-CRPF
NEW DELHI
INTRODUCTION BY IGP(TRG.)
:
It is during basic trg. that one learns all the fundamentals of any
organisation.Hence its importance cannot be overemphasized.SRC has
made, an all out attempt to review the contents of the basic course in
accordance with the everchanging dynamics of our country’s internal
security scenario.This change could not have been effectively communicated
to the target group i.e., thousands of recruits joining this force- without
making an authentic and comprehensive resource material. The compilation
of lesson plans in a booklet form is an attempt in that direction. The
committee would welcome any suggestion for inclusion in future editions.
K.MADHUSUDHANAN,
IGP-(TRG.)- CRPF
NEW DELHI
3
PREFACE BY AUTHOR:
“ A man would do nothing if he waits to do a work in such a way- that
nobody would find fault on what he has done “
Compiling lesson plans on a variety of subject to be taught during long 44
weeks was’nt an easy task. We had to go through various sources like trg.
books, pamphlets of Army, BSF, SPG,CRPF,CISF &Other forces/Police from
our country through their publications. Internet was also a main source for
thinking globally. This booklet has been made in simple Roman hindiwithout changing the meaning or spellings from the source , as Roman hindi
is a flexible language with no firm spelling for a particular word -unlike pure
English or hindi-and our main intention is to make the user to study easily
and understand fully. Most of the lessons were prepared after due thoughts
on the present Training Needs of our constables . I request the readers to
advise/correct us , if any conceptual or spelling mistakes are found-through
my e-mail id -- gkumarindia@aol.in-- for corrections and also request for
their valuable suggestions to further improve this handbook.
G.KUMAR , B.Sc.,M.A.,M.Phil.,MBA.,
SECOND-IN-COMMAND (30 BN CRPF-ASSAM)
ATTACHED AT ATC – CRPF – AVADI (T.N)
CONTENTS
S/N
O.
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CODE
RE
RM
OCT
UAC
BOX
SM
HC
PTT
OMDPT
PTTEST
SUBJECT
PHYSICAL TRAINING
Running and
Endurance
RouteMarches
Obstacle Clearing Trg.
Un Armed Combat
Boxing
Swimming
Hill & Building Climbing
PT Tables
One Minute Drill For
Strengthening
PT Tests
PERIODs
DAY
PERIOD
S
NIGHT
PERIO
DS
TOTAL
PERIOD
S
127
-
127
08
04
04
-
44
44
45
15
36
36
36
36
-
27
36
40
45
15
36
32
36
36
27
4
TOTAL
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
1
2
LOD
FD
AD
LRD
CD
FND
OMDD
DTEST
430
16
446
11
138
90
30
-
11
138
90
30
30
O9
20
-
30
09
20
12
-
12
TOTAL
WEAPON TRAINING
5.56 INSAS Rifle
5.56 INSAS LMG
340
-
340
119
53
08
-
127
53
7.62 SLR
7.62 LMG
9MM Carbine Machine
AKM
51 mm MORTAR
NO.36 H.E Grenade
9MM Browning Pistol
Tear Smoke
Firing
One Minute Drills with
Weapon
Bayonet Fighting
Weapon Tests
TOTAL
12
79
28
35
31
29
20
15
164
25
08
06
04
08
06
32
-
12
87
34
39
39
35
20
15
196
25
42
18
670
72
42
18
742
DRILL
Lectures On Drill
Foot Drill
Arms Drill
Lathi,Riot Drill and
Bugle Calls
Cane Drill
Last rites Drill
One Minute Drills in
Uniform
Drill Tests
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
15
16
17
INSAS
LMGIN
SLR
LMG
CM
AKM
MOR
GN
PIS
TS
FIR
OMD
18
19
BAY
WT-T
D
MR, GPS, FE, IED, FC, BC, TACTICS, CI&POLICE OPS, JC &
F/FIRING (OUTDOOR SUBJECTS)
MR
Map Reading & GPS
28
08
36
FE
Field Engineering,
36
36
Explosives & IEDs
FC
Field Craft
28
16
44
BC
Battle Craft
35
-35
TAC
Tactics
53
-53
CP
Counter insurgency &
36
16
52
Police operations
JC
Jungle camp & field
240
64
304
Firing
INT
Intelligence & Security
27
27
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5
9
OMDCI
E.
1
2
One Minute Drills for
CI Ops.
TOTAL
INDOOR SUBJECTS
L
Law And Manuals
RR
Rescue & Relief
Operations
FF
Fire fighting
IS
VIP/Jail/ Airport
security & Guarding of
vital installations
HR
Human Rights
PO
Central Police & State
Police organisations
HF
Hygiene &
Sanitation,First
Aid&AIDS
OP
Office procedure
IN/OU INDOOR/OUTDOOR
T-T
WRITTEN Tests
TOTAL
3
4
5
6
7
8
12
Grand Total
31
-
31
514
104
618
18
08
-
18
08
08
08
-
08
08
08
08
-
08
08
16
-
16
04
08
-
04
08
86
-
86
2040
192
2232
BLOCK SYLLABUS FOR JUNGLE CAMP TRG.
S/N
o
Code
SUBJECT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
PT
MR
Tac
FC
FE
EXP
FF
Misc
BI
10
SCE
Endurance Training
Map Reading & GPS
Tactical Ops
Field Craft
Field Engineering
Explosive
Field firing
Miscellaneous
Battle inoculation
TOTAL
7 days self contained
exercise
TOTAL
NO. OF PERIOD
ALLOTTED
Day
Night Total
12
08
20
18
14
32
70
20
90
16
06
22
13
00
13
06
00
06
18
00
18
16
00
16
11
00
11
180
48
228
During Day &
76
Night
240
64
304
6
DETAILED SYLLABUS FOR WEAPON SUBJECTS
(1) 5.56 MM INSAS RIFLE (Code – INSAS)
Sl Code
Subject
1 INSAS-120
5.56 mm INSAS rif se waqfiat,
kholna,jorna aur safai karne ka
tariqa sikhana.
5.56 mm INSAS rif ke mag ko
bharna,kahli karna , rif ko bharna
,ready make safe aur khali karne
ka tariqa sikhana.
Bhin bhin posn se 5.56 mm INSAS
rif par mazboot pakar hasil karne
ka tariqa sikhana
5.56 mm INSAS rif se shisht lena
aur fire karne ka tariqa sikhana
5.56mm INSAS rif ki chaal, parne
wali roken aur unhen dur karne
ka tariqa sikhana
5.56mm INSAS rif se shisht mein
tabdili karna,shisht ki jagah
chunna, hawa ka haq rakhte huye
harkati tgt par POA chunne ka
tariqa sikhana
5.56mm INSAS rif ki trigger
mechanism ke bare mein jankari
dena
Total
2 INSAS21-40
3 INSAS41-58
4 INSAS59-76
5 INSAS77-96
6 INSAS97-116
7 INSAS116-127
L/D
Pra
c.
Nig
ht
T
ot
al
2
0
4
14
2
4
14
2
2
0
4
14
-
1
8
4
14
-
4
14
2
1
8
2
0
4
14
2
2
0
4
7
-
1
1
28
91
8
1
2
7
(2) 5.56 MM INSAS LMG (Code – LMG-IN)
Sl Code
Subject
1
LMG-IN1-9
2
LMG-IN
-10-18
3
LMG-IN
5.56 mm INSAS LMG ka
bayan,visheshtayen, kholna,jorna
aur safai karne ka tariqa sikhana
5.56 mm INSAS LMG ke mag ko
bharna,kahli karna ,lmg ko bharna
,ready make safe aur khali karne ka
tariqa sikhana
5.56 mm INSAS LMG se pakar, sisht
L/D
Nig
ht
To
tal
2
Pr
ac
.
7
-
9
2
7
-
9
2
7
-
9
7
4
-19-27
LMG-IN
-28-35
5
LMG-IN
-36-45
6
LMG-IN46-53
aur fire karne ka tariqa sikhana
5.56mm INSAS LMG ki chaal, parne
wali roken aur unhen dur karne ka
tariqa sikhana
5.56mm INSAS LMG ko action ke
dauran handling karne ka
tariqa
sikhana
5.56mm INSAS LMG ke upar
istemal hone wale sighton ke bare
mein jankari dena
Total
2
7
-
9
2
7
-
9
2
6
-
8
12
41
-
53
(3) 7.62 SLR RIFLE (Code – SLR)
S/
No.
CODE
1
SLR-12
7.62 mm self loading rifle se
waqfiat,safety,kolna ,jorna aur safai
2
SLR-34
SLR-56
SLR-78
SLR-912
Magazine bharna, sight lagana, rifle
bharna aur khali karna
Fire karna
3
4
5
SUBJECT
PERIODS
L/D Pr
ac
.
1
1
Rifle ki chal aur hone wali roken
Tube launching MK-1 se waqfiat aur
rifle grenade ko fire karne ka tariqe
sikhana
Total
Ni
gh
t
-
To
tal
2
1
1
-
2
1
1
-
2
1
1
-
2
2
2
-
4
6
6
-
12
(4) 7.62 MM LIGHT MACHINE GUN (Code –LMG)
Sl Code
Subject
1
7.62mm light machine gun se
waqfiat, kholna, safai aur jorna
Magazine ka bharna aur sight
lagana
Shist , pakar aur fire karna
Chal aur roken
2
3
4
LMG-115
LMG16-30
LMG31-43
LMG-
L/D
5
Pra
c.
8
Nig
ht
2
Tot
al
15
5
8
2
15
5
8
-
13
5
9
2
16
8
5
6
44-59
LMG60-72
LMG73-87
Tripod
5
8
-
13
Fixed line
5
8
2
15
30
49
8
87
Total
(5) 9 MM CARBINE MACHINE (Code - CM)
Sl Code
Subject
1
CM-1-7
2
CM -814
9mm carbine-viseshtaien,
kholna, jorna aur safai
Magazine ko bharna, carbine ko
bharna, khali karna aur fire
karna
3
CM 1522
4
CM-2334
L/D
1
Pra
c.
4
Nig
ht
2
Tot
al
7
1
4
2
7
Turant upay aur rokon ko dur
karna
1
5
2
8
CQB role mein carbine (IWT)
3
9
-
12
Total
6
22
6
34
(6) AKM (Code – AKM)
Sl Code
Subject
1
Rifle AK-47 se waqfiat, kholna,
jorna aur safai ka tariqa
AK-47 ke magazine bharna, rifle
ka bharna, sight lagana, ready,
fire, make safe aur khali karna.
AK-47 Assault Rifle ki Chal ,
Roken aur Fouri ilaz
Total
2
3
AKM-116
AKM17-31
AKM32-34
L/D
4
Pra
c.
12
Nig
ht
2
To
tal
18
4
12
2
18
1
2
-
3
9
26
4
39
(8) 51 MM MORTAR (Code – MOR)
Sl Code
Subject
1
51 mm mor aur dial sight se
waqfiat karana
Mortor ka kholna jorna aur
2
MOR-14
MOR-5-
L/D
Pra
c.
Tot
al
-
Ni
gh
t
2
2
2
4
2
8
4
9
3
4
12
MOR13-17
MOR18-25
5
MOR26-33
6
MOR34-39
safai
Mor ke bombon ki pahchan,
visheshtayen aur chal
Bombon ko fire ke liye taiyar
karna,bharna, khali karna fire
aur misfire ka tariqa sikhana
51 mm Mor se direct aur
indirect fire karne ka tariqa
sikhana
Mor det ka kam aur fire
niyantran
Total
2
3
-
5
2
4
2
8
2
4
2
8
2
4
-
6
12
19
8
39
Nig
ht
2
Tot
al
8
(9) NO. 36 H.E.GRENADE (Code – GN)
Sl Code
Subject
1
GN-1-8
2
2
3
GN-9-15
GN-1629
GN-3039
No.36 HE grenade ki
pahchan aur istemal
Grenade ko phainkna
Grenade phainkna aur
lobbing
Tube launching MK-1 se
waqfiat aur rifle grenade ko
fire karne ka tariqe sikhana
Pra
c.
4
2
2
5
10
2
7
14
2
6
2
10
Total
8
25
6
39
2
Pra
c.
4
Nig
ht
-
Tota
l
6
2
6
-
8
2
4
-
6
6
14
-
20
4
L/D
(10) 9 MM PISTOL BROWNING (Code – PIS)
Sl Code
1
2
3
PIS-1-3
Subject
9 mm pistol se waqfiat, kholna
,jorna aur safai karne ka
tariqa sikhana
PIS-4-6
9 mm pistol ke mag ko bharna,
khali karna, pistol ko
bharna,ready,make safe aur
fire karne ka tariqa sikhana
PIS-7-11 9mm Pistol ki chaal, parne
wali roken aur unhen dur
karne ka tariqa sikhana
Total
L/D
10
(15) TEAR SMOKE (Code – TS)
Sl
Code
Subject
1
TS-1
2
TS-2
Tear smoke gas –ithiyas , kismain
, range aur prayog
Tearsmoke unit
Tekanpur(gwalior) main banaye
jane wale tear smoke gas
munitions ke bare main jankari
3
TS- 3-4
4
5
6
TS-5-6
TS-7-8
TS-9
7
8
9
TS-10
TS-11
TS-1213
TS-1415
Tear smoke munitions –badal aur
hawa ka asar
Chamber test ki baremain jankari
Tear smoke grenades ki chal
Tear smoke gas ka sidhant aur
istemal main dhianki baten
Tear smoke munitions ka storage
Tear smoke gas –karo , na karo
Tear smoke respirators ki
kismain
Respirator drill-gas position aur
sahi fitting
Total
1
0
L/D
1
Pra
c.
-
Nig
ht
-
Tot
al
1
1
-
-
1
1
1
-
2
1
1
1
1
1
-
-
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
-
1
1
2
1
1
-
2
10
05
-
15
(16) FIRING (Code – FIR)
S/
No
CODE
SUBJECT
1
FIR-127
FIR28-45
FIR46-54
FIR55-98
FIR99-113
FIR114161
2
3
4
5
6
WEE
K
NO.
MUS
KETRY
PERIODS
ALLOTTED
FOR
DAY
NIGH
FIRING
T
FIRIN
G
18
-
TOT
AL
Miniature range
firing
INSAS short
range firing
A.K.M. firing
20
9
26
9
9
-
18
28
3
6
-
9
INSAS long range
firing
LMG short range
firing
LMG long range
firing
30
10
18
16
44
33
6
9
-
15
36
5
27
16
48
27
11
7
8
9
FIR162170
FIR171183
FIR184196
Hand grenade
firing
38
-
9
-
9
Carbine Machine
firing
40
4
9
-
13
Pistol 9 MM firing
40
4
9
-
13
50
114
32
196
Total
(17) ONE MINUTE DRILLS WITH WEAPONS (Code-OMD-W)
S.N CODE
SUBJECT
L/ PRAC
o.
D
.
1
2
3
4
5
6
OMD-W 14
OMD-W 58
OMD-W 912
OMD-W
13-16
OMD-W
17-20
OMD-W
21-25
Cleaning of firearms
1
3
TO
TA
L
4
Filling magazine with one hand
1
3
4
Gun and stealth
1
3
4
Preparing a Range for firearms
practice
Stress shooting
1
3
4
1
3
4
Safely taking and depositing
firearms from armoury
TOTAL
1
4
5
06
19
25
(18)BAYONET (Code – B)
Sl Code
Subject
1
BAY-15
BAY-611
BAY-1217
BAY-1829
Basic position aur karwaian
BAY-1935
BAY-3638
2
3
4
5
6
L/D
1
Pra
c.
4
Nig
ht
-
To
tal
5
Hamle ki karwaian
1
5
-
6
Hamle aur bachao ki karwaian
1
5
-
6
Bachao aur hamle ki mili jhuli
karwaian
2
10
-
12
Tan shastr aur ani ghompna
1
5
-
6
Training stick
1
2
-
3
12
7
BAY-3942
Zati bachao
1
3
Total
4
-
42
(19) TEST (Code – WT-T)
S/N
o
CODE
SUBJECT
1
WT-T 118
Test
TOTAL
TRG.
OF
PERIODS
L/D
18
Prac.
-
Total
18
Total
18
-
18
WEAPON DAY
PDS.
670
NIGHT TOTA
PDS.
L
72 742
13
(1) 5.56 mm INSAS
RIFLE(INSAS)
INSAS 1-20
5.56 MM INSAS RIF SE WAQFIAT, KHOLNA,JORNA
AUR SAFAI KARNE KA TARIQA SIKHANA HAI.
14
TARTIB
S/N
O
(a)
1.
(b)
SHURU
SHURU
KA
KAM
2.
DOHRAI
TEACHING
POINTS
TRG
AIDS
(c)
(d)
(a)
Class ki
ginti groupon
mein bant .
(b)
Hathiyar
aur saman ka
nirikshan.
(c)
Bandoba
st ki karwai.
5.56m
m
INSAS
Rifle,
mag,
Assy
Bag
Ground
sheet,
Q1. 7.62 mm
SLR ka kargar
rg kitna hai?
TIME
Actua
l
Runnin
g
(e)
(f)
01
01
01
02
REMARK
S
(g)
Ustad
nirikshan
karne ka
khud
namuna
den.
15
3.
PAHUNC
H
Ans. 300 X.
Q.2. 7.62 mm
SLR ka sight
radius kitna hai
?
Ans. 553 mm.
Ladai ki badalte
haalat aur sena
ki tarakki ke
sath
sath
hamare
hathiyaron mein
bhi kafi badlav
aya hai. Hamare
desh
ke
vaigyanikon ne
bhi halke aur
lambe rg tak
maar
karne
wala 5.56 mm
INSAS Rif ka
awishkar
kiya
hai. Is hathiyar
ka poora poora
faida uthane ke
liye zaruri hai ki
jawan
iski
khubiyon
se
bhali
bhanti
parichit ho taki
wah is hathiyar
ka
bharpoor
faida utha sake.
01
03
Pahunch
sabaq se
sambandhi
t ho.
16
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
4.
UDDESH
5.56 mm INSAS Rif se
waqfiyat,
kholna,jorna
aur safai karne ka tariqa
sikhana hai.
01
04
Dohraya
jaye.
5.
SAMAN
5.56 mm INSAS Rif, As per
Mag,, Bayonet, Accessory trg
Bag, Chindi, Long Easel, aids.
Black
Board,
Chalk,
Duster aur
Ground
Sheet.
01
05
Saman ko
point karke
batayenge.
6.
BHAGON
MEIN
BANT
Bhag No-I.
INSAS
Rif ki visheshtayen aur
tech data.
Bhag
No-II.
Kholna, ,Hisse purzon ke
naam, kaam,
aur
jorna .
Bhag
No-III.
Accessories se jankari
aur safai karne
ka
tariqa
01
06
BHAG NOI
INSAS Rif ke
Visheshtayen aur
Technical Data.
08
14
NAMUNA
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a) INSAS Rif SLR ke
banspat 25% halki aur
70% recoil kam hai.
(b) Kargar rg jaida hai.
(c) INSAS Rif mein gren
sight laga hai.
(d) INSAS Rif, LMG, aur
Carbine ke chaal wale
purje aapas mein ek
saman hain.
(e) Iska bayonet
multipurpose hai.
(f) Isse hum single shot
17
aur three rds control
burst fire karte hain.
(g) Iska mag ardh
pardarshi hai.
(a)
(b)
Tech Data
(a)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Wazan
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Khali Rif
Khali Mag
Khali Mag ke
sath Rif
(iv) Bhari Mag
(v) Bhari Mag ke
sath Rif
(vi) Bayonet
(vii) Bhari Mag aur
Bayonet ke
sath
(b) Lambai
(i)
Rif
(ii) Bayonet
(iii) Bayonet ke
(iv) sath Rif
Barrel
(c) Sight Radius
(d) MV
(e) Grooves
(f) Penetration
(g) Muzzle Energy
(h) Recoil Energy
(j) Rate of Fire
(i)
Normal
(ii)
Cont Burst
(iii)
Intense
(iv)
Cyclic
- 3.6 Kg
- 90 Gms
- 3.69 Kg
- 340 Gms
- 3.94Kg
- 305 Gms
- 4.1Kgs
-
960 mm
285 mm
1110 mm
464mm
- 470mm
900mtr/sec
- 6 (RH)
200mm
- 3mm on
700M
MSP
- 1685J
- 4.43J
- 60
Rds/Min
- 90
Rds/Min
- 150
Rds/Min
- 600-650
Rds/Min
18
(a)
(b)
(k)
Amn
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
02
16
Pure class
se abhyas
karaya
jaye.
(i) Ball
(ii) Tracer
(iii) Blank
(iv) HD Carts
Trigger operation - 2.1
(l)
kg
(m) Body sheet matel 1mm moti
Assy.
(a)
Muzzle Cover.
(b)
Bayonet.(Dagger, Saw,
Screw Driver, Hammer,
Bottle
Opener, Wire Cutter)
(c)
Sling.
(d)
BFA.
(e)
TDLS.
(f)
PNS.
Assy Bag ka Saman.
(a) Muzzle Cover.
(h)
Bore Brush.
(b) BFA.
(j)
Pull through.
(c) Clearing Plug
(k)
Extractor
(d) Patla Drift.
(l)
Helical Spring Inner.
(e) Mota Drift.
(m)
Helical Spring Outer.
(f)
Chamber Brush. (n)
Assy Bag.
(g) Firing Pin.
ABHYAS
(a)
(b)
BHAG II
Tech Data par abhyas karaya
jaye.
(c)
Rif ko kholna , Hisse
Purjon ke Naam aur Jorna.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
19
NAMUNA
(1)
Rif kholne ke liye
sabse pahle mag ko utaren,
change lever ko ‘R’ ya ‘B’
par karen aur rif ko cock
karen.
(2)
Bayonet catch ko
dabate hue bayonet ko
utaren.
(3)
Sling ko kholen.
08
24
(e)
(f)
(4) Dahine haath ki kalme
wali anguli se retainer
locking lever ko dabate hue
anguthe se retainer ko aage
karen aur receiver cover ko
kholen.
(5)
Piston extension aur
recoil spring ko bahar
nikalen.
(6)
Piston extension se
rotating bolt ko alag Karen.
(7) Gas tube locking catch
ko 900 mein khara karte
hue gas tube ko alag karen.
(8)
Firing pin aur
extractor kholne ke liye drift
ki madad se pahle pin firing
axis pin aur baad mein
extractor
axis
pin
ko
kholen.
(9)
Mag ko kholne ke liye
stud ko dabate hue bottom
plate ko kholen aur spring
ko nikalen.
(a)
(b)
(c)
INSAS Rif mote taur par 12
accessories ki bane hoti hai ;_
(d)
(g)
20
1.
Barrel assembly.
(a)
Flash eliminator.
Paida hone wale shole ki
teevrta ko kam karta hai
aur gren projector ka bhi
kaam karta hai.
(b) Barrel.
Goli ko sahi
disha mein jaane mein
madad karta hai. Ismein
grooves aur land goli ko
spin deta hai jisse goli ko
sthirta milti hai.
(c)
Lug Bayonet.
Bayonet ko fit karne ke
kaam ata hai.
(d)
Gas Block and Plug
Gas.
Gas vent ke upar
lagi poori accessory ko
block gas kahte hain. Jisse
gas cylinder mein dakhil
hoti hai.
(e)
Gas Regulator, Gas
Scape Hole.
Gas
regulator ki matra ko cont
karta hai. Iski do posn
hain. Low aur High.
(f)
Loop Front Sling.
Sling lagane ke kaam ata
hai.
2.
Hand Guard. Yeh Rif ko
pakrane ke kaam ata hai. Jisko
cap ke dwara fit kiya jata hai.
Iske andar ek reflector hota hai
jo hand guard ko garam hone se
bachata hai.
3. Cocking Handle Assembly.
Rifle ko cock karne mein madad
deta hai. Slide ke pichhle hisse
laga hota hai. Iske purjon ke
naam is prakar hain :-
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
21
(a)
Cocking Handle.
(b)
Slide.
(c)
Plunger.
(d)
Pin.
4.
Body Housing Assy. Yeh
1mm Sheet Metal ka bana hai.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
5.
Cover Assy.
(a)
(b)
(c)
6.
Hinges.
Male Dovetail.
Rear Sight Housing.
Trigger Mech Assy.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a)
Left Channel
Right Channel
Safety Sear.
Ejector.
Spacer.
Rear Block.
Change Lever.
TRB.
Hammer.
Trigger Sear.
Auxillary Sear.
7.
Pistol Grip Assy.
8.
(c)
Butt Assy.
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
9.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Butt Plate.
Butt Trap.
Rear Sling Loop.
Piston Extension Assy.
(a) Piston.
(b) Cam Way.
(c) Stem.
(d) Recoil Spring
Housing.
(e) Right Lug.
(f) Bottom Surface.
10. Rotating Bolt Assy.
22
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Cam.
Firing Pin.
Locking Lug.
Feed Piece.
Extractor.
11. Recoil Spring Assy.
(a) Stopper.
(b) Guide.
(c) Spring.
(a)
(b)
12.
(c)
Mag Assy.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(d)
(e)
(f)
02
26
10
36
(g)
Lips.
Platform.
Bottom Plate.
Dimpal.
Retainer.
Spring.
Jorna.
Jis sequence mein
khola gaya hai thik uske viprit
karwai karte huye joren.
Akhir mein cock karke trigger
press Karen.
ABHYAS
Class ka abhyas karaya jaye
BHAG – III
ACCESSORIES SE JANKARI
AUR SAFAI KARNE KA
TARIQA.
NAMUNA
INSAS RIF ke sath 06 prakar
ki accessories di gaye hain :(a) Muzzal cover
(b) BFA
(c) Sling
(d) Bayonet multi purpose
(e) Day light telescopic
sight
(f) Passive night sight
23
1
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Day Light Telescopic Sight.
(i)
Wazan
- 485 Gms
(ii)
Dia
- 65mm
(ii)
Lambai
- 255mm
(iii) Field of View
- 15 Degree
(iv) Magnification
-4X
(v)
Range
- 400m
(vi) Exit Pupil Dia
- 6 mm
(vii) Eye Clearance
- 40 mm
(viii) Objective
- Refractive.
(ix) Eye Piece
- Fixed Focus Monocular
Pattern.
(x)
Operating Temp
- -40 degree to 55 degree
(xi) Storage Temp
- -40 degree to 70 degree
Passive Night Sight.
(i)
Wazan
1.065 kg
(ii)
Lambai
281mm
(II) Dia
70mm
(iii) Field of View
10 Degree
(iv) Magnification
(c)
-
24
-4X
(v)
- 300m
(a)
(b)
Range detection
(c)
11
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(vi) Engagement
- 200 mtr
(vi) Exit Pupil Dia
- 6 mm
(vii) Eye Clearance
- 22 mm
(viii) Objective
-.
(ix) Eye Piece
- Variable Monocular
Pattern.
(x)
Operating Temp
- -30 degree to 45 degree
(xi) Storage Temp
- -30 degree to 65 degree
Safai ka saaman :(a)
Chindi
(b)
Cleaning rod
(c)
Burush cleaning bore
(d)
Burush cleaning
chember
(e) Drift -2
(f)
Tool removing reptured
case
(g) Tool adjusting fore sight
and rear sight
(h) Oil bottle
Pullthrough
Safai Karne ka Tariqa. Safai
ke teen stage hote hain :(a)
(b)
Aam Safai.
(i) Rojana ki safai.
(ii) Weekly Safai.
(iii) Monthly safai.
Firing Ke Lihaj se.
(i) Firing se Pahle.
(ii) Firing ke Dauran.
(iii) Firing ke baad.
25
(a)
(b)
(c)
(c)
Mausam ke
Lihaj se.
(i)
(ii)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
High Alt.
Desert.
Lubrication.
(a)
4 degree se above
- OX 52.
(b)
4 Degree se -18
Degree
- OX –13.
(c) -18 Degree se -40
Degree
- OX 13 +
Superior
quality K/Oil 1:1.
(d) -40 degree se -50
degree
- OX 13 +
Superior
quality K/Oil 2:3
Chindi ka scale.
(a)
Safai ke liye
- 4” x 1 ½ ”
(b) Oil ke liye
- 4x1 “
7.
ABHYAS
Bhag-III ka abhyas karaya
jaye.
SANKSHEP
Q1.
INSAS Rif ki MV
kitni hai ?
Ans. 900m/sec.
Q2. INSAS Rif ki safai ke
liye chindi ka scale kya hai
?
Ans. 4” x 1 ½”.
02
38
02
40
Abhyas
pure class
se karaya
jaye.
************************************************************************************
26
INSAS 21-40
5.56 MM INSAS RIF KE MAG KO BHARNA,KAHLI KARNA ,
RIF KO BHARNA ,READY MAKE SAFE AUR KHALI KARNE
KA TARIQA SIKHANA
TARTIB
S/N
O
(a)
1.
(b)
SHURU
SHURU
KA
KAM
TEACHING
POINTS
TRG
AIDS
(c)
(d)
(d)
Class ki
ginti groupon
mein bant .
(e)
Hathiyar
aur saman ka
nirikshan.
(f)
Bandoba
st ki karwai.
5.56m
m
INSAS
Rifle,
mag,
Drill
Carts,
Assy
Bag
Ground
sheet,
2.
DOHRAI
Q1.
INSAS
Rif ki MV kitni
hai ?
Ans.
900m/sec.
Q2. INSAS Rif
ki safai ke liye
chindi ka scale
kya hai ?
Ans. 4” x 1 ½”.
3.
PAHUNC
5.56mm
INSAS
TIME
Actua
l
Runnin
g
(e)
(f)
REMARK
S
(g)
01
01
Nirikshan
class se
karwaya
jae.
01
02
Pichhle
lesson
01
03
Pahunch
27
H
RIF jawan ka
jati
hathiyar
hai.
Is
liye
jawan ko kholna
, jorna aur safai
karna jan lena
hi kafi nahi hai
balki larai ke
maidan mein Rif
ka pura faida
uthane ke liye
Rif ko bharna
aur khali karna
ana chahiye
Sath hi bhari Rif
ko ek jagah se
dusri jagah le
jane
ke
liye
make safe ki
karwai
bhi
achhi tarah ani
chahiye.
sabaq se
sambandhi
t ho.
2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
4.
UDDESH
5.56 mm INSAS Rif ke mag
ko bharna,khali karna , Rif
ko
Bharna,
Ready,
Makesafe aur Khali Karne
ka tariqa Sikhana Hai.
01
04
Dohraya
jaye.
5.
SAMAN
5.56
mm
INSAS
Rif, As per
Mag,drill
carts,accessory trg
bag, chindi, long easel, aids.
black board, chalk, duster
aur ground sheet.
01
05
Saman ko
point karke
batayenge.
6.
BHAGON
MEIN
BANT
Bhag No-I. Mag ko bharna
aur khali karna
Bhag No-II.
Sight lagana
aur range hasil karna
Bhag No-III.
Rif ko
bharna,ready,makesafe aur
khali karna.
01
06
28
BHAG NOI
MAG KO BHARNA AUR
KHALI KARNA :-
NAMUNA
Amn ki Safai.
Rounds ko
len aur saaf kapre se round
ko ek ek karke saaf Karen.
Agar samay kam ho to kai
roundon ko ek saath kapre
mein lappet kar safai ki ja
sakti hai, lekin dhyan rahe
ki roundon ka aapas mein
ragad nahin hona chahiye.
Amn ko saaf karke kisi saaf
jagah par rakhen.
10
16
(e)
(f)
Mag ka Bharna.
Bharne
se pahle mag ka mulahija
karen. Agar mag ki body
tuti ho ya lips tute hon to
aise mag ko na bhara jaye.
Dusre mag ko len aur isi
tarah mulahija karen. Agar
thik ho to bharne ke liye
istemal karen. INSAS Rif ke
mag ko bharne ka tariqa
bhi SLR ke mag ki tarah hi
hai. Iska mag fibre glass ka
bana hone ki wajah se
ismen
3
(a)
(b)
(c)
rds bahar se hi dikhai dete
hain. Ismen ham filler ka
istemal nahin karte hain
kyonki iske rds cortons
mein band hokar aate
hain. Mag ko len aur is
prakar pakren ki mag ka
chhota mehrab andar ki
taraf aur bada mehrab
bahar ki taraf ho. Mag ko
ground sheet , boot ki toe
ya raan par rakhte hue
saaf kiye hue rds ko len
aur dono haathon ki
anguliyon aur anguthe ki
(d)
(g)
29
madad se ek ek rd bharen.
Bharte samay agar koi rd
niche gir jata hai to use
aakhir mein saaf karke
bharen. Is prakar ek mag
mein 20 rds aate hain aur
20 hi bhare jate hain.
Mag ko Khlai Karna.
Mag ko len aur baen aur is
prakar pakre ki haath ki
char ungliyan upar se aur
angutha andar se pakarte
hue chhota mehrab zamin
ki taraf ho.
Kisi nukili
cheej ki madad se rd ke
bairkhilaf dabate huye mag
ko khali Karen. Dhayan
rahe agar rd ka istemal
kiya jar aha ho to hare k ya
do rd ke baad iski badli kar
di jaye. Roundon ka girav
saaf
jagah
par
hona
chahiye. Roundon ko saaf
Karen aur cartoon mein
band Karen.
ABHYAS
Mag ko bharna aur khali
karna par abhyas karaya
jaye.
BHAG
NO-2
SIGHT LAGANA AUR
RANGE HASIL KARNA :Teen prakar ki sighting ki
subhidha hai :(a) Open sight
(b) Day light telescopic
sight
(c) Passive night sight
05
21
05
26
Pure class
se abhyas
karaya
jaye.
4
(a)
(b)
(c)
a)
Open Sight.
Open Sight
ke hisse purje :(i) Fore Sight. Fore
sight protractor. Fore
sight tip, locking nut.
(ii) Rear Sight
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
30
Housing rear sight, Lips, Rear
sight apparture, leaf
spring, screw axis, plunger
Range Hasil Karna.
Rear
open sight par do lips bane hue
hain. Pahle par 2 ka ank likha
hai, jo 200m ke rg ko zahir
karta hai. Dusre ke upar 4 ka
ank likha hai jo 400 m ke rg ko
zahir karta hai. 100m aur
300m ke rg hasil karne ki koi
suvidha nahin hai.
Abhyas
BHAG-III
NAMUNA
Day light telescopic sight
aur passive night sight ke bare
mein aap ko pichhle lesson
mein bataya gaya hai.
Sight lagane par abhyas liya
jai.
Rif
ko
Bharna,
Ready,
Makesafe aur Khali Karna.
Jab Rif par khali mag chadhi
ho, chamber khali ho aur
change lever ki posn ‘S’ par ho
to rif khali mani jati hai. Jab
bhari hui mag chadhi ho,
chamber khali ho aur change
lever ki posn ‘S’ par ho to Rif
bhari hui mani jati hai. Jab
Bhari mag chadhi ho, chamber
mein rd ho, change lever ki
posn ‘R’ ya ‘B’ par ho,
kalmewali ungali trigger par ho
to rif ko ready mana jata hai.
02
28
06
34
Bhar Posn.
Bhar posn ke
adesh par baen paon ko chalti
halat mein aage len, dahine
haath se rif ko badan kea age
uchhalte huye taul wali jagah
se pakren.
Is posn mein
dekhnewali baten. Dono paon
kad ke mutabik khule huye
hon, badan ka bojh dono paon
ke upar, baen haath ki pakar
forehand guard oar, dahine
haath ki pakar pitol grip par, rif
31
(a)
(b)
(c)
dahini bagal mein dabi
hui.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Bharne ke Hukam par
Karwahi.
Jab firer ko
tgt dikhai de ya hukam
mile bhar, to karwahi is
prakar Karen. Change
lever ki posn ‘S’ par
Karen, mag catch ko
dabate
hue
mag ko
utaren aur pouch mein
band Karen. Pouch se
bhara mag len, mag ka
mulahija karte hue mag
way mein fit karen aur
yakin Karen ki mag thik
tariqe se lag gaya hai.
Baen hath ki pakar fore
hand guard par wapis le
jaen.
Ready.
Jab firer fire
karne ka irada rakhta ho
ya hukam mile ready, is
adesh par change lever ki
posn ‘R’ ya ‘B’ par Karen,
butt kandhe ka milap
Karen, kalme wali anguli
trigger ke upper rakhen
32
aur
agle
hukam
intezar karen.
ka
Make Safe ki karwahi.
Jab bhari hui rif ko ek
jagah se dusri jagah par
le jana ho to makesafe ki
karwai ko amal mein laya
jata hai. Karne ka tariqa.
Sabse pahle kalme wali
anguli ko trigger se bahar
karen, rif ko kandhe se
niche layen, rif ko dahine
turn karte huye do baar
cock Karen, durust shisht
lete huye trigger ko press
karen, rif ko kandhe se
niche layen, change lever
ki posn ko ‘S’ par Karen,
pouch se bhari mag ko
len, mag ka mulahija
karte huye mag way mein
dakhil Karen, yakin Karen
ki mag thik baith gaya
hai,
kneeling
posn
akhtiyar
Karen,
eject
huye rd ko len, saaf karke
dusri mag
(a)
(b)
(c)
mein bharen.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
abhyas
04
38
Abhyas
pure class
se karaya
jaye.
Q1.
INSAS Rif ki mag
mein kitne rds bhare jate
hain?
02
40
Khali Karna.
Khali
kar ke aadesh par make
safe ki tarah hi karwahi
karte hain aur aakhiri
mein khali mag chadha
dete hain.
ABHYAS
7.
SANKSHEP
Bhag-III
ka
karaya jaye.
33
Ans. 20 rds.
Q2.
INSAS Rif ke sath
kitne prakar ki sighting
system ki subhidha hai ?
Ans. 03 prakar ki.
INSAS 41-58
BHIN BHIN POSN SE 5.56 MM INSAS RIF PAR
MAZBOOT PAKAR HASIL KARNE KA TARIQA
SIKHANA
34
TARTIB
S/N
O
(a)
1.
(b)
SHURU
SHURU
KA
KAM
2.
DOHRAI
TEACHING
POINTS
TRG
AIDS
(c)
(d)
(g)
Class ki
ginti groupon
mein bant .
(h)
Hathiyar
aur saman ka
nirikshan.
(i)
Bandoba
st ki karwai.
5.56m
m
INSAS
Rifle,
Mag,
Drill
Carts,
FIG 11
Tgt,
Bhinbhin
prakar
ki arh.,
Q1. Desert
mein INSAS Rif
ki mag mein
kitne rds bhare
jate hain ?
A.
20 rounds.
Q.2. Make safe
aur khali kar
mein kya antar
hai.
A.
Make safe
mein bhara mag
aur khali kar
mein khali mag
chadhya
jata
hai.
TIME
Actua
l
Runnin
g
(e)
(f)
REMARK
S
(g)
01
01
Nirikshan
class se
karaya
jaye.
01
02
Dohrai
pahle
lesson se
ek ya do
question
puchhkar
le sakte
hain.
35
3.
(a)
PAHUNC
H
(b)
Rif se kai posn
se fire kiya jata
hai lekin posn
aisi
honi
chahiye
ki
aasani
se
ikhitihar kiya ja
sake
aur
hathiyar
par
majboot pakar
hasil ki ja sake.
Ladai
ke
maidan
mein
kaun si posn
ikhitihar ki jae
yeh to zamin ki
banawat
aur
kudrati sidhai
par
nirbhar
karta hai. Isliye
har ek jawan ko
kudrati sidhai
hasil karne ka
tariqa
pata
hona chahiye.
(c)
01
(d)
03
Pahunch
sabaq se
sambandhi
t ho.
(e)
(f)
(g)
4.
UDDESH
Bhin bhin position se
5.56 mm INSAS Rif
par majboot pakar
hasil karne ka tarika
sikhana hai.
01
04
Do bar
bataya
jayega.
5.
SAMAN
5.56 mm INSAS Rif, As per trg 01
Mag, Dill Carts, Fig aids.
11 Tgt, Ground Sheet,
Sand
Bag,
Fire
Trenches.
05
Saman ko
point karke
batayenge.
6.
BHAGON
MEIN
BANT
Bhag -I
Lying
Posn.
Bhag -II
Kneeling
aur Sitting Posn.
Bhag -III Standing
Posn aur Fire Trench
06
01
Sabak ko
tartibwar
chalane ke
liye.
36
ka Istemal.
BHAG –I
NAMUNA
Lying posn..
Kisi
bhi posn ki teen
buniyadi usul hain. (i)
Kudrati sidhai
(ii)
Bone
support
(iii)
Relax muscles.
Laying posn asani se
akhtiyar ki jane wali
aramdeh aur bunyadi
posn hai. Is posn
mein badan ka khaka
chhota banta hai, jis
se larai ke maidan
mein nichi se nichi
arh ke pichhe se
dushman ki najar aur
fire se bachte hue
dushman ke upar
kargar fire dal sakte
hai.
Rif, Mag,
Drill
Carts,
Ground
Sheet.
10
16
Namuna
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
Posn Lene ka Tariqa.
Sabse pehle tgt ki
sidh mein khare ho
jae, chalti halat mein
baen paon ko thora
baen aur age len sath
hi rifle ko baen hath
par badan ke samne
is prakar uchhalen ki
barrel takriban 45
degree ke angle par
ho, aur baen hath ki
pakar hand guard
par, iske bad daen
hath se zamin ka
sahara lete hue let
jaen. Is posn mein
dekhne wali baten:(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) Flash eliminator
zamin se upar ho.
(b) Badan line of fire se
tirchha ho.
(c) Badan ke neeche koi
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
37
chubhne wali cheej na
ho.
(d) Taange kad ke
mutabik khuli ho.
(e) Ho sake adiyan
zamin par baithi hue hon.
Kudrati sidhai.
Rif ko
dahine rakhen aur baen
haath ki kohni ko tab tak
harkat den jab tak ki tgt,
baen
kohni,
dahina
kandha aur dahina paon
ek seedh mein na aa jae.
Ab dahini kohini ko us
jagah par rakhen jahan
par kohni dahine aur
thora kandhe ke niche
ho. Dono haathon ki
hatheli ko thudi ke
neeche lagakar aankhen
band Karen aur badan ke
tanav ko mahsoos Karen.
Yadi badan mein tanav
hai to kohni usi jagah
rakhte hue badan ko aage
peechhe karte hue tanav
ko door Karen aur kohni
ki jagah ko mark kar den.
Rif, Mag,
Drill
Carts,
Ground
Sheet.
Namuna
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
Durust Pakar.
Rif ki
pakar haasil karne ke liye
kandhe mein le jaen.
Baen haath ki kalme wali
anguli aur anguthe ke
beech jo ‘V’ banta hai
wahan par rif ko rakhen.
Hand guard niche wali
hatheli
apr
aa
jae.
Charon angulian bahar se
aur angutha andar se
saath hi mag ko kalai ke
saath
hona
chahiye.
Mazboot
pakar
mein
sharir ke bibhin angon ka
ka kaam is prakar hai:-
38
(a)
(b)
(c)
(ai)
Bayan haath.
Bayan haath Rif ko niche
jane se rokta hai aur
hand guard ke neeche
support ka kaam karta
hai.
(b)
Dahina haath.
Dahine haath se piston
grip se is prakar se
pakren
ki
teenon
anguliyan
bahar
se,
angutha andar se aur
kalme wali anguli trigger
guard ke aar-paar.ho.
Dahina haath Rif ko
kandhe ki taraf khinch
kar rakhta hai aur saath
hi Rif ko majbooti se
pakarne mein madad deta
hai.
(c)
Kandha.
Kandha
butt ko jagah deta hai
aur rif
ko peechhe jaane se rokta
hai.
(d)
Sir.
Sir ko butt
par is prakar rakhen ki
gaal ka narm bhag butt
par tike. Sir se butt ko na
dabaen. Yeh posn butt
par hamesh ek jagah aur
ek jaisi honi chahiye.
Eye relief 2” se 3” honi
chahiye.
(d)
Rif, Mag,
Drill
Carts,
Ground
Sheet.
(e)
(f)
(g)
Namuna
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
Poori Pakar ko Majboot
Karna.
Poori pakar ko
majboot karne
ke liye
baen kohni ke loose
mans ko zamin par
jamate hue thora aage
push Karen , dahine
kohini ke loose mans ko
kaabu rakhne ke liye
39
kohini ko apni taraf
khiche. Yadi rif upar
point kar rahi ho to
dahine hath ko aage
Karen. Agar niche point
kar rahi ho to dahine
hath ko pichhe Karen.
Agar baen point kar rahi
ho to baen paon ko thora
baen Karen aur agar
dahine point kar rahi ho
to dahine paon ko thora
aage Karen. Khara hone
ke liye rif ko baen haath
se dahini bagal mein
laen, saath hi baen paon
ko close Karen. Dahine
haath se zamin ko push
karte hue khare ho jaen.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Lying Supported Posn.
Rg par pahle posn lete
samay
unsupported
posn len uske baad hi
unchai ke anusar arh
lagayen. Support lagate
samay dhyan rahe ki
firer ki kudrati sidhai na
bigde. Saath hi agar sp
naram mitti ki hai to
baen haath ki kalai ko
sp ke saath lagaen. Agr
sakht mitti ki hai to sp
par hand guard ko
rakha jae. Dhyan rahe Rif, Mag,
ki sp ke saath mag na Drill
lage.
Carts,
Ground
Kohni
ka
support Sheet.
(Bone Support).
Yadi
rif ko unsupport posn se
zero kiya jae aur support
ke sath fire kiya jae to
goliyan nishane ki jagah
se upar lagengi. Agar rif
ko supported posn se
(e)
(f)
(g)
Namuna
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
40
zero
kiya
jae
aur
unsupported posn se fire
kiya jae to goliyan
nishan ki jagah se
neeche lagengi. Is liye
Rif ko elbow support se
zero karna chahiye, taki
kisi bhi posn se fire
karne par goliyan POA
par
lage.
Pahle
unsupported
posn
akhtiyar Karen uske
baad kohni ke aage ek
char inch unchi sand
bag lagen. Jisse firer ko
firing ke dauran kafi
sthirta milti hai, lekin is
posn mein bhi mag arh
ke niche nahin lagna
chahiye.
ABHYAS
(a)
(b)
BHAG-II
NAMUNA
Lying posn ka abhyas
karaya jaye.
(c)
(d)
Kneeling aur Sitting
Posn Samtal aur apne
samne uthi hui zamin
ki satah par nikalne
wale tgt par fire karne
ke liye kneeling posn
sabse achhi posn hai. Is
posn se hathiyar ke line
of fire ki unchain ko
badla ja sakta hai.
INSAS
Rif, Mag,
Kneeling Unsupported Ground
Posn
Kneeling posn Sheet.
ikhtiyar karne ke liye
05
21
(e)
(f)
05
26
Abhyas
pure class
se karaya
jaye.
(g)
Namuna
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
41
tgt ki taraf face karen,
baen paon ko tgt ke
sidhai
mein
karen,
saath hi rif age uchhlte
hue baen hath mein tol
wali jagah se pakren,
muzzle age aur upar ki
taraf ho, ab dahine
ghutne ko kafi dahine
rakhte
hue
dahine
ghutne par baith jayen.
Agar mumkin hi to
badan ka bhok eri par
tikayen. Baen kohni ko
baen ghutne par is
prakar rakho ki kohni
ki haddi ghutne ki
haddi
se
alag
ho.
Dhahine hath se pistol
grip ko pakro aur butt
ko dahine kande ke
gadde mein jamao aur
dahine kohni ko upar
aur
zamin
ke
samanantar
rakhen
aisa karne se butt ko
kandhe mein jamane ke
liye kafi jagah milegi. I
Kneeling Supported
Posn
Kneeling
supported posn ikhtiyar
karne ke liye sabse
pahle kneeling
unsupported posn
ikhtiyar karen. Ab itna
aage harkat karen ki
baen hath aur baen
tang support ke saath
mil jae. Rif ka koi bhi
hissa support ke saath
nahi lagna chahiye,
nahi to firer ko jaldi
jaldi POA badli karne
mein dikkat hogi.
42
(a)
(b)
ABHYAS
BHAG-III
NAMUNA
(c)
Sitting Posn. Jab ki
arh kneeling posn se
chhota
ho
aur
dhalwandar zamin par
posn lena ho to aise
mein sitting posn ka
asani se istemal kar
sakte hain. Dhalwandar
zamin par posn lena ho
to aise mein sitting
posn lete samay eriyon
ko zamin par jama diya
jae jaisse badan ko
sathirta mile. Posn is
prakar
len
tgt
ko
dekhen, baen paon ko
tgt ki seedh mein
Karen, dahine paon ko
dahine aur aage Karen.
Baen hath se rifle
pakren aur dahine hath
se zamin par sahara
lete hue baith jae, baen
hath ki pakar ko durust
Karen aur uske baad
dahine anghutne ko
dahine kohni ke niche
Karen.
Sitting Posn ka abhyas
karaya jaye.
Standing Posn aur
Fire
Trench
ka
Istemal. Standing posn
se hum tgt par us waqt
fire karte hai, jabki us
tgt par kisi dusri posn
se fire karna munasib
na ho ya harkat ke
dauran jab achanak tgt
samne aye. Tabhi is
posn ko istemal kiya
jata hai.
(d)
(e)
(f)
INSAS
Rif, Mag,
Ground
Sheet.
(g)
Namuna
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
05
05
31
36
Abhyas
pure class
se karaya
jaye.
Namuna
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
43
Standing
Posn.
Standing posn ikhtiyar
karne ke liye tgt ki
taraf face karo aadha
dahine
turn
karen,
saath
hi
rifle
ko
uchhalte
hue
baen
hath se aise pakren, ki
muzzle asman ki tarf
aur butt chhati ke
samne, paon kad ke
mutabik khule hon.
Butt ko dahine kandhe
ke gadde mein tikaen.
Baki pakar pahle ki
tarah.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Dahine
kohni
ko
upar
uthaen, taki kandhe mein
butt ke liye achhi jagah bane
aur rif ko mazbuti se pakara
ja sake. Is prakar rif ka jiada
se jiada wazan dahine hath
par hoga, baen hath se rif ko
baki posn ki tulana mein
aage se pakaren. Aisa karne
se rif ko sahara milega aur rif
jiada nahin hilegi. Posn ko
akhri taur par thik karne ke
liye, paon ko us waqt tak
harkat den jab tak ki kudrati
taur par nishana na le sake.
Standing in Fire Trench
Morche mein khare hokar
apni height ke anusar morche
ko set karen, uske bad badan
ke baye hisse ko morche ki
agli diwar se lagayen. Dahine
paon ko thora pichhe lete hue
badan ko aage dhakelen.
Donon kohniyan trench se
bahar zamin par jama hua
aur chest ke wazan se
kohniyon ko dabakar rakhen.
44
Is posn mein hathiyar ki
pakar aur support lying posn
ki tarah hi hai.
Wobble Area. Shist lete waqt,
rif ki taraf ki harkat ki had ke
beech jo ilaka banta hai, use
wobble area kahte hain. Yeh
harkat kudarti hai. Jisko puri
tarah dur hanin kiya ja sakta
hai. Jitna ziada rif ko sahara
milega, uthna hi wobble area
kam banega. Iske khilaf agar
unsupported posn se fire kiya
jaye to woubble area ziada
banega, khas taur par us
waqt jab standign posn se fire
kiya jae. Firer ka trigger ke
dabane par pura control hona
chahiye.
(a)
7.
(b)
ABHYAS
(c)
Bhag III ka abhyas class
se karaya jaye.
SANKSHEP Q1.
INSAS Rif ko kitne
posn se fire kiya jata hai
?
Ans. Char posn se.
Q2.
Firing posn ke
buniyadi usul kya hain ?
Ans.
Kudrati sidhai,
bone
support,
relax
muscle.
(d)
(e)
(f)
02
38
02
40
(g)
Abhyas
pure class
se karaya
jaye.
********************************************************************************
45
INSAS 59-76
5.56 MM INSAS RIF SE SHISHT LENA AUR FIRE KARNE KA TARIQA
SIKHANA
S/N
O
(a)
1.
TARTI
B
(b)
SHURU
TEACHING
POINTS
(c)
(j)
Class ki
SHURU ginti groupon
KA
mein bant .
KAM
(k)
Hathiyar
aur saman ka
nirikshan.
(l)
Bandoba
st ki karwai.
TRG
AIDS
(d)
TIME
Actua
l
Runnin
g
(e)
(f)
5.56mm
01
INSAS
Rifle,
Mag,
Drill
Carts,
1x1 Tgt,
Aiming
Box,
Aiming
Corrector
, Tin
Disc,
Aiming
Disc,
Sabhi
prakar
ke bd,
Ground
Sheet.
01
REMARK
S
(g)
Nirikshan
class se
karaya
jaye.
46
2.
(a)
3.
4.
DOHRAI
(b)
PAHUNCH
UDDESH
Q1. Kisi bhi
firing posn ke
teen buniyadi
baten kya hain
?
A.
Kudrati
sidhai, Bone
support aur
Mans peshiyan
tanav rahit.
Q.2. Arh ka
istemal karte
samay dhyan
mein rakhne
wali baaten kya
hain ?
A. Mag
hamesha arh ke
peechhe hona
chahiye.
(c)
Achook nishane baji ka
dusra buniyadi ushul
hai durust sist lena.
Agar ek firer durust
posn, pakar aur shist
ke saath saath durust
trigger
operation
ki
karwahi bhi thik karta
hai, to ek goli ek ek
dushman ka mudda
hasil kar sakta hai. Is
liye har ek jawan ko
shist lene ke saath
saath
sahi
trigger
operation ki karwahi
achhi tarah se aani
chahiye.
5.56 mm INSAS Rif se
shist lena aur fire
karne ka tarika
sikhana hai.
01
(d)
Dohrai
pahle
lesson se
ek ya do
question
puchhkar
le sakte
hain.
02
(e)
(f)
01
03
01
04
(g)
Pahunch
sabaq se
sambandhit
ho.
Do bar
bataya
jayega.
47
5.
SAMAN
6.
BHAGON
MEIN
BANT
5.56 mm INSAS Rif, As per
Mag, Dill Carts, 1X 1 trg
Tgt,
Aiming
Rest, aids.
Aiming Box, Aiming
Disk, Shist ki galti ka
board , Sight picture ka
board, pencil,
long
easel,
black
board,
chalk, duster Tin disk ,
Pointer
aur
sheet
ground.
Bhag -I
Durust
Shist lena.
01
05
01
06
Saman ko
point karke
batayenge.
Sabak ko
tartibwar
chalane ke
liye.
Bhag -II
Shist
lete samay hone
wali galtiyan aur
shudharak exercise.
Bhag -III Trigger
operation.
Bhag- IV
Karna.
(a)
(b)
BHAG –I
NAMUNA
(c)
Fire
(d)
Durust Shist Lena.
Jab ek firer apne
aankh aur dimag ka
sahi talmel karte hue
apne hathiyar ke upar
lagi hue sighton ka
istemal
karte
hue
shist ko POA par
milata hai use shist
lena kahte hain.
Rif, Mag,
Sight
Shist
ka
kaida. Alignment
Koi ek firing posn ko aur Sight
ikhtihar karen, Rif ko Picture ka
seedha aur majboot Model,
pakren. Tgt ka khaka Ground
(e)
(f)
04
10
(g)
Namuna
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
48
apne
dimag
mein sheet.
bithayen.
Koi
ek
aankh band karen.
Rear sight aperture ke
beechon beech fore
sight tip ki noke ko
POA par milaen aur
durust sight picture
hasil karen. Trigger
press karne se pahle
nazar fore sight ki tip
par layen. Is prakar
jab ek firer durust
shisht lene ki karwai
karta hai to woh do
baton ko amal mein
lata hai :(a)
Sight
Alignment.
Jab ek
firer
back
sight
aperture ke Madhya
mein fore sight tip ko
milata hai ,yani ki firer
ki aankh, back sight
aperture ka Madhya
aur fore sight tip ko ek
line mein milane ki
karwahi
ko
sight
alignment kahte hain.
(b)
Sight Picture
Durust align ki gai
sight ko POA par
milane ke karwahi ko
sight picture kahte
hain, yani ki firer ki
aankh,
back
sight
aperture ka Madhya
fore sight tip aur POA
tak jo farziya line
banti hai use sight
picture kahte hain.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
49
ABHYAS
Sawal jawab se abhyas
karaya jaye.
BHAG-II
Shist Lete samay
Hone Wali Galtiyan
aur Sudharak Ex.
NAMUNA
Jab ek firer majboot
pakar, durust shist
aur
sahi
trigger
operation ki karwai
karke fire karta hai to
bhi
uski
goliyan
kabhi-kabhi POA se
hat kar lagti hain. Is
ka karan anya takniki
karnon ke sath sath
manav
aankh
ki
khasusiyat bhi hai.
Har insane ke aankh
ki yeh kamjori hai ki
aankh ek hi samay
par do alag alag fasle
par lage nishanon ko
ek saath focus nahi
kar
sakti.
Isko
mahsoos karane ke
liye class apne baen
haath ke anguthe ko
khara karen aur kisi
ek nishan ko chune.
Jab aap apni nigah
kisi nishan par karte
hain to aapko apna
angutha
dhundhla
dikhai deta hai aur
agar
angutha
par
nigah jamate hain to
nishan
dhundhai
dikhai deti hai.
INSAS Rif,
Ground
Sheet, Sahi
shist ka
bd, Aiming
Box,
Aiming
Corrector,
Pencil,
Rubber.
03
13
04
17
Namuna
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
Thik isi prakar agar
jawan POA ko dekhne
par jiada jor deta hai
toh use fore sight tip
dhundhli dikhai deti
hai aur woh foresight
tip ko apparture ke
50
Madhya mein na rakh
pane ki galti kar jata
hai,
jise
Sight
Alignment
ki
galti
kahte hain. Jab firer
foresight
tip
ko
dekhne mein jiada jor
deta hai toh POA
dhundhla dikhai deti
hai, jisse woh sahi
POA na chunne ki
galti kar jata hai, jise
Sight Picture ki galti
kahte hain.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Ladai ke maidan mein
agar ek jawan sight
picture ki galti karta hai
to goli tgt ko hit karti hai
kyonki yah galti har ek rg
par ek jaisi hai, lekin
sight alignment ki galti
karne par badhte hue rg
ke saath-saath goli tgt ko
bhi chhor sakti hai
kyonki yeh galti badhte
hue rg ke saath badhti
hai.
Isi
liye
sight
alignment ki ahmiyat
sight picture se jyada
hai.
(d)
INSAS Rif,
Ground
Sheet, Sahi
shist ka
bd, Aiming
Box,
Aiming
Corrector,
Shudharak Ex.
Sight Pencil,
alignment ki galti karne Rubber.
walr firer ko aiming box
ex diya jata hai. Is ex
mein firer short aiming
rest ke peechhe posn leta
hai. Muzzle end se 10m
ki duri par Aiming box
rakha jata hai. Box par
lage safed kaagaz (6” x
6”) par firer shist leta hai
aur coach aiming disk ko
(e)
(f)
(g)
Namuna
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
51
paper par rakhta hai.
Firer
ke
ishare
ke
mutabik coach aiming
disk ko harkat deta hai.
Jyon hi firer ki durust
shist mil jaati hai to bah
coach ko ishara karta hai
to coach pencil se nishan
laga
deta
hai.
Yeh
karwahi teen bar ki jati
hai. Aisa karne par agar
firer ka gp 6cm ka banta
hai
to
uski
sight
alignment ki karwahi
sahi hai.
Aiming Corrector Ex.
Sight picture ki galti
karne wale firer ko
aiming corrector ex diya
jata hai. Is ex mein rif ke
back sight ke peechhe
aiming corrector lagaya
jata hai aur firer ki shist
ko check kiya jata hai.
Zarurat suda correction
dekar use thik karta hai.
(a)
(b)
ABHYAS
(c)
Class se abhyas karaya
jaye
BHAG III
Trigger
Operation.
Yeh
Rif
SLR
ke
banispat chhota aur
halka hai. Is liye iska
trigger dabate samay
zaida cont ki zarurat
padti hai. Is rif se teen
rds cont burst fire kiya
jata
hai.
Trigger
dabane ka kaam kalme Rif, Mag,
NAMUNA
(d)
(e)
(f)
03
20
04
24
(g)
Abhyas
pure class
se karaya
jaye.
Namuna
52
wali anguli ka hai. Tin Disc,
Anguli ka pehla aur Ground
dusra jorke beech ki Sheet.
jagah ko trigger ke
upar
rakhte
hai.
Trigger ke do khichav
hai, halka aur sakht
khichav. Pahla khichav
hasil karne ke baad
dusra khichav hasil
karen. Trigger dabate
samay barrel harkat
nahin karni chahiye. Is
prakar trigger par 2.1
kg ka dabav aane par
trigger press ho jata
hai.
Jis prakar se
trigger ko dabaya gaya
hai usi prakar aram se
trigger ko relayase bhi
kiya jaye is karwai ko
short
relayase
ki
karwai kahte hain.
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
Galat trigger operation
ki karwai karne wale
firer ko Tin disk ex di
jati hai. Firer lying
posn ikhtiyar karne ke
baad bhar aur ready ki
karwai
karta
hai.
Coach barrel ke upar
tin disc rakhta hai aur
firer se trigger press
karne ko kahta hai.
Firer
dwara
trigger
press karne par agar
tin disc nahi girta hai
toh firer ke trigger
operation ki karwai
sahi mani jati hai. Yeh
karwai bhi teen baar
karai jati hai. Agar do
baar tin disc nahi girta
hai to trigger operation
ki karwai sahi mani
jati hai.
53
(a)
(b)
ABHYAS
(c)
Trigger operation ka
abhyas karaya jaye.
BHAG-IV
Fire Karna.
Alagalag halation mein
nikalne wale tgts par
kargar fire dalne ki
kabliyat ke lihaj is Rif
ko banaya gaya hai. Is
rif se do kism ka fire
kiya jata hai.
NAMUNA
(a) Single Shot.
(b) Three rds cont
burst.
Single
Shot
Fire.
Sahi
posn
ikhtiyar
karen. Kudrati sidhai
ko check karen. Rif ko
bhar, ready aur sahi
sight lagaen.
Sahi
sight alignment aur
sight
picture
hasil
karen. Dimagi taur par
sharer ke un angon ko
check karen jo rif ko
hold
karne
mein
madad
karte
hain.
Jaise
bayan
hath,
dahina hath, kandha
aur sir. Ab saans ko
normal
halat
mein
chalne den.
Back
sight
apparture
ke
madhya mein foresight
tip ko rakhte huye
POA par milayen, Fore
sight tip 6 baje aur 12
baje ki line mein
harkat karni chahiye.
Trigger
ke
pahle
khichav ko hasil karne
ke baad kuchh samay
(d)
Rif, Mag,
Drill
Carts,
Ground
Sheet.
(e)
(f)
03
27
07
34
(g)
Abhyas
pure class
se karaya
jaye.
Namuna
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
54
ke liye saans ko roken
aur trigger ke dusre
khichav ko bhi hasil
karen. Goli fire hone
ke baad usi pakar,
posn aur shist ko
kayam rakhte hue fore
sight tip ki movement
ko
check
Karen.
Foresight
tip jahan
point kar rahi hogi goli
takriban usi jagah par
lagi hogi. Ab saans ko
chhor den aur maar ko
pukaren.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Goli fire hone se maar
pukarane tak ki karwai ko
follow
through
kahte
hain. Is prakar single shot
mein ek minute mein 60
rds ke hisab se fire kiya
jata hai.
Stop.
Fire karte samay
tgt ilake mein koi jaandar
vastu aa jaye ya trg ke
dauran aadesh mile ‘stop’
to karwai is prakar karen.
(a)
Kalme wali anguli
ko trigger se baahar
nikale.
(b)
Rif ko kandhe se
niche laen aur change
lever ki
posn ko ‘S’
par karen.
(c)
Iska mag ardh
pardarshi
hone
ke
karan mag ka yakin
karne ki jarurat nahi
padti. Agar mag khali
hone wala hai to mag
ki badli karen aur agle
hukm ka intezar karen.
Go On.
(d)
Rif, Mag,
Drill
Carts,
Ground
Sheet.
(e)
(f)
(g)
Namuna
bayan ke
sath diya
jaye.
Agar tgt ilake se
55
jandar vastu hat jae ya trg
ke dauran aadesh mile
‘GO ON’ to change lever ki
posn ko pahle wali posn
mein karen aur Rif ko fire
mein shamil karen.
Three Round Control
Burst.
Control burst fire
mein ek baar trigger
dabane se teen rds fire
hote hain aur agla burst
fire karne ke liye trigger ko
relayase karne parta hai.
Burst fire mein ‘Stop’ aur
‘Go on’ ki karwai single
shot ki tarah hi hoti hai,
ismen har ek rd ka follow
through nahin kiya ja
sakta hai. Cont burst fire
mein ek minute mein 90
rds ke hisab se fire kar
sakte hain.
(a)
7.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
ABHYAS.
Class ka rifle ke upar
fire karne ka abhyas
liya jae.
04
38
Abhyas
pure class
se liya jaye.
SANKSHEP
Q. 1. Sight alignment
aur sight picture mein
kiski ahmiyat jyada hai
?
Ans.
Sight alignment
ki ahmiyat jyada hai.
02
40
Pratyek
bhag se ek
sawal
poochhna
zaruri hai.
Q. 2.
Sight
alignment aur sight
picture ki galti ke liye
kaun si ex di jati hai ?
Ans.
Aiming Box aur
Aiming corrector ex.
Q. 3.
Follow through
56
se aap kya samjhte ho ?
Ans.
Goli fire hone
se lekar maar pukarne
tak ki karwai ko follow
through kahte hain.
INSAS 77-96
5.56mm INSAS RIF KI CHAAL, PARNE WALI ROKEN
AUR UNHEN DUR KARNE KA TARIQA SIKHANA
TARTIB
S/NO
1.
(a)
(b)
SHURU
SHURU
KA
KAM
2.
DOHRAI
TEACHING
POINTS
TRG
AIDS
(c)
(a) Class ki
ginti groupon
mein bant .
(b) Hathiyar
aur saman ka
nirakshan.
(c) Bandobast
ki karwai.
(d)
Rif,
Mag,
Drill
Carts,
1X1
Tgt, ,
Assy
Bag,
Black
Bd,
Chalk,
Duster,
Ground
Sheet..
Q1. 300 m
par tej daurte
tgt ke liye kitne
lead aage shist
liya jata hai?
A.
9 lead
aage shist liya
jata hai.
TIME
Actual Running
(e)
(f)
01
01
01
02
REMARKS
(g)
Nirikshan
class se
karwaya
jae.
Dohrai
pahle
lesson se ek
ya do sawal
puchhkar
liya jaye.
Q.2. Sight
alignment aur
sight picture
mein kiski
57
ahmiyat jyada
hai?
A. Sight
alignment ki
ahmiyat jyada
hai.
(a)
3.
(b)
PAHUNCH
(c)
INSAS Rif gas ke
dabav aur recoil spring
ki takat se kaam karne
wala hathiyar hai. Isse
ham three rd cont
burst fire bhi kar
saskte hain. Lagatar
firing se ismen chand
ek roken par sakti
hain, yadi har ek firer
iski chal ke bare mein
achhi tarah janta hai
to ismen parne wali
rokon ko aasani se
door kar sakta hai.
yeh tabhi sambhav hai
ki yadi jawan ne achhi
sikhlai hasil ki hue ho.
4.
UDDESH
5.
6.
(e)
01
(f)
03
(g)
Pahunch
sabaq se
sambandhit
ho.
5.56 mm INSAS Rif ki
chaal , parne wali
roken aur unhen dur
karne
ka
tarika
sikhana hai.
01
04
Do bar
bataya
jayega.
SAMAN
5.56mm INSAS Rifle, As per
mag drill carts, 1X1’ trg
tgt, , accessory bag, aids.
chal ka diagram, black
bd, chalk duster aur
ground sheet.
01
05
Saman ko
point karke
batayenge.
BHAGON
Bhag -I
01
06
Sabak ko
INSAS Rif
(d)
58
MEIN
BANT
ki chaal.
Bhag -II
Parne wali
roken aur unhen due
karne ka
tariqa.
BHAG-I
INSAS Rif ki Chaal.
INSAS Rif ki chal 8
actionon mein poori
hoti hai. Fire, Unlock,
Extract, Cock, Eject,
Feed, Load, Lock.
NAMUNA
(a)
(b)
tartibwar
chalane ke
liye.
20
(c)
(d)
Chal mein kaam karne wale
hisse purjon ke
naam:Change
lever,
Trigger,
Hammer, Firing pin, Chamber
wala rd, Gas vent, Gas plug,
Gas
cylinder,
Piston
extension, cam way, Locking
lug,
Barrel
locking
lug,
Rotating bolt, Recoil spring,
Barrel locking surface.
26
(e)
(f)
(g)
INSAS ki Chal.
Fire.
Jab ek firer change
lever ki posn ‘S’ se ‘R’ ya ‘B’
59
par karke trigger press karta
hai to hammer azad hokar
firing pin retainer par chot
marta hai jisse firing pin apne
surakh se nikal kar rd ke
primer par thokar marta hai
aur rd fire ho jata hai. Ise fire
ka action kahte hain.
Unlock.
Fire hue rd se
paida hui gas bullet ko aage
barrel mein dhakelti hai, jyon
hi bullet gas vent ke paas se
hokar gujrata hai kuchh gas,
gas vent ke hole se cylinder
mein dakhil ho jati hai.
Cylinder mein dakhil gas
piston head par dabav dalta
hai, jisse piston extension
peechhe ki harkat karta hai.
Piston extension ke peechhe
ki harkat ke dauran rotating
bolt ka cam cam way mein
dahine se baen itna ghumta
hai ki rotating bolt ke locking
lug barrel extension locking
surface se alag ho jaten hai.
Is karwai ko unlock ka action
kahte hain.
Extract.
Unlock hone ke
baad rotating bolt aur piston
extension ek saath peechhe ki
harkat karte hain, isi dauran
extractor fired case ko apne
munh
mein
pakar
kar
peechhe lata hai, is karwai ko
extraction ki karwai kahte
hain.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Cock.
Chal wale purjon ki
isi harkat jaari rahti hai. Isi
douran piston extension ka
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
60
stem shuru shuru mein
hammer ko thora niche
dabata hai baad main piston
extension ka bottom surface
hammer ko pura niche daba
deta hai, jisse safety sear ke
nose ka milap hammer vent
se ho jata hai. Is karwai ko
cock ka action kehta hai.
EJECT.
Chal wale purje ki
isi harkat ke dauran fired
case ejector se se takrakar
ejection slot ke raste dahine
aur niche gir jata hai, Is
karwai ko eject ki karwai
kahte hain.
FEED.
Recoil spring apne
housing mein sikur jata hai.
Jab recoil spring apne tanao
ko poora karta hai to piston
extension ko age dhakelta hai.
Is duran rotating bolt ke feed
piece mag ke upar wale rd ko
chamber mein dakhil kar deta
hai. Is karwai ko Feed ki
karwai kahte hain.
LOAD. Extractor rd ke pende
par sawar ho jata hai.
Is
karwai ko load ka action
kahte hain.
yahan par
rotating bolt ki age ki harkat
samapat ho jati hai lekin
piston extension ki harkat
baki rahti hai.
Lock.
Piston extension ki
aage ki harkat jari rahti hai ,
Isi harkat ke dauran rotating
bolt cam ki madad se cam way
mein baen se dahine itna
ghumta hai ki rotating bolt ke
locking lug barrel extinsion
locking surface ke saath lock
ho jate hain. Is karwai ko lock
ka action kahte hain. Lock
hone ke baad bhi piston
61
extension ki kuchh harkat
baki rahti hai.
Jab piston
apni aakhri harkat poora
karta hai to piston extension
ka nichla, pichhla aur dahina
pehlu safety sear head par
dabav dalta hai, jisse safety
sear ki notch hammer vent se
alag ho jati hai aur rif dubara
fire ke liye taiyar ho jata hai.
(a)
(b)
ABHYAS
(c)
Chal ka abhyas karaya jaye.
BHAG-II
PARNE WALI
UNHEN
DUR
TARIQA.
NAMUN
A
(d)
(e)
(f)
1
0
36
ROKEN AUR INSA
KARNE
KA S Rif,
mag,
clear
Trigger dabane par Rif fire ing
na kare ya fire karte-karte ruk plug,
jae to karwai fauri ilaz ki karen . grou
Karne ka tariqa, Sabse pahle nd
kalmewali unguli ko trigger se Shee
bahar karen. Rif ko cock karek t
holding
opening
device
ko
lagayen. Rif ko kandhe se niche
layen.
Mag catch ko dabate
huye mag ko utaren pouch mein
2
band karen. Pouch se bhari hui
5
mag ko len. Mag ka mulahija
karte huye mag way mein dakhil
karen. Yakin karen ki mag thik
tarah se baith gaya hai. Butt
kandhe ka milap karen. Rif ko
fire mein shamil karen. Rif thik
fire karega. Is prakar ek baar rif
ko cock karne aur mag ki badli
karne se teen prakar ki roken
door hoti hain.
Khali Mag,
Misfire aur body mein atka hua
round ya case.
Fauri ilaz ki karwai karne
(g)
Abhyas
pure class
se karaya
jae.
Ustad
class ko
fouri ilaz
ke bare
mein tafsil
mein
batayega.
61
62
ke baad bhi rif fire na kaare ya
fire karte karte purje aage hi
ruk jae to iske do karan ho sakte
hain. Sakhat khinchav ya gas ki
kami ka rok. Rok ko pehchane,
Kalmewali anguli ko trigger se
bahar nikalen. Rif ko kandhe se
niche laen.
Rif ko neeche
rakhen. Kneeling posn ikhtiyar
karen. Rif ko uthayen. Baen
haath ki pakar forehand guard
par. Mag baen taraf aur ejection
slot neeche ki taraf.
Dahina
ghutna poora dahine.
Butt
dahine ghutne ke saath laga
hua. Dahina ghutna butt ko
peechhe jane se rokta hai.
Cocking handle ko khara karen.
Dahine
haath
ki
charon
anguliyon ka huk banate hue rif
ko cock karen. Yakin karen ki
shakhat khinchav ki rok door ho
gai hai. Shout karen shakhat
khinchav ki rok door. Shakhat
khinchav ki rok door. Dubara
posn ikhtiyar karen.
Butt
kandhe ka milap karen. Rif ko
fire mein shamil karen. Rif thik
fire karega.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Sakhat khichav ki rok
parne ke karan:(a)
Chamber mein jyada
gas jama hona.
(b) Amn aur chamber ka
jyada ganda hona.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Fauri ilaz aur sakhat
khincahv ki rok ko dur
karne par bhi rif fire na
kare ya ek ya do rds ke
baad ruk jae to gas ki kami
ka rok samajh kar karwai
karen. Kalme wli anguli ko
trigger se bahar nikalen. Rif
ko kandhe se niche laen.
Dahine turn karte hue rif ko
63
cock karen. Purjon ko aage
jaane den. Change lever ki
posn ‘S’ par karen. Rif ko
dahine bagal mein laen.
Gas regulator ki posn ka
mulahija karen. Agar gas
regulator ki posn low par ho
to kisi saaf kapre ya chindi
ki madad se low se high par
karen. Shouting karen low
se high par kiya. Low se
high par kiya. Dhyan rahe
hath barrel ke sath touch
nahi hona chahiye. Yadi
gas regulaon ki posn pahle
hi high par ho to gren sight
ko 60 degree ke angle par
khara karen. Patle wali drift
ki madad se gas vent aur
gas plug ke hole ki safai
karen. Gren sight ko poora
niche bitha den. Gas
regulator ki posn ko kapre
ya chindi ki madad se high
se low par karen. Shouting
karen high se low par kiya.
High se low par kiya.
Change lever ki posn ko
pahlewali posn par karen.
Rif ko kandhe par le jaen
durust shist len aur fire
karen rif thik fire karega.
Gas ki kami ki rok parne ke
kaaran. Gas ka jiada
fouling hone se gas vent ya
gas plug ke hole ka band ho
jana.
Fauri
ilaz,sakhat
khinchav aur gas ki kami
ka rok dur karne par bhi rif
fire na kare ya fire karte
purjon mein alag se awaj
aaye to body aur chember
ki rok samajh kar karwai
karen. Kalme wali anguli
trigger se bahar nikalen.
Rif ko kandhe se neeche
layen. Mag catch ko dabate
huye mag ko utaren. Rif ko
64
(a)
(b)
cock karen. Purjon ko aage
jane den. Rif ko khol den.
Firing pin aur extractor ka
mulahiza karen. Yadi tute
hue hon to unki badli
karen. Abhi ke liye firing
pin extractor thik, toh ho
sakta hai chamber mein
kata hua case.
Donon
haathon se pistol grip se rif
ko pakren aur rifle ko
(c)
jisam se aage karte hue
chamber
ka
mulahiza
karen. Dekhne mein aaya
chamber mein kata hua
case toh rif ko jor den. Rif
ko cock karen aur HOD ko
lagaen. Clearing plug ko
len. Clearing plug ke teen
bade hisse purje Base,
Sleeve aur center pin. Base
aur center pin ko tight
karen,
chamber
mein
dakhil karen.
Purjon ko
aage jaane den. Rifle ko
cock
karen
aur
HOD
lagayen.
Yakin karen ki
kata hua case clearing plug
ke sath bahar aa gaya hai.
Pehla mauka milte hi
unscrew karen. Bhari hui
mag ko len aur mag ka
mulahija karte huye mag
way mein fit karen. Yakin
karen ki mag thik lag gaya
hai. Purjon ko aage jaane
den. Rifle ko kandhe mein
le jaen durust shist len aur
fire karen, rif thik fire
karega. Chamber mein case
katne ke kaaran:-
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a) Chamber ka jayda
garam ho jana.
(b) Cartridge case ke
metal ka kamjor hona.
Kabhi-kabhi clearing plug
65
ABHYAS
(a)
7.
(b)
SANKSHEP
ke saath kata hua case
bahar nahi aata hai iske
Iske chand ek karan hain.
(a) Base aur centre
pin ka thik kasa na
hona.
(b)
Centre sleeve ka
ulta jura hona
(c) Centre sleeve aur
pin ke head ka ghis
jana
(d) Kisi purje ka tut
jana.
Abhi hoga abhyas , abhyas
ke liye aadesh is prakar
honge
Rif thik fire karta rukata ke
aadesh par aap fauri ilaz ki
karwai karenge Munasib
rok milne par rok ko dur
karenge Rif thik fire karta
cock nahi ke aadesh par
sakhat khinchav ke rok ko
dur karenge Rif thik fire
karta ek ya do rd ke baad
rukta ke aadesh par gas ki
kami ka rok dur karenge
aur rif thik fire karta fire
nahi ke aadesh par body
aur chember ke rok ko dur
karenge.
(c)
Q1.
INSAS Rif ki chal kitne
action meinpuri hoti hai ?
Ans. 08 action mein.
Q2.
Fouri ilaj se kitne
prakar ki roken dur hoti hai ?
Ans. Teen prakar ki.
Q3.
Gas ki kami ki rok
parne ke kya karan hain ?
Ans.
Gas ka jiada fouling
hone se gas vent ya gas plug
hole ka band ho jana.
Q4.
Chamber mein case
17
(d)
78
(e)
(f)
02
80
(g)
66
katne ke kya karan hai ?
Ans.
Chamber ka jiada
garam hona, rd ke metal ka
kamjor hona.
************************************************************************************
INSAS 97-116
5.56MM INSAS RIF SE SHISHT MEIN TABDILI KARNA,
SHISHT KI JAGAH CHUNNA, HAWA KA HAQ RAKHTE
HUYE HARKATI TGT PAR POA CHUNNE KA TARIQA
SIKHANA
TARTIB
S/NO
1.
(a)
(b)
SHURU
SHURU
KA
KAM
2.
DOHRAI
TEACHING
POINTS
TRG
AIDS
(c)
(a) Class ki
ginti groupon
mein bant .
(b) Hathiyar
aur saman ka
nirakshan.
(c) Bandobast
ki karwai.
(d)
Rif,
Mag,
Drill
Carts,
Fig 11
Tgt,
Long
Aiming
Rest,
Sabhi
prakar
ke bd.
Q1. Line of
sight
kise
kehte hai.
A.
Firer ki
ankh aprature
ke bicho bich
fore sight tip se
POA
tak
jo
farzia
line
banti hai use
line of sight
kehte hai.
Q.2. Goli ki
udar par asar
dalne wali kon
TIME
Actual Running
(e)
(f)
01
01
01
02
REMARKS
(g)
Nirikshan
class se
karwaya
jae.
Dohrai
pahle
lesson se ek
ya do sawal
puchhkar le
sakte hain.
67
kaun kaun si
baten hai?
A.
Zamin ki
banawat
aur
hawa.
(a)
3.
(b)
PAHUNCH
(c)
Larai ke maidan mein
shayad hi ek jawan ko
itna mauka mile ki
who hatiyar ki sight
par tgt ki sahi range
laga kar us par kargar
fire dal sake. Us halat
mein tgt bhi chal raha
ho ya hawa bhi chal
rahi hogi is liye jaruri
hai ki weh harkti tgt
par POA chun kar
kargar fire dal sake
yeh tabhi ho sakta hai
jab ek frier sighton
mein tabdili karna ,
shist ki jagah chunna
aur hawa ka hak
rajhte hue POA chun
sake.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
01
03
Pahunch
sabaq se
sambandhit
ho.
4.
UDDESH
5.56 mm INSAS Rif ki
shist
mein
tabdili
karna, shist ki jagah
chunna, hawa ka hak
rakhte hue harkti tgt
par POA chunne ka
triqa sikhana hai
01
04
Do bar
bataya
jayega.
5.
SAMAN
5.56 mm INSAS Rif, As per
mag, Dill carts, fig 11 trg
tgt, long Aiming rest, aids.
Sahi Shist ki board,
hawa ki lead table, tgt
01
05
Saman ko
point karke
bataya jaye.
68
ki lead table, shist ki
vyavsthith
bidu
ki
board , long easel,
black board, chalk,
duster, Pointer aur
sheet ground.
6.
(a)
BHAGON
MEIN
BANT
(b)
BHAG –I
NAMUNA
Bhag -I
Shist mein
tabdili karna.
Bhag -II
Shist ki
jagah chunna.
Bhag -III
Harkti tgt
par POA chunna.
Bhag- IV
Hawa ka
fire par asar.
(c)
01
(d)
Shist mein Tabdili
Karna.
Jab ek
firer apne hathiyar
par tgt ka sahi range
laga kar fire karta
hai to uski golian Rif, Mag,
POA par lagti hain. Trajectory
Agar ground range Bd.
kam aur sight range
ziada ho to golian
POA se upar lagti
hain.
Agar sight
range kam ho aur
ground range ziada
ho to Golian POA se
niche lagti hai. Yeh
kitna upar ya niche
lagti
hai
yeh
hathiyar par lage
range aur tgt ke fasle
par nirbhar karta
hai. Alag alag range
par goli kitna upar
ya niche lagti hai yeh
aap trajectory board
06
(e)
(f)
04
10
Sabak ko
tartibwar
chalane ke
liye.
(g)
Bayan ke
sath
samjhayen.
69
ki
madad
samajhen.
se
Isse yah saf jahir
hota hai ki agar tgt
300m par hai aur
sight par 200m rg
laga hai to firer ko
shisht thora upar
lena chahiye aur
agar sigth rg 400m
hai aur tgt 300m par
hai to shist thora
niche lena chahiye
taki goli tgt ke centre
mein lage.
ABHYAS
Class se abhyas liya
jaye
BHAG-II
Shist ki Jagah
Chunna. INSAS rif
ko is prakar zero
kiya jata hai ki 200m
par goli nishane ki
jagah par lage. Is
tarah 100m se zero
ki gai rif se jab ham
30.5m rg par fire
karte hain toh goli
12.5mm shist ki
jagah se upar lagti
hai. Is lie 200m se
kam rg ke tgt ko
engage karne ke liye
shist tgt ke madhaya
se thora niche aur
200m se jaida ke liye
shist madhaya se
thora upar lena
chahiye. Is prakar
shist lekar 200m se
kaam rg par nikalte
tgt ko engage karne
ke liye do bare faide
hain :4
NAMUNA
INSAS Rif,
Long
Aiming
Rest, Fig
11 tgt,
Shisht ka
bd.
06
16
Sawal jawab
se.
04
20
Ustad class
ko tgt par
POA ki
jagah baten
70
(a)
(b)
ABHYAS
BHAG III
NAMUNA
(c)
(a)
Agar goli zamin par
takra kar ricochet hota hai
to tgt hit ho sakta hai.
(b) Firer mar ko dekh kar
dusri goli se correction
dekar tgt brabad kar sakta
hai.
Class se abhyas liya jaye.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
0
5
2
5
Sawal
jawab se.
4
5
Black Bd
ki madad
se
samjhaye
n.
Harkati Tgt par POA
Chunna. Harkati tgt ko
hit karne ke liye zaruri hai
ki shist age liya jae. Kitna
age shist lena hai yani
kitna lead lena hai tgt ke
rg aur tgt ki rafter par
nirbhar karta hai. Firing Black 2
ke lihaz se tgt ki teen Bd,
0
rafter mani gai hain :Chalk
Duste
(a) Chalta tgt.
r,
(b) Daurta tgt.
Lead
(c) Tej daurta tgt.
Table
ka Bd.
Teenon kisam ke tgt par
badali rg mein lead bhi
badalti hai. Kitne rg par
kis kisam ke tgt par kitna
lead liye jayega yah tgt ki
speed aur bullet ke time of
flight par nirbhar karta
hai. Is ko madhaya nazar
rakhte hue sikhlai ko asan
karne ke liye mote taur par
lead table is prakar se hai
:Lead = Range x Stage
100
71
5
(a)
Range/ Tgt ki
Stag
100 M
200 M
300 M
400 M
(b)
ABHYAS
BHAG-IV
NAMUNA
Chalta
Daurta Tgt
01
02
02
04
03
06
04
08
(c)
Class se abhyas karaya
jaye.
(d)
Tej Daurta
Tgt
03
06
09
12
(e)
(f)
15
60
(g)
Class ko
sawal
dekar
abhyas
karayen.
Hawa ka Fire par Asar.
Firing ke lihaj se hawa
ki teen kisme hoti hai :(a)
Halki Hawa.
Jis hawa ke chalne se
chhoti jharion ki paihiti
aur stop butt par lega
flag 22-23 degree ke
angle par lahrati hai us
ko halki hawa kahte
hai.
Black
bd,
Chalk
duster
10
70
Ustad
black bd
par ek
question
nikal kar
bataye
(b)
Tej Hawa.
Jis hawa ke chalne se
pedon
ki
chhoti
tahniyan hil rahi hon,
hawa ko chehre par
mahshoosh kiya ja raha
ho ya stop butt par laga
flag 45 degree ke angle
par lahra raha ho use
Tej hawa kahte hai.
(c)
Bahut Tej
Hawa.
Jis hawa ke
chalne se bari bari
tahniya hil rahi hon,
dhul aur garda urh
raha ho ya stop butt
par laga flag 90 degree
ke angle par lahra raha
ho use Bahut Tej hawa
kahte hai.
Jo hawa 3 se 9 baje ki
72
line mein chalti hai use
cross wind kahte hain.
Jo hawa 11 se 5 aur 1
se 7 baje ki line mein
chalti hai us ko tirchhi
hawa kahte hain. Tirchi
hawa ke liye hawa ke
lead se ek lead kam kar
diya jata hai. Sikhlai ko
asan karne ke liye mote
taur par alag alag rg
par alag alag hawa ke
liye lead table is prakar
se hai :6
(a)
7.
(b)
Hawa ka Lead
ABHYAS
Class se abhyas karaya jaye.
SANKSHEP
Q. 1.
Firing ke lihaj se
hawa ki kitni kismen hoti hai
?
Ans.
Teen, Halki, Tej
hawa aur bahut tej hawa.
Q. 2.
400m ragne par tgt
tej daurta hai us ke liye kinte
POA lenge ?
Ans.
12 POA tgt ke age.
(d) (e)
(f)
0
8
7
8
0
2
8
0
(g)
Class ko
sawal
dekar
abhyas
karayen.
Pratyek
bhag se
ek sawal
poochhn
a zaruri
hai.
Q. 3.
200m se kam niklne
wale tgt par shist ki jagah
73
Range
100
200
300
400
Halki
Tej Hawa
Hawa
01
01
02
02
03
kaha hai ?
Ans.
200m se kam ragne
par niklne wale tgt ke shist
niche liye jati hai.
M
M
M
M
Bahut Tej
Hawa
02
03
04
******************************************************************
INSAS 116-127
5.56mm INSAS RIF KI TRIGGER MECHANISM KE
BARE MEIN JANKARI DENA
TARTIB
S/NO
1.
(a)
(b)
SHURU
SHURU
KA
KAM
2.
DOHRAI
TEACHING
POINTS
TRG
AIDS
(c)
(a) Class ki
ginti groupon
mein bant .
(b) Hathiyar
aur saman ka
nirakshan.
(c)
Bandobast ki
karwai.
(d)
5.56mm
INSAS
Rifle,
TRB
model,
ground
sheet.
Q1.
Fauri
ilaz se kaun
kaun
se
rokon ko dur
kar
sakte
hain?
A.
Khali
mag, Misfire
aur Body
mein atka
hua rd ya
case.
Q.2.
Chamber
mein case
katne ka kya
kaaran hain
?
TIME
REMARKS
Actual Running
(e)
(f)
(g)
01
01
Nirikshan
class se
karwaya
jae.
01
02
Dohrai
pahle
lesson se ek
ya do
question
puchhkar le
sakte hain.
74
A.
Chamber ka
jaida garam
hona. (ii)
Carts case ke
metal ka
kamjor hona.
3.
PAHUNCH
INSAS Rif se
single
shot
aur three rd
cont
burst
fire karne ki
suvidha
di
gai hai.
Is
liye
zaruri
hai ki har
firer
iske
trigger
mechanism
ke bare mein
achhi jankari
rakhe takih
samay parne
par ise asani
se
istemal
mein laya ja
sake.
01
03
Pahunch
sabaq se
sambandhit
ho.
2
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
4.
UDDESH
5.56 mm INSAS Rif ke
trigger mechanism ke
bare mein jaankari dena
hai.
01
04
Do bar
bataya
jayega.
5.
SAMAN
5.56 mm INSAS Rif, TRB As per
ka model, black board, trg
chalk, duster, pointer aur aids.
sheet ground.
01
05
Saman ko
point karke
batayenge.
6.
BHAGON
MEIN
BANT
Bhag -I
Trigger
mechanism aur TRB box
ko kholna, naam, kaam
01
06
Sabak ko
tartibwar
chalane ke
liye.
75
aur jorna.
Bhag -II TRB ki chaal.
BHAG-I
NAMUNA
Trigger Mechanism ko
Kholna, Naam, Kaam
aur Jorna.
(a) Change
Lever.
Stem, Right Lug,
Left Lug, Rib.
10
16
(b)
Trigger Sear.
Trigger, Trigger Sear
Head, Claw, Neck.
(c)
Auxillary Sear.
Head, Claw, Arm.
(d)
Hammer.
Hammer,
Hammer
spring, Platform, Pawl,
Pawl Spring.
(e) Trigger Axis Pin.
(f) Hammer Axis Pin.
3
(a)
(b)
(c)
Change lever ki posn ‘S’ par.
Jab change lever ki posn ‘S’ par
hoti hai to stem ka dahina wala
lug trigger sear par sawar hota
hai. Jab trigger ko dabate hain
to trigger nahin dabta hai kyonki
trigger sear tail ko stem ka lug
upar nahin uthane deta.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Change Lever ki Posn ‘R’ par.
Jab changer lever ki posn ‘R’
par hoti hai to stem ka dahina
lug aage ki posn mein para
rookh mein hota hai
jisse
trigger sear tail ko upar uthane
ke liya jagah mil jata hai. Jab
trigger ko dabaya jata hai to
trigger sear thora aage aur
niche dabta hai. Trigger sear
aur auxillary sear ke ek hi axis
76
pin par hone ke karan is dauran
auxillary sear apni jagah se
aage aa jata hai. Trigger sear ke
aage dabne se hammer platform
aur trigger sear ka milap tut
jata hai aur hammer spring ki
takat se aage ki taraf harkat
karta hai aur rd fire ho jata hai.
Gas ke dabav se purje peechhe
ate hain, saath hi hammer bhi
peechhe aata hai. Trigger par
dabav hone ke karan trigger
sear hammer ko nahi pakar
pata
lekin
auxillary
sear
hammer ko pakar leta hai, jisse
ek roubd fire hokar ruk jata hai.
Agla round tab tak fire nahi
hoga jab tak trigger ko relayase
karke dubara na dabaya jaye.
Jab trigger ko relayase kiya jata
hai to auxillary sear peechhe
jata hai aur trigger sear upar ki
taraf aata hai.
Is dauran
auxillary sear hammer ko chhor
deta hai aur trigger sear use
pakar leta hai.
ABHYAS
Trigger mechanism
abhyas liya jaye.
ke
upar
08
24
Sawal
jawab
se.
4
(a)
(b)
BHAG-II
NAMUNA
TRB ki Chal.
purje.
(c)
TRB ke hisse
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a) TRB Box.
(b) Axis Pin.
(c)
Plate Selector aur Plate
selector ka agla projection.
(d) Ratchet Wheel. (Pichhla aur
upar wala projection, pichhla aur
neece wala projection).
(e) Ratchet Wheel Spring.
77
(f)
Tripping Plate ya Ratchet
Plate. (Tail, Neechla projection
aur upr wala projection).
10
34
Jab change lever ki posn ko B
par kiya jata hai to change lever
stem ka baen wala lug plate
selector ko neeche daba deta hai,
jisse plate selector aage se upar
uthta hai.
Is daural plate
selecotr
ka
agla
projection
ratchet wheel ko thora upar utha
deta hai, jisse ratchet wheel pawl
ki sidh mein aa jata hai. Jab
trigger ko dabaya jata hai to
hammer trigger sear se azad ho
jata hai aur firing pin ke peechhe
wale hisse par chot marta hai
aur round fire ho jata hai. Is
dauran pawl ratchet wheel ke
upar wale daant mein phans jata
hai aur ratchet wheel ko thora
upar utha deta hai. Isi samay
ratchet wheel ka pichhla aur
nichla projection auxiliary sear
arm ke upar dabav dalta hai aur
auxillary sear ko apni jagah se
peechhe dhakel deta hai. Jab
purje peechhe ki harkat karte
hain to trigger ke upar dabav
hone ke karan trigger sear se
hammer ka milap nahi hota hai,
sath hi auxillary sear ke peechhe
hone ke karan hammer ka milap
auxillary sear se bhi nahi hota
hai aur hammer aage chala jata
hai, jisse dusra round fire ho jata
hai. Is samay ratchet wheel ka
dusra daant pawl ke saath
phans jata hai aur ratchet wheel
ko aur upar utha deta hai. Isi
dauran ratchet wheel ka pichhla
aur
upar
wala
projection
auxiliary sear ke arm par dabav
dal deta hai, jisse auxillary sear
apni jagah se aur pichhe dab
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
78
jata hai.
Karwai hu-ba-hu
pahle round ki tarah hoti hai.
Jab hammer pichhe ata hai to
na to trigger sear pakar pata
hai aur na hi auxillary sear.
Hammer age ki harkat karta
hai aur teesra round fire ho
jata hai.
Is dauran pawl
ratchet wheel ke teesre dant
mein phans jata hai, jisse
ratchet wheel aage se poora
upar uth jata hai. Jab ratchet
wheel poora upar uthta hai to
uska peechhla hissa neche jata
hai. Is dauran ratchet wheel
ka peechhla hissa ratchet plate
ke neechle projection par
dabav dalta hai, jisse ratchet
plate neeche jata hai aur
ratchet plate ka tail auxillary
sear arm ke upar dabav dal
deta hai. Yeh karwai us samay
ki hoti hai jab teesra round fire
ho gaya ho aur chal wale purje
aage hi hon. Jab chal wale
purje peechhe harkat karte
hain to pawl ka milap ratchet
wheel ke dant se tut jata hai.
Ratchet wheel apne spring ki
takat se apni normal posn
mein jata hai. Is karwai ke
dauran ratchet wheel ratchet
plate ke upar wale projection ki
madad se use upar utha deta
hai, jisse auxillary sear arm ke
arm se dabav hat jata hai aur
auxillary sear apni normal
posn mein aa jata hai. Jyonhi
hammer peechhe ata hai
auxillary sear pakar leta hai
aur teen round fire hone ke
baad fire band ho jata hai. Ab
agla round tab tak fire nahi
hoga jab tak trigger ko relayase
karke dubara na dabaya jaye.
ABHYAS
Class se chal ka abhyas karaya
jaye.
04
38
Pure
class
se.
79
7.
SANKSHEP
Sawal aur jawab se. Sabhi
bhagon se ek ya do sawal
puchh kar.
02
40
Sawal
aur
jawab
se.
*************************************************************************************
*************************************************************************************
**********************************************************************************
(2) 5.56 mm INSAS LMG
(LMG-IN)
LMG-IN 1-9
5.56 mm INSAS LMG KA AAM BAYAN,VISHESHTAYEN,
KHOLNA,JORNA AUR SAFAI KARNE KA TARIQA
SIKHANA
80
TARTIB
S/N
O
(a)
1.
(b)
SHURU
SHURU
KA
KAM
2.
DOHRAI
TEACHING
POINTS
TRG AIDS
(c)
(a) Class ki
ginti
groupon
mein bant .
(b)
Hathiyar
aur saman
ka
nirakshan.
(c)
Bandobast
ki karwai.
(d)
LMG,Mag,Saf
ai ka Saman,
Monopod,
Black Board,
Easel.
Q1 7.62
mm LMG
ka kargar
range kya
hai?
Ans :500x.
TIME
Actua
l
REMARKS
Runnin
g
(e)
01
(f)
01
(g)
Nirakshan
ka tqriqa
class ko
bataya jae.
01
02
Chale hue
class se.
Q2. 7.62
mm LMG
ka muzzle
velocity
kitni hai?
Ans;2700m/sec
.
81
3.
PAHUNC
H
5.56
mm
INSAS
LMG,
INSAS
pariwar ka
ek
kafi
accha aur
lambe
range
tak
mar karne
wala
ek
matra
automatic
hathiyar
hai.
Isse
larai
ke
dauran
mein bahut
kamyabi
hansil kar
sakte hai.
Is lie
inf
sec ke har
LMG gp ko
is
ki
khubian
aur
maintenanc
e ke bare
mein puri
tarah
se
jankari
honi
chahiye
taki zarurat
parne par
is
se
bharpur
faida
uthaya
ja
saken.
01
03
Lesson se
sambandh
it ho.
2
(a)
4.
(b)
UDDESH
(c)
5.56 mm INSAS LMG KA AAM
BAYAN,VISHESHTAYEN,
KHOLNA, JORNA AUR SAFAI
(d)
(e)
01
(f)
(g)
Dohraya
04 jae.
82
KARNE KA TARIQA SIKHANA
HAI.
5.
SAMAN
5.56 mm INSAS LMG, Mag,
Siling, Assy Bag, Monopod, Sand
Bag, Safai ka Saman, Ground
sheet.
01
05 Point
karke
bataya
jai.
6.
BHAGON
MEIN
BANT
Bhag -I
INSAS LMG ki
Visheshtayen aur Tech Data.
Bhag -II
LMG ko Kholna,
Hisse Purjon ke Naam, Kaam
aur jorna
01
06 Class ko
asani se
sikhane
ke liiye.
05
11
Bhag III
Accessories se
jankari aur safai karne ka
tariqa.
BHAG-I
NAMUNA
INSAS LMG ki Visheshtayen
aur Tech Data.
(a) Halka Hathiyar - 7.62 mm
LMG se 30% halka hai.
(b) Recoil Kam
– 70% recoil
kam ke karan Accuracy achhi
hai.
(c) Jyada MV – Trajectory
chapti banti hai aur tgt par hit
probility jyada hai.
(d) Lamba range – Jyada
muzzle velocity ke karan kargar
range bhi jyada hai.
(e) Auto Fire – Yeh hathiyar
auto mode par bhi bhari tadad
mein fire kar sakta hain.
(f)
Accurate – Achha
ballistics, kam recoil aur sight
systemhone ke karan kafi
accurate hai.
(g) Lethality – Achhi ballistic
hone ke karan bullet ko achhi
stability milti hai aur lethality
jyada hai.
3
83
(a)
(b)
Wazan
(c)
(d)
(a) LMG without mag
(e)
(f)
(g)
6.23 Kg
0.11 Kg
0.50 Kg
0.75 Kg
6.73 Kg
(b) Khali mag
(c) Bhari mag
(d) Bipod ka wazan
(e) Bhari LMG
(f) Lambai
(i) Fixed butt
1050 mm
535 mm
- 475
mm
(ii) Barrel
(g) Sight Radius
(h) Chaurai
(i) Bipod extended ( Low posn)
– 241 mm
(ii) Bipod extended ( High
posn) – 318 mm
(j) Grooves
- 04
(RH)
(k) MV
- 925
m/s
(l) Penetration
- 03
mm on 700m
(m) Rate of fire
(i) Single Shot
- 60
rds/min.
(ii) Automatic
150 rds/min.
(iii) Cyclic rate of fire
600-650 rds/min.
(n) Amn. Ball, Trace, Blank.
(o) Range
700m
4
84
(a)
(b)
ABHYAS
(c)
Bhag-I ka abhyas karaya jaye.
BHAG-II
Kholna,
Hisse
Purjon
Naam, Kaam aur Jorna .
(d)
(e)
05
(f)
16
05
21
(g)
Sawal
aur
jawab
se.
ke
Sabse pahle mag ko
utaren, cock Karen, cover assy
ko kholen, piston extension assy
ko nikalen, rotating bolt ko alag
karen,
gas tube ko kholen,
firing pin, extractor, mag ke
plate form ko bhi khol sakte hai.
Hisse Purjon ke Naam. INSAS
LMG 13 assy ka bana hua hai.
1.
Barrel assembly.
(a)
Flash eliminator.
Paida hone wale shole ki
teevrta ko kam karta hai
aur gren projector ka bhi
kaam karta hai.
(b)
Barrel.
Goli ko
sahi disha mein jaane mein
madad karta hai. Ismein
grooves aur land goli ko
spin deta hai jisse goli ko
sthirta milti hai.
(c)
Gas Block and Plug
Gas. Gas vent ke upar lagi
poori accessory ko block gas
kahte
hain.
Jisse
gas
cylinder mein dakhil hoti
hai.
(d)
Gas Regulator, Gas
Scape Hole.
Gas
regulator ki matra ko cont
karta hai. Iski do posn
hain. Low aur High.
(e)
Loop Front Sling.
Sling lagane ke kaam ata
hai.
85
(a)
(b)
2.
(c)
Hand Guard.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
3. Cocking Handle Assy.
Rifle
ko cock karne mein madad deta
hai. Slide ke pichhle hisse laga
hota hai. Iske purjon ke naam is
prakar hain :(a)
Cocking Handle.
(b)
Slide.
(c)
Plunger.
(d)
Pin.
4.
Body Housing Assy. Yeh
1.8mm Sheet Metal ka bana hai.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
5.
Left Channel
Right Channel
Safety Sear.
Ejector.
Spacer.
Rear Block.
Cover Assy.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Hinges.
Male Dovetail.
Rear Sight Housing.
86
6
(a)
(b)
(c)
6.
Trigger
10. Rotating
Mech Assy.
Bolt Assy.
(a) Cam.
(a) Change
(b) Firing
Lever.
Pin.
(b) TRB.
(c) Locking
(c)
Lug.
Hammer.
(d) Feed
(d)
Trigger Piece.
Sear.
(e)
(e)
Extractor.
Auxillary Sear.
11. Recoil
Spring Assy.
7.
Pistol Grip
(a) Stopper.
Assy.
(b) Guide.
(c) Spring.
8.
Butt Assy.
12. Mag Assy.
(a) Butt
Plate.
(b) Butt
Trap.
(c) Rear
Sling Loop.
(d)
Shoulder Pivot.
9.
Piston
Extension Assy.
(a) Piston.
(b) Cam
Way.
(c) Stem.
(d) Recoil
Spring Housing.
(e) Right
Lug.
(f)
Bottom
Surface.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a) Lips.
(b)
Platform.
(c) Bottom
Plate.
(d)
Dimpal.
(e)
Retainer.
(f) Spring.
13. Bipod Assy.
(a) Shoes.
(b) Catch.
(c)
Legs.
7
87
(a)
(b)
(c)
Jorna. Jis sequence mein khola
gaya hai thik uske viprit karwai
karte huye joren. Akhir mein cock
karke trigger press Karen.
Safai Karne ka Tariqa.
teen stage hote hain :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Safai ke
Aam Safai.
(i) Rojana ki safai.
(ii) Weekly Safai.
(iii) Monthly.
Firing Ke Lihaj se.
(i) Firing se Pahle.
(ii) Firing ke Dauran.
(iii) Firing ke baad.
Mausam ke Lihaj se.
(i)
High Alt.
(ii) Desert.
Lubrication.
(a) 4 degree se above
- OX 52.
(b) 4 Degree se -18 Degree
- OX –13.
(c) -18 Degree se -40 Degree
- OX 13 + Superior
quality K/Oil 1:1.
(d) -40 degree se -50 degree
- OX 13 + Superior
quality K/Oil 2:3.
8
(a)
(b)
ABHYAS
(c)
Class se kholne jorne ka abhyas
karaya jaye.
(d)
(e)
(f)
05
26
(g)
Pure
class
se.
88
BHAG-III
Accessories se jankari aur
safai karne katariqa
INSAS LMG ke sath 07 prakar
ki accessories ati hain :(a)
Muzzal cover
(b)
BFA
(c) Siling
(d) DLTS
(e) PNS
(f)
BLS
(g) Monopod
Monopod se Jankari aur LMG
ko Fix Line par Lagane ka
Tariqa. Monopod LMG ke sath
assy ke taur par aata hai, jisi
madad se LMG ko fix line par
lagaya jata hai. Monopod ke
hisse purje :(a) Elevation Drum (Nut aur
Screw).
(b) Leaf Spring.
(c) Sleeve aur Pin.
(d) Shoe.
(e) Spikes.
(f) Plastic Grip.
(a)
(b)
Monopod ko Lagana. Monopod
lagane ki jimmewari LMG No-1
ki hoti hai. Iske lie sabse pahle
LMG ko fixed line ki disha mein
karen. Monopod ke sleeve se
pin ko nikalen. Sleeve ko rear
lug mein fix karen aur pin ko
lagayen.
Bipod ki wajah se
LMG sthir rahegi. Monopod ke
elevation drum ki madad se
LMG ko upar niche ki
9
(c)
80mm tak harkat di ja sakti hai.
05
(d)
(e)
31
(f)
(g)
Fixed Line. Kisi bhi auto hathiyar
ko fixed line par lay tab mana jata
hai jab woh kharab mausam, raat,
kam roshni, dhuyen, dhundh mein
pahle se nirdharit disha mein fire
karne ki kabiliyat rakhta ho.
89
Fixed Line ka Chunav. Def mein
LMG ka primary task padosi sec ke
defended post ki suraksha karna
hota hai. LMG ko is prakar sight
kiya jata hai ki donon sec mutual
support mein ho taki dushman ko
kam se kam do LMG ke fire se
gujarna pare. Fixed line ka fire
padosi sec ke jitna najdik se
gujrega utna hi kargar hoga. Lekin
ismein kam se kam 5degree ka
safety angle rakhna jaruri hai.
700m se jiada duri ke tgt par LMG
ko fixed line par lay nahi karna
chahiye, kyonki 700m tak golion ki
trajectory 4.5 feet se jiada nahi
uthti.
Improvised Tariqe se Fixed Line
par Lagana. Agar Monopod na ho
to bhi LMG ko fixed line par lagaya
ja sakta hai. Iske liye LMG ke butt
ke niche munasib unchi sand bag
ka istemal kiya ja sakta hai ya kisi
anya improvised tariqe se bhi
lagaya ja sakta hai.
Safai Karne ka Tariqa.
teen stage hote hain :-
Safai ke
Aam Safai.
(i) Rojana ki safai.
(ii) Weekly Safai.
(iii) Monthly.
(b) Firing Ke Lihaj se.
(i) Firing se Pahle.
(ii) Firing ke Dauran.
(iii) Firing ke baad.
10
(c)
c)
Mausam ke Lihaj se.
(a)
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
High Alt.
Desert.
Lubrication.
(a)
4 degree se above
90
- OX 52.
(b) 4 Degree se -18 Degree
- OX –13.
(c) -18 Degree se -40 Degree
- OX 13 + Superior
quality K/Oil 1:1.
(d) -40 degree se -50 degree
- OX 13 + Superior
ABHYAS
7.
SANKSHEP
quality K/Oil 2:3.
Bhag No 3 ka abhyas karaya
jaye.
Q1.
INSAS LMG ka kargar
rg kitna hai ?
Ans. 700m.
Q2.
INSAS LMG kitne assy
ki bani hui hai ?
Ans. 13 assy ki.
Q3.
Monopod se upar
neeche kitni harkat di ja sakti
hai ?
Ans. 80mm.
06
37
03
40
Class
ko gp
mein
banta
ja
sakta
hai.
**************************************************************************
LMG-IN 10-18
5.56 MM INSAS LMG KE MAG KO BHARNA,KAHLI KARNA ,LMG KO
BHARNA ,READY MAKE SAFE AUR KHALI KARNE
KA TARIQA SIKHANA
91
TARTIB
S/N
O
(a)
1.
(b)
SHURU
SHURU
KA
KAM
2.
DOHRAI
3.
PAHUNC
H
TEACHING
POINTS
TRG
AIDS
(c)
(d)
(m)
Class ki
ginti groupon
mein bant .
(n)
Hathiyar
aur saman ka
nirikshan.
(o)
Bandoba
st ki karwai.
5.56m
m
INSAS
LMGle,
mag,
Drill
Carts,
Assy
Bag
Ground
sheet,
Q1.
INSAS
LMG
ki
MV
kitni hai ?
Ans.
925
m/sec.
Q2.
INSAS
LMG ki safai ke
liye chindi ka
scale kya hai ?
Ans. 4” x 1 ½”.
5.56mm INSAS
LMG Inf sec ka
ek matra lambi
duri tak maar
karne wala auto
TIME
Actua
l
Runnin
g
(e)
(f)
01
01
01
02
01
03
REMARK
S
(g)
Nirikshan
class se
karwaya
jae.
Pichhle
lesson
Pahunch
sabaq se
sambandhi
t ho.
92
hathiyar hai. Is
liye jawan ko
kholna,
jorna
aur safai karna
jan lena hi kafi
nahi hai balki
larai ke maidan
mein LMG ka
pura
faida
uthane ke liye
LMG ko bharna
aur khali karna
ana
chahiye
Sath hi bhari
LMG
ko
ek
jagah se dusri
jagah le jane ke
liye make safe ki
karwai
bhi
achhi tarah ani
chahiye.
(a)
(b)
2
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
4.
UDDESH
5.56 mm INSAS LMG ke
mag ko bharna,khali karna
, LMG ko Bharna, Ready,
Makesafe aur Khali Karne
ka tariqa Sikhana Hai.
01
04
Dohraya
jaye.
5.
SAMAN
5.56 mm INSAS LMG, As per
Mag,drill
carts,accessory trg
bag, chindi, long easel, aids.
black board, chalk, duster
aur ground sheet.
01
05
Saman ko
point karke
batayenge.
6.
BHAGON
MEIN
BANT
Bhag No-I. Mag ko bharna
aur khali karna
Bhag No-II.
Sight lagana
aur range hasil karna
Bhag No-III.
LMG ko
bharna,ready,makesafe aur
khali karna.
01
06
BHAG NOI
MAG KO BHARNA AUR
KHALI KARNA :-
10
16
93
NAMUNA
Amn ki Safai.
Rounds ko
len aur saaf kapre se round
ko ek ek karke saaf Karen.
Agar samay kam ho to kai
roundon ko ek saath kapre
mein lappet kar safai ki ja
sakti hai, lekin dhyan rahe
ki roundon ka aapas mein
ragad nahin hona chahiye.
Amn ko saaf karke kisi saaf
jagah par rakhen.
Mag ka Bharna.
Bharne
se pahle mag ka mulahija
karen. Agar mag ki body
tuti ho ya lips tute hon to
aise mag ko na bhara jaye.
Dusre mag ko len aur isi
tarah mulahija karen. Agar
thik ho to bharne ke liye
istemal karen. INSAS LMG
ke mag ko bharne ka tariqa
bhi SLR ke mag ki tarah hi
hai. Iska mag fibre glass ka
bana hone ki wajah se
ismen
3
(a)
(b)
(c)
rds bahar se hi dikhai dete
hain. Ismen ham filler ka
istemal nahin karte hain
kyonki iske rds cortons
mein band hokar aate
hain. Mag ko len aur is
prakar pakren ki mag ka
chhota mehrab andar ki
taraf aur bada mehrab
bahar ki taraf ho. Mag ko
ground sheet , boot ki toe
ya raan par rakhte hue
saaf kiye hue rds ko len
aur dono haathon ki
anguliyon aur anguthe ki
madad se ek ek rd bharen.
Bharte samay agar koi rd
niche gir jata hai to use
aakhir mein saaf karke
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
94
bharen. Is prakar ek mag
mein 30 rds aate hain aur
30 hi bhare jate hain.
Mag ko Khlai Karna.
Mag ko len aur baen aur is
prakar pakre ki haath ki
char ungliyan upar se aur
angutha andar se pakarte
hue chhota mehrab zamin
ki taraf ho.
Kisi nukili
cheej ki madad se rd ke
bairkhilaf dabate huye mag
ko khali Karen. Dhayan
rahe agar rd ka istemal
kiya jar aha ho to hare k ya
do rd ke baad iski badli kar
di jaye. Roundon ka girav
saaf
jagah
par
hona
chahiye. Roundon ko saaf
Karen aur cartoon mein
band Karen.
ABHYAS
Mag ko bharna aur khali
karna par abhyas karaya
jaye.
BHAG
NO-2
SIGHT LAGANA AUR
RANGE HASIL KARNA :Char prakar ki sighting ki
subhidha hai :(d) Open sight
(e) Day light telescopic
sight
(f) Passive night sight
(g) Beta light sight
05
21
05
26
Pure class
se abhyas
karaya
jaye.
4
(a)
(b)
(c)
a)
Open Sight.
Open Sight
ke hisse purje :(ii) Fore Sight. Fore
sight protractor. Fore
sight tip, locking nut.
(ii) Rear Sight
Housing rear sight, Lips, Rear
sight apparture, leaf
spring, screw axis, plunger
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
95
Abhyas
BHAG-III
NAMUNA
Range Hasil Karna.
Rear
open sight par do lips bane hue
hain. Pahle par 2 ka ank likha
hai, jo 200m ke rg ko zahir
karta hai. Dusre ke upar 4 ka
ank likha hai jo 400 m ke rg ko
zahir karta hai. 100m aur
300m ke rg hasil karne ki koi
suvidha nahin hai.
Day light telescopic sight
aur passive night sight ke bare
mein aap ko pichhle lesson
mein bataya gaya hai.
Sight lagane par abhyas liya
jai.
LMG ko
Bharna, Ready,
Makesafe aur Khali Karna.
Jab LMG par khali mag chadhi
ho, chamber khali ho aur
change lever ki posn ‘S’ par ho
to LMG khali mani jati hai. Jab
bhari hui mag chadhi ho,
chamber khali ho aur change
lever ki posn ‘S’ par ho to LMG
bhari hui mani jati hai. Jab
Bhari mag chadhi ho, chamber
mein rd ho, change lever ki
posn ‘R’ ya ‘B’ par ho,
kalmewali ungali trigger par ho
to LMG ko ready mana jata hai.
02
28
06
34
Bhar Posn.
Bhar posn ke
adesh par baen paon ko chalti
halat mein aage len, dahine
haath se LMG ko badan kea
age uchhalte huye taul wali
jagah se pakren. Is posn mein
dekhnewali baten. Dono paon
kad ke mutabik khule huye
hon, badan ka bojh dono paon
ke upar, baen haath ki pakar
forehand guard oar, dahine
haath ki pakar pitol grip par,
LMG
5
(a)
(b)
(c)
dahini bagal mein dabi
hui.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
96
Bharne ke Hukam par
Karwahi.
Jab firer ko
tgt dikhai de ya hukam
mile bhar, to karwahi is
prakar Karen. Change
lever ki posn ‘S’ par
Karen, mag catch ko
dabate
hue
mag ko
utaren aur pouch mein
band Karen. Pouch se
bhara mag len, mag ka
mulahija karte hue mag
way mein fit karen aur
yakin Karen ki mag thik
tariqe se lag gaya hai.
Baen hath ki pakar fore
hand guard par wapis le
jaen.
Ready.
Jab firer fire
karne ka irada rakhta ho
ya hukam mile ready, is
adesh par change lever ki
posn ‘R’ ya ‘B’ par Karen,
butt kandhe ka milap
Karen, kalme wali anguli
trigger ke upper rakhen
aur
agle
hukam
ka
intezar karen.
Make Safe ki karwahi.
Jab bhari hui LMG ko ek
jagah se dusri jagah par
le jana ho to makesafe ki
karwai ko amal mein laya
jata hai. Karne ka tariqa.
Sabse pahle kalme wali
anguli ko trigger se bahar
karen, LMG ko kandhe se
niche layen, LMG ko
dahine turn karte huye do
baar cock Karen, durust
shisht lete huye trigger ko
press karen, LMG ko
kandhe se niche layen,
change lever ki posn ko
‘S’ par Karen, pouch se
bhari mag ko len, mag ka
97
mulahija karte huye mag
way mein dakhil Karen,
yakin Karen ki mag thik
baith gaya hai, kneeling
posn akhtiyar Karen, eject
huye rd ko len, saaf karke
dusri mag
(a)
(b)
(c)
mein bharen.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
abhyas
04
38
Abhyas
pure class
se karaya
jaye.
Q1. INSAS LMG ki mag
mein kitne rds bhare jate
hain?
Ans. 30 rds.
Q2. INSAS LMG ke sath
kitne prakar ki sighting
system ki subhidha hai ?
Ans. 04 prakar ki.
LMG-IN 19-27
02
40
Khali Karna.
Khali
kar ke aadesh par make
safe ki tarah hi karwahi
karte hain aur aakhiri
mein khali mag chadha
dete hain.
ABHYAS
7.
SANKSHEP
Bhag-III
ka
karaya jaye.
5.56 MM INSAS LMG SE PAKAR, SISHT AUR FIRE KARNE KA TARIQA
SIKHANA
98
TARTIB
S/NO
1.
(a)
(b)
SHURU
SHURU
KA
KAM
TEACHING
POINTS
(c)
(a) Class ki
ginti groupon
mein bant .
(b) Hathiyar
aur saman ka
nirakshan.
(c) Bandobast
ki karwai.
TRG
AIDS
(d)
TIME
REMAR
Actual Running KS
(e)
(f)
(g)
01
01
Niriksha
n class
se
karaya
jaye.
2.
DOHRAI
Q1. LMG ka
sight radius
kitna hai ?
Ans :- 475mm.
Q2. Monopod
se kitni harkat
di ja sakti hai
?
Ans :- 80mm
upar niche.
01
02
Dohrai
pahle
lesson
se ek ya
do
question
puchhka
r le
sakte
hain.
3.
PAHUNCH
Ek firer agar,
durust
posn
aur
pakar
hasil karne ke
baad
durust
01
03
Pahunc
h sabaq
se
samban
dhit ho.
99
shisht
lekar
fire karta hai
to woh, ek
golo
ek
dushman ka
mudha hasil
kar sakta hai.
Is lie LMG firer
ko
accha
natiza
hasil
karne ke liye
LMG ki sahi
pakar, durust
shist tgt ki
kisam
ke
anusar
fire
karna
ana
chahiye
taki
tgt ko
jaldi
barbad kiya ja
sake.
a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
4.
UDDESH
5.56 mm INSAS LMG se
Pakar, Shisht aur Fire
Karne ka Tariqa Sikhana
Hai.
01
04
Do bar
bataya
jayega.
5.
SAMAN
01
05
Saman ko
point
karke
batayenge.
6.
BHAGON
MEIN
BANT
LMG, Mag, Drill cart ,
As per
INSAS Rifle, Field of
trg aids.
View ka board, Tgt 1x1 ,
black board, easal,
duster, chalk, ground
sheet.
Bhag -I
Durust Pakar.
Bhag -II
Durust
Shisht Lena.
Bhag -III Fire Karna.
01
06
BHAG-I
NAMUNA
Sabak ko
tartibwar
chalane ke
liye.
Durust Pakar. Kisi bhi
firer ke fire ka star kafi
had tak uske durust
pakar par nirbhar karta
hai. 5.56mm INSAS Rif
aur LMG ki pakar do
100
students
ki
posn
dikhakar.
LMG mein
bipod ki suvidha hone ke
karan baen hath ki pakar
small of the butt ke upar
hoti hai is lie firer ka
badan line of fire ki sidh
mein hoti hai. Rif mein
sahara dene ke liye baen
hath ki posn forehand
guard par rakhna parta
hai. Is lie firer ka badan
line of fire se tirchha
hota hai.
(b)
Durust
Pakar
Hasil
Karne ki Karwai. Sabse
pahle tgt ko dekhkar
bipod ko tgt ke madhya
mein karen. Lying posn
ke adesh par durust
posn
ikhtiyar
karen.
Range milne par sahi
range lagayen. LMG ko
kandhe par le jayen.
Kandhe par le jate samay
shoulder pivot ko khara
karen.
LMG ko cock
karen aur kohnion ko
harkat
dekar
posn
durust karen.
Yadi
shisht POA se upar ya
niche ho to bipod ko
munasib kholkar niche
ya upar karen.
(c)
Durust pakar hasil karne
mein sharir ke alag alag
angon ke kaam :-
LMG,
mag,
ground
sheet
05
11
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a)
Kandha.
Kandha
butt ko tikne ki jagah deta
hai. Butt ko kandhe jo
gadha banta hai wahan
rakha jaye na ki haddi ke
upar.
Yadi butt aur
kandhe ka milap thik se
nahi ho raha ho to sharir
ko munasib aage ya
101
pichhe ki harkat dekar
butt kandhe ka milap
karen na ki LMG ko aage
ya pichhe khinchkar.
(b) Bayan Hath. Baen
hath se LMG ke small of
the butt ko pakra jaye,
charon unglian upar se
aur angutha niche se.
Bayan hath LMG ko
pichhe aur niche khinch
kar rakhta hai.
(c) Dayan Hath. Dayan
hath ki pakar pistol grip
par, teenon unglian bahar
se, angutha andar se aur
kalmewali anguli trigger
guard ke aar paar. Dayan
hath LMG ko pichhe
khinchkar rakhta hai aur
LMG
ko
samanantar
rakhne mein madad deta
hai.
(d) Sir. Sir ko butt ke
upar is prakar rakhen ki
gaal ka naram wala bhag
butt ke upar tik jaye.
Gaal
baen
hath
ki
kalmewali anguli ke paas
is prakar rakhen ki eye
relief takriban 3” se 4” ke
beech ho.
(e)
Puri Pakar ko
Mazboot Karna.
Puri
pakar ko mazboot karne
ke liye gaal se baen hath
aur butt ko dabate huye
donon kohnion ko andar
ki taraf karen. Is karwai
ko clamping action ke
naam se jante hain.
ABHYAS
Durust pakar hasil karne
ka abhyas karaya jaye.
03
14
Puri class
se.
102
4
(b)
BHAG-II
NAMUNA
(c)
(d)
Durust Shisht Lena. Jab ek
firer apne aankh aur dimag ka
sahi talmel karte hue apne
hathiyar ke upar lagi hue
sighton ka istemal karte hue
shist ko POA par milata hai
use shist lena kahte hain.
INSAS Rif aur LMG mein pakar
aur posn mein antar hone ke
karan LMG mein eye relief
jiada banta hai jisse field of INSAS
view kam banta hai.
LMG,
mag,
Shist ka kaida. INSAS LMG INSAS
mein shisht lene ka kaida hu- Rif, mag,
ba-hu Rif ki tarah hi hai. LMG Field of
mein auto fire karne ki view ka
kabiliyat
hone
ki
wajah bd,
tharthrahat jiada hoti hai. Is ground
liye firer ko fore sight tip ko sheet,
aperture ke madhya mein black bd,
rakhne par jiada dhyan dena chalk,
chahiye aur mazboot pakar duster.
barkrar rakhne ki jarurat
paregi.
(e)
(f)
10
24
(g)
Hatkar Shisht Lena. LMG se
bhi hatkar shisht lene ka
tariqa rif ki tarah hi hai, lekin
tgt ko engage karne mein farak
hai.
LMG se tracking aur
trapping donon tarikon se tgt
engage kiya ja sakta hai.
(a) Trapping. Is tarike se tgt
ko engage karne ka tariqa is
prakar hai :(i)
Tgt ka sahi rg malum
karen aur sight ke upar rg
lagayen.
(ii)
Tgt ki raftar ke
mutabik lead nikalen.
(iii) Tgt ke age koi
mashhoor nishan chunen
103
aur LMG ko fix kare.
(iv)
Masjhoor nishan se
tgt ki taraf nikale gaye
lead ko baten aur koi
madad ka nishan chunen.
(v)
Jab tgt madad ke
nishan ke paas pahunch
jae to mashhoor nishan
par 6-8 rds ka burst fire
karen, tgt barbad ho
jayega.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(b) Tracking. Is tarike se
tgt ka pichha karte huye
barbad kiya ja sakta hai.
Trapping ka tariqa Tracking
ke tarike se achha mana
gaya hai.
ABHYAS
Class se abhyas karaya jaye.
BHAG-III
Fire Karne ka Tarika. Alag
alag halaton mein nikalne
wale tgt par kargar fire
karne ki kabiliyat se INSAS
LMG ko banaya gaya hai.
INSAS LMG se do tarikon se
fire karte hain :-
NAMUNA
(a) Single Shot.
(b) Automatic.
(i)
Burst Fire.
(ii)
Rapid Fire.
Single Shot Fire.
Sahi
posn
ikhtiyar
karen.
Natural alignmeny ko check
karen. LMG ko bhar aur
ready karen. Dimagi taur
par sharir ke un angon ko
check karen jo LMG ko
pakarne mein madad dete
(d)
INSAS
LMG,
mag,
ground
sheet,
black bd,
chalk,
duster.
(e)
(f)
(g)
05
29
Pure
class
se.
05
34
104
hain, jaise bayan hath,
dahina hath, kandha aur
sir. Durust sight alignment
aur sight picture hasil
karen. Change lever ki posn
ko ‘R’ par karen. Sans ko
chand sec ke liye roken aur
durust trigger operation ki
karwai karen. Is prakar se
1 min mein 60 rd ke hisab
se fire kiya jata hai.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Stop.
Fire karte samay tgt ilake
mein koi jaandar vastu aa jaye ya
trg ke dauran aadesh mile ‘stop’
to karwai is prakar karen.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a)
Kalme wali anguli ko
trigger se baahar nikale.
(b) LMG ko kandhe se niche
laen aur change lever ki
posn ko ‘S’ par karen.
(c) Iska mag ardh pardarshi
hone ke karan mag ka yakin
karne ki jarurat nahi padti.
Agar mag khali hone wala hai
to mag ki badli karen aur agle
hukm ka intezar karen.
Go On.
Agar tgt ilake se jandar
vastu hat jae ya trg ke dauran
aadesh mile ‘GO ON’ to change
lever ki posn ko pahle wali posn
mein karen aur LMG ko fire mein
shamil karen.
Burst Fire. Jab ek firer change
lever ki posn ‘A’ par karke trigger
dabata hai aur 2 ya 2 se adhik rds
fire ho jaye use burst fire kahte
hain.
(a) Burst kitna lamba ho yeh tgt
ke rg, kism aur firer ki kabiliyat
par nirbhar karta hai.
105
(b)
2 se 3 rd ka burst sabse
achha mana jata hai.
(c)
4 se 5 rd ka burst tgt par
phailkar lagta hai, jisse firer apni
maar
ko
dekhkar
munasib
correction de sakta hai.
(d) 6 se 8 rd ka burst harkat tgt
ko barbad karne ke liye sabse
achha mana gaya hai.
Rapid Fire.
Rapid fire mein
lagatar fire kiya jata hai. Ismein
Stop aur Go On ki karwai single
shot ki tarah hi hoti hai. Lekin
stop ke adesh par LMG ko cock
kakr HOD laga diya jata hai taki
brl thandha ho jaye. Ismein 1 min
mein 150 rd ke hisab se fire kiya
jata hai.
7
a)
7.
(b)
(c)
Limber Up. Firing se pahle
firer ko chahiye ki woh
durust posn ikhtiyar karne ke
baad tgt par sahi shisht lete
huye LMG ko aage aur pichhe
ki harkat dekar apni posn
check kare. Agar fore sight
tip 12 baje aur 6 baje ki line
mein harkat kar rahi ho to
firer ko apni posn durust
man leni chahiye. Is karwai
ko Limber Up ki karwai kahte
hain. Yeh karwai firing ke
dauran bhi mauka milte hi
kar leni chahiye.
ABHYAS
Class se abhyas karaya jaye.
SANKSHEP
Q1.
Shisht lete samay firer
kin kin karwai ko amal mein
lata hai ?
Ans.
Sight Alignment aur
Sight picture.
Q2.
LMG se kitne prakar
ka fire kiya jata hai ?
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
04
38
Puri
class
se.
02
40
106
Ans.
2 prakar ka.
LMG-IN 28-35
5.56mm INSAS LMG KI CHAAL, PARNE WALI ROKEN AUR UNHEN DUR
KARNE KA TARIQA SIKHANA
TARTIB
TEACHING
POINTS
TRG
AIDS
KAM
(c)
(a) Class ki
ginti groupon
mein bant .
(b) Hathiyar
aur saman ka
nirakshan.
(c) Bandobast
ki karwai.
(d)
LMG,
Mag,
Drill
Carts,
1X1
Tgt, ,
Assy
Bag,
Black
Bd,
Chalk,
Duster,
Ground
Sheet..
DOHRAI
Q1. 300 m
S/NO
1.
2.
(a)
(b)
SHURU
SHURU
KA
TIME
Actual Running
(e)
(f)
01
01
01
02
REMARKS
(g)
Nirikshan
class se
karwaya
jae.
Dohrai
107
par tej daurte
tgt ke liye kitne
lead aage shist
liya jata hai?
A.
9 lead
aage shist liya
jata hai.
pahle
lesson se ek
ya do sawal
puchhkar
liya jaye.
Q.2. Sight
alignment aur
sight picture
mein kiski
ahmiyat jyada
hai?
A. Sight
alignment ki
ahmiyat jyada
hai.
2
(a)
3.
(b)
PAHUNCH
(c)
INSAS LMG gas ke
dabav aur recoil spring
ki takat se kaam karne
wala hathiyar hai. Isse
auto fire bhi kar saskte
hain. Lagatar firing se
ismen chand ek roken
par sakti hain, yadi har
ek firer iski chal ke
bare mein achhi tarah
janta hai to ismen
parne wali rokon ko
aasani se door kar
sakta hai. yeh tabhi
sambhav hai ki yadi
jawan ne achhi sikhlai
hasil ki hue ho.
4.
UDDESH
5.56 mm INSAS LMG
ki chaal , parne wali
roken aur unhen door
karne
ka
tarika
(d)
(e)
01
(f)
03
(g)
Pahunch
sabaq se
sambandhit
ho.
01
04
Do bar
bataya
jayega.
108
sikhana hai.
5.
SAMAN
6.
BHAGON
Bhag -I
MEIN BANT ki chaal.
5.56mm INSAS LMG, As per
mag drill carts, 1X1’ trg
tgt, , accessory bag, aids.
chal ka diagram, black
bd, chalk duster aur
ground sheet.
INSAS LMG
01
05
Saman ko
point karke
batayenge.
01
06
Sabak ko
tartibwar
chalane ke
liye.
10
16
Bhag -II
Parne wali
roken aur unhen dur
karne ka
tariqa.
BHAG-I
NAMUNA
(a)
(b)
INSAS LMG ki Chaal.
INSAS LMG ki chaal 8
actionon mein poori
hoti hai. Fire, Unlock,
Extract, Cock, Eject,
Feed, Load, Lock.
(c)
Chal mein kaam karne wale
hisse purjon ke naam:Change
lever,
Trigger,
Hammer,
Firing
pin,
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
109
Chamber wala rd, Gas vent,
Gas plug, Gas cylinder,
Piston extension, cam way,
Locking lug, Barrel locking
lug, Rotating bolt, Recoil
spring,
Barrel
locking
surface.
INSAS LMG ki Chaal.
Fire.
Jab ek firer change
lever ki posn ‘S’ se ‘R’ ya ‘A’
par karke trigger press karta
hai to hammer azad hokar
firing pin retainer par chot
marta hai jisse firing pin
apne surakh se nikal kar rd
ke primer par thokar marta
hai aur rd fire ho jata hai. Ise
fire ka action kahte hain.
Unlock.
Fire hue rd se
paida hui gas bullet ko aage
barrel mein dhakelti hai,
jyon hi bullet gas vent ke
paas se hokar gujrata hai
kuchh gas, gas vent ke hole
se cylinder mein dakhil ho
jati hai.
Cylinder mein
dakhil gas piston head par
dabav dalta hai, jisse piston
extension peechhe ki harkat
karta hai. Piston extension
ke peechhe ki harkat ke
dauran rotating bolt ka cam
cam way mein dahine se
baen itna ghumta hai ki
rotating bolt ke locking lug
barrel
extension
locking
surface se alag ho jaten hai.
Is karwai ko unlock ka
action kahte hain.
Extract.
Unlock hone ke
baad rotating bolt aur piston
extension ek saath peechhe
ki harkat karte hain, isi
dauran extractor fired case
ko apne munh mein pakar
110
kar peechhe lata hai, is
karwai ko extraction ki
karwai kahte hain.
4
(a)
(b)
(c)
Cock.
Chal wale purjon ki
isi harkat jaari rahti hai. Isi
douran piston extension ka
stem shuru shuru mein
hammer ko thora niche
dabata hai baad main piston
extension ka bottom surface
hammer ko pura niche daba
deta hai, jisse safety sear ke
nose ka milap hammer vent
se ho jata hai. Is karwai ko
cock ka action kehta hai.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
EJECT. Chal wale purje ki
isi harkat ke dauran fired
case ejector se se takrakar
ejection slot ke raste dahine
aur niche gir jata hai, Is
karwai ko eject ki karwai
kahte hain.
FEED.
Recoil spring apne
housing mein sikur jata hai.
Jab recoil spring apne tanao
ko poora karta hai to piston
extension ko age dhakelta
hai. Is duran rotating bolt ke
feed piece mag ke upar wale
rd ko chamber mein dakhil
kar deta hai. Is karwai ko
Feed ki karwai kahte hain.
LOAD.
Extractor rd ke
pende par sawar ho jata hai.
Is karwai ko load ka action
kahte hain.
yahan par
rotating bolt ki age ki harkat
samapat ho jati hai lekin
piston extension ki harkat
111
baki rahti hai.
Lock.
Piston extension ki
aage ki harkat jari rahti hai ,
Isi harkat ke dauran rotating
bolt cam ki madad se cam
way mein baen se dahine
itna ghumta hai ki rotating
bolt ke locking lug barrel
extinsion locking surface ke
saath lock ho jate hain. Is
karwai ko lock ka action
kahte hain. Lock hone ke
baad bhi piston extension ki
kuchh harkat baki rahti hai.
Jab piston apni aakhri
harkat poora karta hai to
piston extension ka nichla,
pichhla aur dahina pehlu
safety sear head par dabav
dalta hai, jisse safety sear ki
notch hammer vent se alag
ho jati hai aur LMG dubara
fire ke liye taiyar ho jata hai.
5
(a)
(b)
ABHYAS
BHAG-II
NAMUNA
(c)
Chaal ka abhyas karaya
jaye.
Parne wali roken aur
unhen dur karne ka
tarika.
Trigger dabane par
LMG fire na kare ya fire
karte karte ruk jae to
karwai fauri ilaz ki karen.
Karne ka tariqa Sabse pahle kalmewali
unguli ko trigger se bahar
karen. LMG ko cock karen
holding opening device ko
lagayen. Mag catch ko
(d)
INSAS
LMG,
mag,
ground
Sheet
(e)
(f)
10
26
09
35
(g)
Abhyas
pure
class se
karaya
jae.
Namuna
bayan
ke sath
diya
jaye
112
dabate huye mag ko utaren
pouch mein band karen.
Pouch se bhari hui mag ko
len. Mag ka mulahija karte
huye mag way mein dakhil
karen. Yakin karen ki mag
thik tarah se baith gaya hai.
LMG ko fire mein shamil
karen.
LMG thik fire
karega. Is prakar ek baar
LMG ko cock karne aur
mag ki badli karne se teen
prakar ki roken door hoti
hain.
Khali Mag, Misfire
aur body mein atka hua
round ya case.
Fauri ilaz ki karwai
karne par bhi LMG fire
na kare ya fire karte
karte purje pichhe na
aayen to iske do karan
ho sakte hain.
Shakhat Khinchav ki Rok
ko Dur Karna :- Kalmewali
anguli ko trigger se bahar
nikalen. LMG ko kandhe se
niche laen. Kneeling posn
ikhtiyar karen.
LMG ko
uthayen.
Baen haath ki
pakar forehand guard par.
Mag baen taraf aur ejection
slot neeche ki taraf. Dahina
ghutna poora dahine. Butt
dahine ghutne ke saath
laga hua. Dahina ghutna
butt ko peechhe jane se
rokta hai. Cocking handle
ko khara karen.
Dahine
haath ki charon anguliyon
ka huk banate hue LMG ko
cock karen. Yakin karen ki
shakhat khinchav ki rok
door ho gai hai.
Shout
karen shakhat khinchav ki
rok
door.
Shakhat
khinchav ki rok door.
Dubara
posn
ikhtiyar
karen.
Butt kandhe ka
milap karen. LMG ko fire
113
mein shamil karen. LMG
thik fire karega.
Sakhat
khichav ki rok parne ke
karan:(a)
Chamber mein jyada
gas jama hona.
(b)
Amn aur chamber ka
jyada ganda hona.
6
(a)
(b)
ABHYAS
(c)
Yeh tha namuna abhi hoga abhyas.
Abhyas ke liye aadesh is prakar
honge. LMG thik fire karta rukta ke
aadesh par aap fouri ilaj ki karwai
mein cock tak ki karwai karenge.
Munasib rok ka naam milne par aap
use door karenge. Cock nahi ke
aadesh par shakhat khichav ki rok
samajhkar door karenge.
Bhag-I ka abhyas karaya jaye.
Gas ki Kami ki Rok ko Dur Karna
:Kalme wali anguli ko trigger se
bahar nikalen. LMG ko cock karen.
Purjon ko aage jaane den. Change
NAMUNA lever ki posn ‘S’ par karen. LMG ko
kandhe se niche layen. LMG ke
baen badan ko aage le jayen. Gas
regulator ki posn ka mulahija
karen. Agar gas regulator ki posn
low par ho to kisi saaf kapre ya
chindi ki madad se low se high par
karen. Shouting karen low se high
par kiya. Low se high par kiya.
Dhyan rahe hath barrel ke sath
touch nahi hona chahiye. Yadi gas
regulaon ki posn pahle hi high par
ho to gas plug ko kholen aur gas
vent wa gas plug hole ki safai
karen. Gas plug ko jor den. Gas
regulator ki posn ko kapre ya chindi
ki madad se high se low par karen.
Shouting karen high se low par
kiya. High se low par kiya. Change
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
10
45 Pure
class
se.
05
50
BHAG-III
114
lever ki posn ko pahlewali posn par
karen. LMG ko kandhe par le jaen
durust shist len aur fire karen LMG
thik fire karega. Gas ki kami ki rok
parne ke kaaran.
Gas ka jiada
fouling hone se gas vent ya gas plug
ke hole ka band ho jana.
Yeh tha namuna abhi hoga abhyas.
Abhyas ke liye aadesh is prakar
honge. LMG thik fire karta rukta,
ek do round ke baad rukta ke
aadesh par gas ki kami ki rok
samajhkar dur ki jayegi.
ABHYAS
Gas ki kami ki rok dur karne ka
abhyas liya jaye.
10
7
(a)
(b)
BHAG-IV
(c)
Anya Roken Dur Karne ka Tariqa.
Kalme wali anguli trigger se bahar
nikalen. Mag catch ko dabate huye
mag ko utaren. LMG ko cock karen.
Purjon ko aage jane den. LMG ko
NAMUNA kandhe se neeche layen.
LMG ko
khol den. Firing pin aur extractor ka
mulahiza karen. Yadi tute hue hon
to unki badli karen. Abhi ke liye
firing pin extractor thik, to ho sakta
hai chamber mein kata hua case.
Donon haathon se pistol grip se LMG
ko pakren aur LMG ko jisam se aage
karte hue chamber ka mulahiza
karen. Dekhne mein aaya chamber
mein kata hua case to LMG ko jor
den. LMG ko cock karen aur HOD
ko lagaen. Clearing plug ko len.
Clearing plug ke teen bade hisse
purje Base, Sleeve aur center pin.
Base aur center pin ko tight karen,
chamber mein dakhil karen. Purjon
ko aage jaane den. LMG ko cock
karen aur HOD lagayen.
Yakin
karen ki kata hua case clearing plug
ke sath bahar aa gaya hai. Pehla
mauka milte hi unscrew karen. LMG
ko kandhe mein le jaen. Bhari hui
(d)
60 Pure
class
se.
(e)
(f)
08
68
(g)
115
mag ko len aur mag ka mulahija
karte huye mag way mein fit karen.
Yakin karen ki mag thik lag gaya hai.
Purjon ko aage jaane den. durust
shist len aur fire karen, LMG thik fire
karega. Chamber mein case katne ke
kaaran:(a) Chamber ka jayda garam ho
jana.
(b) Cartridge case ke metal ka
kamjor hona.
Yeh tha namuna abhi hoga abhyas.
Abhyas ke liye aadesh is prakar
honge. LMG thik fire karta rukta, fire
nahi ke aadesh par anya roken
samajhkar dur ki jayengi.
ABHYAS
(a)
7.
(b)
SANKSHEP
Anya roken dur karne ka abhyas liya
jaye.
(c)
Q1. INSAS LMG ki chal kitne action
meinpuri hoti hai ?
Ans. 08 action mein.
Q2.
Fouri ilaj se kitne prakar ki
roken dur hoti hai ?
Ans. Teen prakar ki.
Q3. Gas ki kami ki rok parne ke kya
karan hain ?
Ans.
Gas ka jiada fouling hone se
gas vent ya gas plug hole ka band ho
jana.
Q4.
Chamber mein case katne ke
kya karan hai ?
Ans. Chamber ka jiada garam hona,
rd ke metal ka kamjor hona.
10
(d)
78
Pure
class
se.
(e)
(f)
02
80
116
(g)
LMG-IN 36-45
5.56mm INSAS LMG KO ACTION KE DAURAN HANDLING KARNE KA
TARIQA SIKHANA
TARTIB
S/NO
1.
(a)
(b)
SHURU
SHURU
KA
KAM
2.
DOHRAI
3.
PAHUNCH
TEACHING
POINTS
(c)
(a) Class ki
ginti groupon
mein bant .
(b) Hathiyar
aur saman ka
nirakshan.
(c) Bandobast
ki karwai.
Q1
LMG ki
chal kitne
action mein
puri hoti hai ?
Ans :- 08
actionon mein.
Q2.
Gas ki
kami ki rok
parne ke kya
karan hain ?
Ans;- Gas ka
jiada fauling
hone se gas
vent ya gas
plug ke hole ka
band ho jana.
Infantry sec ke
pas LMG hi ek
TRG
AIDS
TIME
REMARKS
Actual Running
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
As per
01
01
Class se
trg
hathiyar ka
aids
nirakshan
karwaya
jayaga.
01
02
Pichale
lesson se.
01
03
Pahunch
ustad
ki
117
aissa hathiyar
hai jisse bhari
tadad
mein
lambe rg tak
fire
dalkar
dushman
ko
barbad
kiya
jata hai. Larai
ke
maidan
mein
is
hathiyar
ka
pura
pura
faida
uthane
ke liye No 1
aur
No2
ki
zarurat
parti
hai agar firing
ke dauran koi
rok par jai to
No 2 No 1ke
madad
karta
hai, rok ko dur
karta hai aur
LMG
ko
dubara
fire
mein
shamil
kiya jata hai.
(a)
(b)
(c)
5.56 mm INSAS LMG ko
Action ke Dauran handling
karne ka tariqa sikhana hai.
apni
apni
saaf
lekin
sabaq
se
sambandth.
(d)
(e)
(f)
01
04
(g)
Uddesh
ko do bar
bataya
jae.
4.
UDDESH
5.
SAMAN
5.56 mm INSAS LMG, Mag,
Drill carts, Assy bag, 9 mm
CMG , drill carts, Mag , Fig
11 Tgt, black bd, chalk aur
duster.
01
05
Kneeling
posn se
point
karke
bataya
jae.
6.
BHAGON
MEIN
BANT
Bhag -I
Firing Posn ka
Chunav.
Bhag -II
Action mein LMG
ki Handling.
01
06
Leson ko
tartibwar
chalane
ke liye.
BHAG –I
Bhag –I Firing posn ka
118
chunav
NAMUNA
(a) 1 se 1.5 ft Ki Arh. Is
prakar ki arh lying posn se
asani se istemal ki ja sakti
hai. Is mein LMG ko on bipod
ya bipod fold karke istemal
kar sakte hai. Jahan tak ho
sake on bipod par hi istemal
karna chahiye kyon ki on
bipod se ziada sthirtha milti
hai. Yadi bipod fold karke
istemal kar rahe hai to yakin
kar lena chahiye ki mag arh
ke sath nahi lagna chahiye.
05
11
(b) 2 se 2.5 ft ki Arh. Is
prakar ki arh ko
kneeling,sitting aur squading
posn se on bi[pod ya bipod
fold karke donon tariqon se
istemal kiya ja sakta hai. Is
ke liye arh ko apne baen
chhorte hue asani se istemal
kar sakte hai.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(c)
Gol Arh ka IstemaL Is
prakar ki arh ko apne baen
chhorte hue, yani dahine se
istemal kiya jata hai. Gol arh
ka matlab sirf gol hona hi nahi
hai,aissi arh koi divar koi bara
darkhat ho sakti hai. Is prakar
ki arh mein No 1 takriban aur
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
119
No 2 pura arh ki peechhe
surakshit rahta hai.
(d)
Dhalwandar
Zamin.
Dalwandar zamin ka istemal
karte samay agar zamin aur
samay izajit de to dhalwan ke
upri taraf ke bipod shoe ke
niche ki mitti khodkar, LMG
ko zamin ke samantar karen,
aisa karne se zaida sthirta
milti hai agar zamin izajit na de
to jis taraf dalwan hai us taraf
ka bipod kholkar LMG ko
zamin ke samanatar kiya jae.
Sath hi us taraf ka paon ko
fold karen jis taraf zamin ki
dhalwan ho aisa karne se
badan ko sthirta milegi.
(e) Unchi Arh ya Fire Tranch
ka Istemal
Is prakar ki arh
milte hi
standing posn ka
istemal karna chahiye jaise 4
se 4.5 ft ki arh ya fire trench is
arh ka istemal karte samay
jahan tak ho sake LMG se on
bipod par hi fire Karen dhyan
rakhen ki ejection ki karwai
mein koi rukawat nahi honi
chahiye.
(a)
ABHYAS
Class se arhon
karaya jaye.
(b)
(c)
BHAG-II
Action
mein
Handling
ka
abhyas
05
(d)
LMG
(e)
16
(f)
Puri
class
se.
(g)
ki
120
(a) LMG ko action mein lane
ke liye No-1 puri tarah se LMG
aur saman ka nlrikshan karta
hai. LMG ko make safe ki
halat mein karta hai aur spare
mag ko pouch mein band
NAMUNA karta hai. Assy bag ko belt ke
baen kinare mein lagata hai.
Dahine hath se carrying
handle ko pakarta hai aur No2 ki report ka intezar karta
hai.
No-2
carbine
ka
nirikshan karta hai. Carbine
ko makesafe ki halat mein
karta hai, mag ko pouch mein
band karta hai aur No-1ko
report deta hai No-2 ka
hathiyar saman thik. No-2 ka
report mil jane ke baad No-1
sec cdr ko report deta hai No-1
LMG
group
action
mein
handlimg ke liye taiyar .Trg ke
dauran yeh karwai sthan lo ya
take post ke adesh par kiya
jata hai.
LMG,
mag,
drill
carts,
CMG,
mag,
drill
carts,
assy
bag.
05
21 Bayan
ke sath
namuna
diya
jaye.
(b) No-1 LMG Gp take post
ke addesh per class se No-1
aur No-2 sthan leten hain aur
ustad unki karwai ko check
karta hai sath hi unki galtion
ko sudarta hai .No-1 LMG
group harkat ke liye tayiar ke
report per ustad LMG group
ke picche aa jata hai aur unko
axis of advance deta hai.
Suraksha ke hisab se class
unke dahine se harkat karta
hai. Ustad LMG group ko
sakhat fire ka addesh deta hai.
Arh pakarne ke baad LMG No2 ko line tor ka addesh deta
hai aur khud No-2 ki duty ka
bayan ke sath namuna deta
hai, Is samay class ko apne
pass close karta hai.
Mag ki Badli. LMG thik fire
karta rukata ke addesh per
121
No-1 LMG ko cock karta hai
aur HOD lagata hai aur sath
hi mag ko utarta hai, No-2
baen hath se bhara hua mag
No-1 ko deta hai aur No-1 mag
ko LMG par chara deta hai
aur chaal wale purjon ko age
jan deta hai sath hi fire ko jari
karta hai.
5
(a)
(b)
(c)
Gas ki Kami ki Rok. LMG ek
ya do round ke bad rukta ke
addesh per No-1 LMG ko cock
karta hai aur tab tak kalme wali
ungali ko bahar rakhta hai jab
tak No-2 Gas regulator ki posn
Low se High par nahi kar deta.
No2 pukarta hai Low se High
par, is samay No 1 LMG ko fire
mein shamil karta hai.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Fire Nahi. No-1 LMG ke mag ko
utarta hai aur LMG ko cock
karta hai aur sikhe hue tariqe
se LMG ko kholta hai firing pin
aur extractor ko check karta hai
. Agar inmein se koi purja tuta
hua ho to sikhe hue trariqe se
uski badali karta hai agar dono
thik ho to chamber mein kata
hua case ho sakta hai, is par
No-1 LMG ko jor deta hai aur
LMG ko cock karte huye HOD
lagata hai. N-2 clearing plug ke
base aur centre pin ko tight
karta hai aur No-1 ko deta hai,
No-1 clearing plug ko chamber
mein dakhil karta hai aur chal
wale purjon ko age jane deta hai.
LMG ko cock katra hai aur HOD
ko lagata hai sath hi yaqin karta
hai ki kata hua case clearing
plug ke sath kata hua case
bahar aa gaya hai. No-1 butt
kandhe ka milap karta hai. No2, No-1 ko bhara bua mag deta
122
hai, No-1 mag ko chadhata hai
aur LMG ko fire mein shamil
karta hai. No-2 unscrew ki
karwai karta hai.
One Two Badli.
Agar No1casulaty ho jae to No-2, No-1
ko LMG se alag karta hai uske
upper se jakar No-1 ki jagah leta
hai aur LMG ko fire mein shamil
karta hai.
Dobara Harkat ke liye taiyar
ho . Is addesh par LMG ko
make safe Karen jis prakar arh
ko pakra tha usi prakar se arh
ko chora jaye. Jate samay pure
saman ko check Karen. Agar
wahan per LMG ko make safe
karne ka mauka na mile to
change lever ki posn ‘S’ per
karen aur munasib arh ke paas
pahunch kar make safe Karen.
6
(a)
7.
(b)
ABHYAS
SANKSH
EP
(c)
Arh
pakarne,
chhorne
aur
handling ka abhyas karaya jaye.
Q1. 1 se 1.5 feet ki arh ko kaun
se posn se istemal kiya jata hai ?
Ans. Lying posn se.
Q2.
Gol arh ko kis taraf se
istemal kiya jata hai ?
Ans. Aam taur par dahine taraf
se.
(d)
(e)
(f)
15
36
04
40
(g)
Puri
class
ko No1
LMG
Gp
mank
ar
abhya
s
karay
en.
123
************************************************************************************
LMG-IN 46-53
5.56mm INSAS LMG KE UPAR ISTEMAL HONE WALE
SIGHTON KE BARE MEIN JANKARI DENA
TARTIB
S/NO
TEACHING
POINTS
(a)
1.
(b)
SHURU
SHURU
KA KAAM
2.
DOHRAI
3.
PAHUNCH 5.56mm INSAS
(c)
(a)
Class ki
ginti groupon
mein bant.
(b)
Hathiyar
saman
ka
nirikshan.
(c) Bandobast
ki karwai.
Q1.
1 se 1.5’
ki arh ko kaun
se
posn
se
istemal
kiya
jata hai ?
Ans.
Lying
posn se.
Q2.
LMG Gp
mein No-2 pi
posn
kahan
hoti hai ?
Ans. Aam taur
par No-1 ke
baen.
LMG ke upar
alag
alag
prakar
ke
sighton
ki
suvidha di gai
hai, jisse is
hathiyar
ki
kabiliyat badh
jati hai.
Is
hathiyar
ke
upar 4 prakar
ki sighton ka
istemal
kiya
jata
hai.
Zaruri hai ki
TRG
AIDS
(d)
TIME
Actual Running
(e)
(f)
01
01
01
01
02
03
REMARKS
(g)
Nirikshan
class se
karaya jaye.
Pichhle
lesson se.
Chhota aur
sabak se
sambandhit.
124
firer ko sighton
ke bare mein
achhi jankari
ho taki samay
parne
par
munasib
sighton
ka
istemal karte
huye fire karke
dushman
ko
asani
se
barbad
kar
sake.
2
(a)
4.
(b)
UDDESH
(c)
5.56mm INSAS LMG ke
upar
Istemal
honewale
Sighton ke bare mein
Jankari dena Hai.
5.
SAMAN
6.
BHAGON
MEIN
BANT
(d)
(e)
01
(f)
04
(g)
Dohraya
jaye.
5.56mm INSAS LMG, Mag,
TDLS, PNS, Beta Light
Sight, Black Bd, Chalk,
Duster, Ground Sheet.
01
05
Point
karke
bataya
jaye.
Sabak ko tartibwar chalaya
jayega.
01
06
Class ki
asani ke
liye.
50
56
Open Sight
(a) Fore Sight. Fore sight
protractor, fore sight tip
(pole type), fore sight tip
locking nut.
Zeroing ke
dauran upar neeche ki galti
fore sight tip ko munasib
upar neeche ki harkat
dekar dur ki jati hai. Isko
jiada se jiada 18 chakkar
diya ja sakta hai lekin 16
chakkar diya jata hai.
100m ke rg par ek chakkar
4” ka farak dalta hai. Is
prakar kul 64” ki galti ko
dur ki ja sakti hai.
125
(b)
Rear Sight.
Rear
sight slide type hai aur iske
bed par 200 se 1000m tak
ke ank khude huye hain.
Sam ank baen aur visham
ank dahine taraf hain. Iske
hisse purje – Slide, Bed,
Plunger,
Aperture,
Adjusting Wheel, Screw
Axis Rear Sight. Jitna rg
hasil karna ho us ank ke
niche khudi hui line ke sath
slide ke agle kinare ko
milane par woh rg hasil
hota hai.
Zeroing ke
dauran dayen baen ki galti
rear sight se dur ki jati hai.
Isko kul 14 chakkar diya ja
sakta hai, lekin 12 chakkar
diya jata hai. 100m rg par
ek chakkar 4” ka farak
dalta hai. Iske wheel ko
pura ek chakkar dene par
20 click ki awaz aati hai.
Ek click 100m par 5mm ka
farak dalta hai.
3
(a)
(b)
(c)
Telescopic Day Light Sight.
Larai ki halat aur kam roshni ke
dauran firer mansik aur sharirik
thkawat ke karan open sight ko
kargar tarike se istemal nahi kar
pata hai. Firer ki firing kabiliyat
aur accuracy badhane ke liye
TDLS ka istemal kiya jata hai.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a) Tech Data
(i)
- 610 Gms.
(ii)
- 288mm
(iii)
- 9 degree
(iv)
- 4X
Wazan
Lambai
Field
of
View
Magnification
126
(v)
Range
- 800m
(vi)
Objective
- Refractive
(vii)
Eye
Piece
- Fixed Focus Monocular
Pattern
(viii)
Eye Clearance
- 40mm
(ix)
Operating Temp
- -40 degree se 55 degree
(x)
Storage Temp
- -40 degree se 70 degree
(b)
Hisse Purje. Yeh mukhya
taur par 5 assy ki bani hui hai.
(i)
Objective Glass Housing
Assy Module.
(ii)
Erector Assy.
(iii)
Mounting Bracket
Assy.
(iv)
Eye Piece.
(v)
Graticule Assy.
Ismein 16 divisions hain, har
ek division 200m rg par
50mm ka farak dalta hai.
4
(a)
(b)
(c)
Graticule pattern mein ek
vertical aur do horizontal
equispaced bore sighting lines
hain. Verticle bore sighting
line ke neeche 6 dots diye
gaye hain jo 200, 400, 500,
600, 700 aur 800m rg ko jahir
karte hain.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
127
(c) Istemal Karne ka Tarika.
(i) Mounting. TDLS ko FRP
case se bahar nikalen aur
check karen. TDLS ke female
dovetail ko LMG ke male
dovetail mein slide karen.
Thimble ko lock karen.
(ii)
Dismounting.
Jab
TDLS istemal na kiya ja raha
ho to use LMG ke upar se
utar dena chahiye. OG aur
EP ko lagayen.
Thible ko
unlock karen aur TDLS ko
age ki taraf slide karte huye
utaren. TDLS ko FRP case
mein band karen.
5
(a)
(b)
(c)
Passive Ni Sight. 5.56mm INSAS
LMG ke sath Passive Ni Sight di
gai hai. Yeh ek compact, halka
aur
micro
channel
image
intensifier system ke sidhant par
kaam karne wali sight hai. Yeh
sight raat ke waqt sitaron aur
chand ki roshni ke dauran
surveillance aur firing ke lie
istemal kiya jata hai.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a) Tech Data
(i)
- 1.279 Kg
(ii)
- 281mm
(iii)
- 10 degree
(iv)
- 4X
(v)
Wazan
Lambai
Field
of
View
Magnification
Range
128
- Detection - 300m
Recognition – 200m
(vi)
Objective
- Refractive
(vii) Eye Piece
- Monocular Variable
Focus -5D to +5D
(viii)
Eye Clearance
- 22mm
(ix)
Sensor
- 18mm Micro Channel
Image Intensifier Tube
(x)
Operating Temp
- -30 degree se 45 degree
(xi)
Storage Temp
- -30 degree se 65 degree
(xii)
II Tube ki life
- 2000 Hrs
(b)
Hisse Purje. Yeh mukhya
taur par 5 assy ki bani hui hai.
(i)
Objective Glass Housing
Assy Module.
(ii)
Tube Housing Module
(Image
Intensifier
tube,
Reticle assy, power supply
unit).
(iii)
Eye Piece.
6
(a)
(b)
(c)
Power Supply Unit (ON/OFF
Switch, Potentiometer, Battery
Housing)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(iv)
Graticule Assy.
Ismein 16 divisions hain, har
ek division 100m rg par
30mm ka farak dalta hai.
Graticule pattern mein ek
vertical aur do horizontal
equispaced bore sighting lines
hain. Verticle bore sighting
line ke neeche 1 dot diya gaya
hain jo 200m rg ko jahir karta
129
hain.
(c) Istemal Karne ka Tarika.
(i)
Mounting. PNS ko FRP
case se bahar nikalen aur
check karen. PNS ke female
dovetail ko LMG ke male
dovetail mein slide karen.
Thimble ko lock karen.
(ii) Dismounting. Jab PNS
istemal na kiya ja raha ho to
use LMG ke upar se utar dena
chahiye.
OG aur EP ko
lagayen.
Thible ko unlock
karen aur PNS ko age ki taraf
slide karte huye utaren. PNS
ko FRP case mein band karen.
7
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d) Precautions.
(i)
Tej roshni ya dhoop
ke waqt OG aur EP cap
na nikalen.
(ii)
Lens ko hath na
lagayen.
(iii)
ON/OFF switch ko
istemal karte waqt OFF
posn mein rakhen.
(iv)
Batteries ko thik se
+ve aur –ve marking dekh
kar fit karen.
(v)
Knobs aur thimble
par jor na lagayen.
(vi)
Agar sight lambe
samy tak istemal na kiya
ja raha ho to kisi andhere
kamre mein har 15 din
mein ek baar 15 min ke
liye sight ko ON karke
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
130
rakhen.
Beta Light Sight. Beta Light
Sight ka istemal karte huye
iron sight dwara raat ke
samay LMG se shisht lekar
fire kar sakte hain. Roshni
dene ke liye glass tube mein
tritium gas bhari hui hoti hai.
Front beta light sight ko gas
block ke upar fore sight ke
peechhe aur rear beta light
sight ko leaf ke upar lagaya
jata hai.
Donon front aur
rear beta light iron sight flip
type hain aur jab istemal na
ho raha ho to inhen neeche
gira diya jata haih.
ABHYAS
7.
Class se abhyas karaya jaye.
Mounting aur Dismounting ka
bhi abhyas karaya jaye.
22
78
SANKSHEP
Q1. LMG par kitni prakar ki
02
80
sighten istemal ki jati hain ?
Ans. Teen prakar ki.
Q2.
Telescopic sight ka rg
kitna hai ?
Ans. 800m.
*************************************************************************************
*************************************************************************************
**********************************************************************************
(3) 7.62 mm SELF
LOADING RIFLE( SLR)
SLR 1-2
7.62 MM SELF LOADING RIFLE SE
WAQFIAT,SAFETY,KOLNA ,JORNA AUR SAFAI
131
ZARURI TECTICAL DATA
Ustad ke gyan ke liye rifle ke bare kuch jaru
ri baten niche di gayi hai :
(a) Rifle ki
7.62MM Bolt action
7.62MM SLR
lambai
1117.60MM
-1126.50MM
(1) Chote butt
1130.30MM
-1139.20MM
(2) Normal butt
1145.50MM
1151.90MM
(3) Lamba butt
(b) Bayonet ke
sath lambai
(c) Barrel ki
lambai
(d) Grooves
(e) Khali Rifle ka
bajan
(f) Rifile aur
bahri magazine ka
bajan
(g) Bayone ka
bajan
(h) Magazine ka
bajan
(1)
Khali
(2)
Bhari
1435.10MM
640MM
5
3.934kg
0.483kg
-
-
-
-1397.00MM
-533.40MM
6
-4.4kg
-5.1kg
-0.283 kg
-0.255kg
-0.709kg
132
(i) Sight redius
(j) Muzzle
(K)velocity
-
743.71
Mtrs per second
-0.553MM
815 mtrs per second
(2700 ft)
SAFETY, KHOLNA AUR SAFAI
UDDESH
Rifle se waqfiat karna, rifle ko kholna, jorna aur safai karna sikhna hai.
SAMAN
Rifle magazine, bayonet, scabbard, seling, oil bottle, phultru, cleaning kit
box aur drill cartridges.
PAHUNCH
Rifle jawan ka jati hathiyar hai, issliye rifle ko thik halat mein rakhna jawan
ki apni jimmewari ha. Agar ek jawan apni rifle magazine aur ammuniation ko
saf rakhta hai aur thik tarah se uski dekhbal karta hai to rifle kabhi bhi
jarurat parne par dhoka nahi degi.
SHURU SHURU KA KAM (SURAKSHA SAMBANDHI UPAY)
Rifle ka mulahiza karne ki liye “NIKRAKSHAN KE LIYE JANCH SASHTR KE
LIYE” ke hukam par karwai is prakar karo :
(a) Baen paon ko age lo sath hi rifle ko dahine hath se badan ke
samne is prakar uchalo ki rifle baen hath se hand guard aur dahine
hath se pistol grip se pakri jaye. Muzzle upar rifle taqriban 45* ke angle
par ho.
(b) Yakin karo ki safty catch ‘S’ par hai aur rifle ko cock karo. Cock
karne ke liye cocking handle ko khara karo aur piche kincho. Agar
baen hath ki bich wali ungli se holding opening catch ko lagao aur baen
hath hand guard par le jao.
(c) Apni rifle to thoda aur baen taraf turn karo aur ijection slot se
dekho ki magazine aur chamber khali hai.
(d) Apni rifle ko dekho aur apni jagah jao. Sqd ko batao ki is ke age
ap karwai nahi karenge “CHAL WALE PURJE AGE KAR” ke hukam par
karwai is prakar karo :
Cocking handle pura piche kincho aur age jane do. Safety catch ko
dahine hath ke anguthe se ‘R’ par karo aur trigger dabao. Safety
catch’S’ par karo, rifle ko niche lao aur dono gutno ke bich mein
pakaro.
(e) Pouch se khali magazine aur drill cartridge nikalo, mulahiza
karo. Mulahiza ke bad magazine aur drill cartiridge ko pouch mein
band karo aur rifle ko pakarkar sabdhan mein khade ho jao, ustad apni
rifle rakh kar sqd ki rifle ka mulhaiza kare, uske bad apni magazine aur
drill cartiradge ko dekhe, phir pouch mein band karke sqd ki magazine
ko drill cartiradge ka mulahiza kare aur yakin kare ki magazine khali
hai aur prade par koi zinda round toh nahi hai. Pouch mein band kare
aur button band kare. Rifle ko dahine hath mein pakro aur aram se
khare ho jao.
133
BAYAN
Yeh suraksha sambandhi upay in moukon par zarur kar lene chahie.
(a) Sabaq, abhiyas aur range p[ar fire karne se pahle aur bad mein.
(b) Camp duty ya petrol se bapis ane ke bad.
(c) Rifle ko lete samaye aur dete samaye.
(d) Jab bhari hui rifle kisi ko deni ho toh safty catch ‘S’ par aur
muzzle ko surakshit disha mein karte hue di jaye. Sath hi lene wale ko
bata diya jaye ki rifle bhari hui hai.
(e) Kabhi mazak mein bhi muzzle kisi sathi ki taraf mat karo.
ABHIYAS
Sawal-o-jawab se abhiyas lo.
KHOLNA
SHURU SHURU KA KAM
(a) Yakin karo ki rifle khali hai.
(b) Safety catch ‘S’ apr karo aur magazine utaro.
(c) Rifle ko cock karo. Yeh baat khas dhyan dene ki hai, ki bagair
cock kiye rifle ko na khola jaye.
(d) Stud ko dabate hue bayonet ko utaro, yakin karo ki back sight
slight pura piche hai aur leaf niche baithi hui hai.
GAS PLUG AUR PISTON
(a) Jab ki gas plug wala ammuniation fire karne ke liye set hota hai
(gas plug ka katao wala hissa upar hota hai) toh gas plug plunger ko
drill cartiradge ya combination tool ki madad se dabao aur gs plug ko
gahri ki suian ke rukh mein ghumao, taki plug gas block se alag ho
jaye. Agar gas plug grenade firing ke liye set hai (ab ki katao wala bhag
niche ki taraf hota hai) to gas plug par kholte waqt dabao rakho taki
gas plug ucchal kar dur na gir pade.
(b) Piston aur spring ko bahar nikalo. Piston ko spring se alag karne
ke liye, isko ghuma ghuma kar nikalo.
SLIDE AUR BRIDGE BLOCK
(a) Baen hath se hand guard ko majbooti se pakro. Muzzle niche ki
taraf.
(b) Body locking catch ko piche khinchte hue butt ko niche badakar
rifle ko todo.
(c) Jab is tarah se rifle khuli ho to kabhi bhi hammer par qabu paye
bagiar trigger ko na dabaen. Nahi to trigger mechanism kharab ho
jayega.
(d) Body cover ko piche kinchte hue utar do.
(e) Return rod ko pakar kar piche kincho. Bridge block ko niche
girne se rokne ke liye uske niche ungli rakho.
(f) Return rod apni taraf rakhte hue slide ulta karo. Bridge block ko
slide mein pua bich mein karo. Byen hath ki unglion se bridge block k
134
eagle kinare ko uthao aur unguthe se firing pin ke pichle wale hisse k
odabate hue bridge block ko slide se alag kar do.
JORNA
Bridge block aur slide
(a) Slide ko ulta pakaro. Dayen hath se bridge block ko uthao aur
firing pin ka dusra hissa slide ke surakh mein dal do. Bridge block ko
thoda piche dabate hue slide mein thik se bithao.
(b) Rifle ko uthao, muzzle niche ki taraf karo, slide aur bridge block
ko baen hath se uthao, bridge block ke niche ungli rakhte hue slide eur
bridge block ko body ke ander dakhil karo aur body cover ko laga do.
(c) Yakin karo ki safety catch ‘S’ par hai. Rifle ko band karo(agar rifle
ka safety catch ‘R’ par rakh kar jor to ho sakta hai rifle na jure, trigger
na dabe aur safety catch na lage).Isko dur karne ke liye rifle ko kholo,
safety catch ko ‘S’ par karo aur jor do, jorne se pahle yakin karo ki
returning spring rod butt ke centre ki sidh mein hai. Agar aisa nahi
hoge to rod aur butt cap dono ko nuksan hoga.
Piston aur gas plug
(a) Piston spring kisi bhi taraf se pistion par charao, yeh dhyan
rakhen ke spring piston agle upari sire tak pahunche.
(b) Piston aur spring ko cylinder mein dakhil karo aur gas plug ko
lagate hue ulta niche lagao yahan tak ki plug asani se ja sake. Drill
cartradige ya combination tool ki madad se, gas plug plunger ko dabao
aur gas plug ko ghari ki suion ke ulte rukh itna ghumao ki plug ka kata
hua hissa upar aa jaye. Plunger par dabao ko hatao aur yakin karo ki
gas plug thik se judh gaya hai. (Rifle wala ammuniation fire karne ke
liye tayar hai. Agar rifle grenade fire ke liye tayar karne ho to gas plug
ko iske ult ghumao.
Abhiyas : Kholne aur jorne ka abhiyas karao.
Magazine kholna : Magazine ko kholne se pahle se iske spring ko
dabakar test karo. Ab magazine ko baen hath mein is taraf pakaro, ki
bottom plate upar ki taraf aur magazine ki bhari side age ki taraf ho.
Retainer stud ko itna niche dabao ki bottom plate azad ho jaye, ab bottom
plate ko ahista nikalo, dahine rahe ki magazine spring ke upar baen hath
ke anguthe se kabu rakh jaye. Magazine spring aur plate form ko alag
karo, magazine ko us halat mein khopla jaye, jab ki uski safai zarurai hai,
taki spring jaldi kamzor na ho jaye.
Jorna : Magazine plate form, spring aur retainer ko magazine case ke
andher dalo, spring ko dabate hue bottom plate ko lagado. Yakin karo ki
retainer stud thik se bahar nikal aye. Platform ko dabate hue magazine ko
check karo.
Abhiyas :Isi kam ka.
SAFAI
135
Yeh zarurai hai rifle ko saf aur acchi halat mein rakha jae. Iski safai ke
liye yeh saman hota hai :
(a) Rifle ke butt ke ander. Is ke ander ek pullthrouh aur ek oil bottle
hoti hai, phulthrough se barrel aur cylinder dono saf kiye jate hai.
Phulthrough ka wazan kalam tarash hota hai, jo ki gas plug, cylinder
ke upari hisse aur flash hinder se fouling saf karne ke liye istemal mein
laya jata hai. Jo tel ordance mila hai usi ka istemal kiya jaye.
(b) Cleaning kit box saman :
(1)
Ek combination tool gas regulator, ki screw driver, swivel
jis par ki cylinder chamber cleaning brush lagaya ja sakta hai aur
fore-sight adjust karne wala tool hota hai.
(2)
Cylinder chamber cleaning brush.
(3)
Rifle cleaning brush.
(4)
Graphite grease ka tube.
(5)
Chindi.
ROZANA KI SAFAI
(a) Yeh yakin kare ki bad ki rifle khali hai, rifle ko sikhe hue tariqe
se khol do.
(b) Combination tool par chamber cleaning brush lagakar chamber
ki safai karo.
(c) Barrel ki safai :
(1)
Pulthrough ko pura kholo aur yakin karo ki yeh istemal ke
kabil hai.
(2)
10 X 5cm ki chindi bich wale loop mein lagao. Akhari loop
(phanda) armour ke liye hota hai. Rifle ko band karo aur breech ki
taraf se pulthrough dalo aur muzzle ki taraf se nikalo. Dhyan rahe ki
rassi ka koi bhi hissa flash hioer ke sath ragar na khae. Yeh karwai
us waqt tak karo jab tak rifle saf na ho jao.
(3)
Barrel mein 10X3.75 cm ki chindi ka istemal karte hue tel
lagao.
(d) Cylinder ki safai : Phulthrough ko cylinder ke age wale hisse se
dalo, niche wali taraf se nikal do aur phultrough ke dono kinaron ko
pakarte hue cylinder ki satai karo. Dahyan rakhen ki kabhi bhi chindi
cylinder ke niche wale ya chote surakh mein na dakhil ho aur rassi ka
koi bhi hissa cylinder ke sath ragar na khaye, chindi ka size 10X5cm
hai.
(e) Cylinder mein tel lagana 10X5cm. Chindi ka istemal karte hue tel
ka istemal karo.
(f) Brush aur tel wale kapre ka istemal karte hue niche wale hisse ki
safai karo :
136
(1)
Body ke andher wale hisse khas taur par guide grooves,
chaber ki diwar hammer aur trigger mechanism ejector, locking
shoulder, safety ser aur magazine catch.
(2)
Slide aur body cover, safai ke bad in ko jor do aur rifle ko
band kar do.
(3)
Gas plug, piston, rodf aur spring ko saf karo aur jor do.
(4)
Flash hider bayonet base force sight, gas block aur gas
regulator, seling swivel aur hand guard, yakin karo ki hand guard ke
do fouling poles aur cylinder saf hai. Body ka bahar wala hissa
cocking handle, safety catch, trigger aur trigger guard, butt frame,
joint pin, magazine catch, houlding opening catch, back side aur
carring handle pistol grip, butt lower selling, swivel aur butt plate.
(5)
Magazine filler ander/bahar se saf karo.
(6)
Bayonet aur scabbard saf karo aur jod do.
(g) Rozana ki safai ke bad ki karwai
(1)
Oil bottle pulthrough ko butt trap mein band karo.
(2)
Cleaning kit box ka sab saman wapis box mein band karo.
KHAS ILAQON MEIN SAFAI
(a) Namindar ilaqe mein (bavan). Aam ilaqe ki safai ki tarah hi is
ilaqe mein safai karo. Lakin rifle ka mulhaiza bar bar karo. Khas taur
par yadi jung laga hai to use saf karo aur tel lagado.
(b) Retile va gardile ilaqe mein
(1)
Aise ilaqe mein zarurai hai ki rifle ke chal wale purje aur
magazine bilkul sukhi, khas taur par firing pin aur extractor khol
karke bridge block ko acchi tarah se sukhane ke liye dyr cleaning
solvent (Safai wale lotion) ka istemal kiya jaye ya rifle ko doop mein
rakh kar sweat (rasne diya) kiya jaye aur jo tel nikalta hai use saf
kiya jaye. Cleaning brush ko sabun aur pani se dhone ke bad
sukhakar istemal kiya jaye. Magazine ko ubalte hue pani mein dal
kar saf Karen.
(2)
Is tarah se rifle ko sukha karne ke bad mein jung lagne ka
khatra ha, agar jung lag jata hai to tel lagakar utaro aur rifle ko
kushak kar lo.
(c) Barfani ilaqe mein : Jab ilaqe bahut sard ho to rifle ko khushak
rakho aur lo cold test tel ka istemal karo.
Abhiyas
Safai par aur sawalo jabaw se.
SANKSHEP
(1) Sawal-o-jawab se.
(2) Thik se rifle kholna aur jorna safai aur sambhal ki ahimat par zor
do.
137
Instructor’s Note
(a) Sabaq ke dauran rifle ke jis hisse ke purje ka istemal Karen, uske
hisse purjon kenam mote taur par unke kam sath sath batate jao.
(b) Jawan ko batao ki rifle ko cock karne ke liye cocking handle ko
pura piche aur puri taur par chod do, kabhi bhi cocking handle ko
pakre chal wale purjon ko age na jane do.
(c) Kabhi kabhi khuli rifle ki seling ko tight na kiya jaye, aisa karne
se body hinge pin body locking catch par jor parta hai aur butt selling
loop ke damage hone ka khatra hai. Hamesha pahle rifle puri jodh li
jaye aur bad mein seling lagaya jaye ya tight kiya jaye.
--------------------------------*******************------------------------SLR 3-4
MAGAZINE BHARNA, SIGHT LAGANA, RIFLE BHARNA AUR
KHALI KARNA
SHURU KA KAM
Suraksha sambandhi upay.
DOHRAI
Rifle kholne aur jorne ki mashq aur sawal-o-jawab.
UDDESH
Magazine bharna, sight lagana bharna, khali karna aur make sale ki
sikhlai dena hai.
Saman
Rifle, magazine, drill cartiradges, charger clip aur filler.
PAHUNCH
Is rifle se bagair rim wala ammuniation fire kiya jata. Ek charger mein 5
round ate hai aur 10 charger ek baddolier mein band hokar ate hai. Jahan
tak ho sake ammuniation ko dhup, nami aur barish se bachaya jaye aur har
waqt saf rakha jaye.
MAGAZINE KA BHARNA
138
Ammuniation ki safai Charger ka khali karna aur bharna : Yad rakho ki
rokon se bachne ke liye bharne se pahle ammuniation ko acchi tarh se saf
kar lena chahie, rounds ko clip se nikalo, saf kapde se saf kar aur charger
clip ki spring rounds ke painda se dabate hue rounds ko charger mein bhar
do. Bharte samaye rounds ka painda clip plate (Spring) ke sath thik baitha
ho.
Hath se bharna : Magazine bharne se pahle uska mulhaiza karo, magazine
aur spring ko check karo aur dekho ki magazine case kahin se daba to nahi
hai phir magazine ko kisi hath se is prakar is prakar se pakro ki bhari side
bahar ki taraf ho, dusre hath se munasib round is prakar bharo ki round ka
painda ap se door wali magazine wali diwar se mil jaye, magazine bharte waqt
round ki ginti ki jaye agar koi rounad niche gir jata hai toh us ke bad mein
aur saf karke bharo. Am taur par magazine mein 20 round bhare jate hai
lakin retile ya gradile ilaqe mein, rok se bachne ke liye 15 round bahre jate
hai.
Filler se magazine bharna : Filler ko magazine mein fit karne ke liye
charger guide ko magazine ki bhari side ki taraf rakhte hue, upar ko fit karo,
magazine ke is prakar se pakro ki magazine bhari side apni taraf ho. Charger
ko lo aur charger guide mein rakho, upar se anguthe se itna dabao ki char
ger ka upar wala round magazine ki lips mein phas jaye. Ab charger clip ko
nikal do, is prakar se zarurat ke mutabik round bharo aur filler ko magazine
se alag kar do.
SIGHT LAGANA
Back side ke teen bade hisse hote hai. Bed, slide aur leaf, leaf ko khada
kiya ja sakta hai aur is mein aperture hota hai. Bed par teen se lekar 6 tak
hindse khude hue hote hai, jo ki 300 se 600 gaz ki range ko jahir karte hai,
jab slide pura piche hota hai to side 200 gaz laga hota hai. Sight lagane ke
liye catch ko dabate hue slides ko itni harkat do ki zarurat shuda range wala
number slade ke pichle bhag mein dhikegirane ke liye. Slide ko itna piche
139
kincho ki leaf bed par zarurat ke mutabik range ka number aa jaye. Am taur
par sight 200 gaz par laga hona chahie.
Abhiyas sight lagane ka
RIFLE BHARNA AUR KHALI KARNA
Jab rifle par bhari magazine chadi hui aur safety catch ‘S’par ho to rifile
bhari mani jati hai. Jab rifle cock hoti hai aur chamber ke ander zinda round
hota hai aur safety catch’R’par ho to rifle ready mani jati hai. Jab rifle par
khali magazine hoti hai aur chamber mein round nahi hota hai aur safety
catch ‘S’ ho to rifle khali mani jati hai.
Ready : Ready ka hukam milne par, range milne par jab target dikhai de
rifile ko cock karo, yakin karo ki chamber mein round chala gaya hai, safety
catch ‘R’ par karo aur kalmen wali ungli trigger par ho.
MAKE SAFE : “Make safe” ke hukam par karwai is prakaro :
(a) Kalmen wali ungli trigger se alag karo. Safety catch ko ‘S’par
karo, pouch ka button kholo, bhara hua magazine utaro aur pouch
mein rakho.
(b) Rifle ko dahine tarraf karte hue cocking ko piche kincho aur
yakin karo ki chamber wale round niche(Bahir) ghir gaye hai. Cocking
handle ko age jane do.
(c) Safety catch ko ‘R’ par karo aur trigger dabao.
(d) Safety catch ‘S’ par karo.
(e) Bhari hui magazine chrao.
(f) Zamin par ghire hue round ko uthao, saf karo aur dusre
magazine mein bhar do aur pouch mein band kar do.
KHALI KAR : “Khali kar” ke hukam par make safe ki karwai karo. Sirf
akhir mrin bhari hui magazine ki bajai khali, magazine charo aur yeh karwai
sawal-o-jawab se karo.
Abhiyas : Magazine bharna rifle bharna, ready, make safe aur khali kar.
SANKSHEP
1. Squad se sawal-o-jawab se.
2. Squad ko khas taur par yeh baten batayi jayen :
(a)
Ammuniation ki safai.
(b)
Tezi aur sahi tariqe se rifle ko bharna aur khali karna. Tezi
ke bajae brust par zaida zor diya jaye.
-------------------------------------*******************-------------------SLR 5-6
FIRE KARNA
SHURU KA KAM
Suraksha sambandhi upaye.
Dohrai
Durust pakar aur shist lene ki dohrai.
UDDESH
Lying position se rifile se fire karna sikhana hai.
SAMAN
140
Rifle, magazine, drill cartiradges, eye disc,32X32cm target aur firing data
card.
PAHUNCH
Rifle se chahe kisi bhi position se fire kiya jaye, is ke mul sidanth ek hi
jaise hai, who yeh hai :
(a) Rifle ko majbooti se pakaro, khas kar dahine hath se joki
controlling hath hai(sahi prakar).
(b) Bagair shist hilaye fire karo.
FIRE KI QISMEN
Larai mein teen prakar ke fire ki zarurat parti hai :
(a) Delebrate.
(b) Snapshooting.
(c) Rapid fire.
DELIBRATE FIRE
Who fire hai jab kisi zamini nishan ko dekhkar ya dushman ke fire ka
faisla ya dona ko dekh kar, shatru ki position janch kar us par fire karte hai.
Aise fire us waqt bhi kiya jata hai, jab ki kam lambhe range par munasib
hathiyar ka istemal karke target ko barbad karte hai.
Hukam “Let kar position”, ‘Ready”, “Bhar” ya range do :
(a) Fire ke hukam par safety catch ‘R’ par karo aur shist lo.
(b) Sans par qabu rakhte hue, jab sight picture accha mil jata hai
aur rifle kam se kam harkat karti hai, to ahista se trigger dabao.
(c) Fallow through: Har ek goli ko follow through kare. Fire hone ke
bad chand seconds ke liye majboot pakad kayam rakho, aisa karne se
141
firer ko goli lagne ki jagah aur aiming pointing ke bich ka anter malum
ho jayega.
(d) Trigger par se dabao kohota hai aur rifle ko niche lao.
(e) Dobara kandhe mein jayen aur 1 minute mein 5 round ke hisab
se fire karo. Firing ke dauran magazine mein bache hue round ki dil
mein ginti rakho.
Fire data card : Delibration fire ka namuna dene ke bnad ustad khade
hoke batyen ki firing data card kaise bhara jata hai :
(a) Firing data card mein do target hote hai :
(1)
Call out : Firer fire karte samaye jo bolega uske anusar
target par nishan laga de, yeh nishan coach lagayega.
(2)
Hit target : Fire ki goli ki jagah ko dekh kar hit target mark
kiya jata hai.
(3)
Agar in dono targets ke nishan ek dusre se milte hai, to
firer ki tamam karwaian thik hai.
Note
Is baat par khas zor diya jaye ki jab tak rifle thik zero nahi hai tab tak yeh
zaruri nahi ki goli shist wali jagah par hi lage isliye zero karne se pahle agar
jawan ki goli thik jagah na lage to unhe gabrana nahi chahie aur “Fallow
through” karke har goli ko pukarna chahie taki yeh baat adat mein shamil ho
jaye. Jab rifle zero ho jati hai tab jawan ko thik natija hassil hoga.
Abhiyas
Delibrate fire ka abhiyas karo.
SNAPSHOOTING
Chand second ke liye nazar ane wale target par jo fire kiya jata hai use
snap shooting fire kahte hai.
RAPID FIRE
Jab ki golian jo ki lagatar aur jaldi se fire ki janyen aise fire ko rapid fire
kahte hai. Yeh fire bhi snapshooting jaisa hi hai farq sirf itna hai ki isme
zaida round fire kiya jata hai. Abhiyas se fire is qabil hona chahie ki who
mukhtalif target par ek minute 20 round ya is se zaida durusti se fire kar
sake.
Rapid fire ke dauran jab fire na ho to rifle ko thanda kiya jaye. Aisa karne
ke liye cocking handle ko piche se kincho aur holding open catch lagao. Is se
garam chamber se zaida round bahar aa jayega aur chamber aur bore mein
se thandi hawa guzaragi. Doubara fire karne ke liye cocking handle ko thoda
piche kincho aur age jane do.
Abhiyas
Squad ko aur bhi zaida abhiyas is prakar do :
(a) Sab magazine khali kra do.
(b) Drill cartiradger ka istemal na karte hue squad ko do ya teen ki
tolion mein banto aur sab qism ki firing ka abhiyas do.
(c) Pahle duruati aur phir tezi ka asul mat bhulo.
SANKSHEP
142
(a) Squad se sawal-o-jawab se.
(b) Students ke tariqe ke tariqe ke bare mein jo unhone ki hai batao.
Note ki baten
(a) Ek firer ko thik tarah se fire karna ho to range par hi sikhaya ja
sakta hai, lakin is squad mein uski firing ka durust tariqa bataya ja
sakta hai sath hi uski pakar ko majboot banana ke bare mein bataya
jaye.
(b) Shuru ke abhiyas ke bad, tranning mein vastivakta lane ke liye
agar jawan figure target par fire kar raha ho to do do aur agar eye dise
ka istemal ho raha ho to teen teen ki tolion mein bant do. Do do ki
tolion mein ek jawan fire karta hai jab ki dusra uske bina gutne tikate
hue rifle ka trigger dabate hue rifle ko cock karta hai. Jab eye dise ka
istemal kiya jata hai to teen teen ki tolion mein kam kiya jaye. Is mein 1
eye dice dikahata hai, ek fire karta hai jab ki tesra cock karta hai. Jab
eye dise ya zinda target ka istemal kar rahe ho, to drill cartiradge ka
hargis histemal na kiya jaye.
(c) Jab ustad khud namuna de to woh wahin rifle ko cock karne ke
liye ek jawan ko bulaye.
(d) Jab rifle fire ke bad automatic cock, load aur lock hoti hai, to
dacha sidha balance aur mamuli hota hai. Dusre adami ki madad se
cock ki karwai par side mein jhatka parta hai, lakin firer ko apni
position se harkat na karni pade, isliye dusra jawan cock karta hai
------------------------------------*******************----------------------
DOHRAI
(a)
(b)
(c)
ke).
(d)
SLR 7-8
RIFLE KI CHAL AUR HONE WALI ROKEN
Rifle ke kholne aur jortne ki dohrai lo.
Ek rifle puri khali(ustad ke liye).
Akhir mein rifle bhari aur ready position mein(bagair body cover
Sabhi rifle ke body cover utre hue.
UDDESH
Rifle, ke chal rokon ke sabab unka bachao aur roken dur karne ka tariqa
sikhana hai.
SAMAN
Rifle, magazine,drill cartridges 32X32 cm target chal ka diagram, cleaning
kit box carinn plug aur cuta hua case.
PAHUNCH
Agar ek jawan ko rifle ki chal malum ho to use rokon ke sabab ko malum
karna aur unhe dur karna asan ho jata hai.
143
CHAL
(a) Jab riger ko dabaya jata hai to hammer azad hokar firing pin
retainer par thok kar marta hai. Jis se firing pin apni suraksha se nikal
kar chamber wale round ke pained mein cap par thokar marta hai, jis
se goli fire hoti hai.
(b) Goli fire hone par gas paida hoti hai, jo ki goli ko age barrel mein
dakelti hai, jab goli gas bent kr pas se pahunchti hai to kuch gas bent
se gas plug ki jhiri hoti hai. Gas cylinder mein dakhil ho jati hai aur
piston ko piche dakelti hai. Kuch gas regulator ke surakh se bahar
nikal jati hai, kitni gas bahar nikalti hai, yeh gas regulator ki setting
par nirbhar hai.
(c) Jab pistion piche ki harkat karta hai to uska pichla hissa slide k
eagle bhag par thokar marta hai jis se slide aur bridge block dono piche
ki harkat karte hai ab piston apne spring ki takat se wapis age jata hai.
(d) Ab rifle doubra fire karne ke liye tayar hai (judi hui rifle par bhi
chal, sawal-o-jawab se samjao).
144
ABHIYAS
Jawan apni rifle dekhen aur jawab den.
FAURI ILAJ AUR ROKEN
Agar rifle saf hai aur gas regulator thik tarah se set hua hai to rifle mein
bahut hi kam roken parege.
FAURI ILAJ “LET KAR POSITION” “READY” SAME TARGET FIRE
AGAR RIFLE SHURU SE HI FIRE NA KARE, YA FIRE KARTE KARTE RUK
JAYE TOH FAURI ILAJ KI KARWAI IS PRAKAR KARO :
(a) Kalmen wali ungli trigger se alag karo aur rifle ko niche lao.
Cocking handle ko pura piche kincho aur holding open catch lagao.
(b) Agar rifle ko thoda piche aur baen tariqa karo aur ijection slot se
ander dekho :
(1)
Agar magazine bhari hui hai aur chamber mein round laga
hua hai to firing pin ki badly karo.
(2)
Agr firing pin bahar nikala hua nahi hai, to latke hue
round ko bahar nikalo aur doubara fire zari karo.
(3)
Agar chamber aur magazine dono khali hai to magazine ki
badly karo aur purjon ko age jane do aur doubara fire jari kao.
(4)
Gas ki kami ki rok : Agar fauri ilaj karne ke bad bhi, rifle 1
ya 2 round fire karne ke bad ruk jaye aur mulhiza karne par
magazine bhara aur chamber khali ho to chal wale purjon ko age
jane do. Safety catch ‘S’ par lagao aur regulator ko pahle se chote
no. par set karo. Safety catch ko’R’ par lagao kandhe mein jao aur
doubara fire jari karo.
Abhiyas : Squad se gas ki kami ka abhiyas karao.
ANYA ROKEN : Agar rokon ko dur karne ki karwai karne ke bad bhi rifle
fire na kare is ke sabab purjo ki tut-phut ya puri tarah se folding ho sakti hai.
Rifle ka mulhiza is prakar karo :
(a) Saftey catch ko ‘S’ par karo, magaxzine utaro, rifle ko cock karo
aur bridge block ko nikalo,. Firing pin aur extractor ka mulhiza karo,
agar in mein se koi purza tuta hai to badly karo.
(b) Agar firing pin aur extractor tute na ho, to body cover ko utaro
aur chamber mein dekho, Agar chamber mein kata hua case ho to rifle
ko jor do. Cocking handle ko piche kincho, holding opning catch lagao,
clearing plug ko joro. Clearing plug ko chamber mein dakhil karo.
GARDILE AUR RETILE KE ILAQON MEIN KARWAI
(a) Yeh rifle is prakar kji banayi gayi hai yeh kafi gardile retile ilaqe
mein fire kar sakti hai, garda aur ret rifle ki body mein bane hue guide
group slide mein bane hue katao mein ikatha ho jata hai jis se rifle thik
tarah se fire karti rahti hai.
(b) Agar bahut zaida dhul ya fahi ho to rifle ko ready ki halat mein
rakho aur saftet catch ‘S’ par lagao, aisa karne mein chamber wala
round gardhe ko chamber mein jane se rokega.
145
(c) Jab bhi mouka mile to rifle ko kholo, saf karo aur grease lagao.
ABHIYAS
Sawal-o-jawab se.
SANKSHEP
(a) Sawal-o-jawab se.
(b) Is bat par khas zor doki agar rifle ki thik dekh bal ki jaye to kam
rokne paregi.
---------------------***************-------------------------------SLR 9-12
TUBE LAUNCHING MK-I SE WAQFIAT AUR RIFLE GRENADE KO FIRE
KARNE KA TARIQE SIKHANA
146
TARTIB
S,
NO
1.
2.
TEACHING POINTS
SHURU
SHURU
KA
KAM
(p) Class ki
ginti groupon
mein bant .
(q) Tube
launching,weap
on aur saman
ka nirakshan.
(r) Bandobast
ki karwai.
DOHRA
Q1 No 36 Hand
Grenade ka mar dalne
ka ilaqe kitna hai ?
I
TRG
AIDS
E
TIM
S
REMARK
As per
0 0 Ustad
trg aids.
1 1 nirakshan
khud Karen
1
0
2
0
HE Hand
Gren ke
visheshatye
n per sawal
Karen.
0
Sabaq se
sambandat
aur saaf
aur chhota
hona
chahiye.
Ans :- 8 Mtr charo
taraf.
Q2. 7 sec wala
ignitor set ka kya
pachan hoti hai?
Ans :- Fuse ka
colour pila aur chhalla
nahin hota.
3.
PAHUN
CH
No 36 Hand grenade
ko ek jawan 25 se 35
gaz tak phank saketa
hai lekin ismein 7 sec
wala fuse lagakar rifle
se fire karke kam se
kam 50 m aur ziada se
ziada 150 m tak gren
ko
dur
gira
kar
dushman ko barbad
kar sakte hain jo ki
rifle se hum tube
launching
MK-I
ki
madad se aur HD carts
ke sath fire karte hai.
Is lie harek jawan ko
rifle grenade ko fire
karne
ka
tariqe
achchhi tarah se ana
chahiye.
1
0
3
147
4.
H
UDDES
5.
SAMAN
6.
BHAGO
N MEIN
BANT
Tube Launching MKI se waqfiat aur No-36
HE Grenade ko rifle se
fire karne ka tariqe
sikhana hai.
Tube Launching MKI, Grenade, Ignitor set,
Drill carts, Arming
ring, Rifle , Sand Bag,
Fig 11 Tgt.
Yeh sabaq tartibwar
sikhaya jayaga.
Tube
Launching
MK-I
se
Waqfiat
Tube Launching MK-I
ki banawat ek khokli
nali se sakal mein hai.
Jo ki ek taraf se khalui
aur dusre taraf se
band hota hai. Band
wale sire par ek stud
laga hota hai aur
ismein churiyan bani
hoti hai. Is stud ke
zariye rifle grenade ke
base plug bane surakh
se fit kiya jata hai,
khule wale surakh ke
zarie tube
ko band
barrel mein bane hue
jagah par charaya jata
hai. Is hole ka rang OG
colour ka hoat hai is
ko nap taul is prakar
hai. Lambai – 15 CM ,
Wazan - 127 gm.
Tube par kuchh
surakhen bane hue
hote hain jis mein
range
control
pin
lagaya jata hai. Is
grenade ko fire karne
ke lie gren par ek
arming ring lagaya jata
hai, jo ki lever ko apni
jagah se nikalne se
rokhta hai. Arming
ring ka wazan – 33 gm
hai.
1
1
0
0
4
5
0
Uddesh
ko
dohayara
jai.
0
Rifle,
2 2 Baen ke
Grenade, 0 5 sath
Tube
naumna .
launchin
g MK-I,
HD Carts
, Ground
sheet,
Sand
Bag.
148
Visheshtyan
(i) 50, 100, aur 150
m tak fire kar sakte
hain .
(ii)
Dono range
control pin ke sath fire
karne se 50 m range
hasil hota hai.
(ii) Ek range pin ko
nikalne se 100m ka
range hasil hota hai.
(iv) Dono range pin
ko nikal kar fire karne
se 150m range hasil
hota hai.
Grenade ko Prime
aur Unprime Karna
(i)
Grenade ka
nirakshan aur safai ke
bad arming ring ko
grenade ke bichwala
katav
par
milana
chihiye.
(ii)
Arming ring
charhate
samay
grenade ko niche se
charakar
bichwala
katao
par
milana
chahiye.
(iii) Arming ring ka
katao lever ke viprit
hona chahiye.
(iv)
07 sec wala
ignitor set (fuse) ko
centre
sleeve
mein
dakhil Karen aur base
plug fit Karen.
(v) Grenade ko tube
launching
per
chadhana.
Unprime karan
(i)
Base plug ko
khole aur fuse ko alag
Karen aur box mein
rakhe.
(ii)
Base plug ko
149
lagaen aur base plug
key ki madad se fit
katren.
(iii)
Grenade ko
box mein band Karen.
Rifle fire ke liye
taiyar karna
(i) Grenade sight ko
90 degree ke angle
mein khara Karen.
(ii) Change lever ki
posn ‘R’ ya ‘B’ par
karen aur rifle ko cock
karen
aur
HOD
lagayen.
(iii) HD carts ko len
aur
chamber
mein
dakhil Karen.
(iv) Yekin Karen ki
chamber mein round
achhi tarah se fit ho
gaya hai aur chalwale
purzon ko age jane
den.
(v)
Change lever ki
posn ‘S’ pe rkarne.
Grenade ko bharna
(i) Taiyar kiya hua
grenade ko nirakshan
karte hue grenade ko
chahiyen. Check Karen
ki grenade thik tarah
se fit ho gaya hai.
(ii) Range milne par
range contrl pin ko
nikalen
aur
tube
launching ko achchhi
tarah se fit Karen.
(iii)
Firing posn
akhityar Karen aur
safety pin ko nikalen.
Firing Posn
(i) Kneeling posn :Baen paon ko tgt ki
sidth lagayen aur fiel
ke butt ke age wala
150
bhag zamin par laga
hua ho aur pichhla
bhag sand bag per laga
huwa ho baen hath se
front hand guard par
pakaren.
(ii) Sitting Posn :Dayen paon ko lamba
aur baen paon ko adha
close
Karen.
Baki
kneeling posn ki tarah.
Grenade ki Chal
Trigger dabane se HD
carts fire hota hai jisse
gas paida hoti hai. Gas
tube launching ki flash
eleiminator se alag kar
deta hai. Uran ke
dauran chand second
bad arming ring set
back ked hake se gir
jata hai aur lever azad
ho jata hai striker
spring ki takat se .22
cap par chot marta hai
aur aag ki chingari
paida hoti hai aur
safety fuse ko aag lag
jati hai. Jisse detonator
fat jata hai sath hi
detonator sleev phat
jata hai aur HE barud
ka upper aad lagta hai
aur chur chur hoker
fat jata hai.
Bina
fire
khali
karan
(i) Change lever ko
‘S’ per Karen.
(ii) Tube launching
ko
baen
ahth
se
pakarte hue safety pin
ko lagyen.
(iii) Tube launching
ko flash eliminator se
alag Karen.
(iv)
Range pin ko
151
lagayen.
(v) Rifle ko khali kar
ki karwai kareyn aur
HD carts ko rakhen.
(vi)
Grenade
ko
surakshit jagah per
rakhen.
Fire aur misfire
(i) Sabse pahle sikhe
tariqe se fire ke lie
taiyar
Karen.
Tube
launching aur grenade
ko taiyar karne ke
baad
firing
posn
akhityar Karen aur ley
ki karwai Karen.
(ii) Tgt, grenade ka
shoulder aur fire ka sir
ek sidh mein ko aur
change lever ko safe
par.
(iii) Fire ke hukam
par change lever ko ‘R’
par karen aur trigger
ko dabaen, Grenade fir
ho jayega.
(iv) Misfire hone par
change lever ko ‘S’ par
karen dayen ahth se
safety pin ko lagayen.
Tube launching ko rifle
se alag karen.
(v) Dusra HD carts
ko lagyen aur dobara
fire ke lie taiyar ho
hayen.
7.
8.
S
ABHYA
SANKS
HEP
Sabhi student ko
chal, fire aur misfire ki
karwai
par
abhays
karwaya jai.
Q. 1.
Tube
launching MK-I ka
wazan kitna hai?
3
2
1
0
8
0
3
4
Her ek
bhag per ek
ya do sawal
puchayen.
152
Ans.
127 Gm.
Q. 2.
Deno range
control pin nikalne
poar kitna range hasil
hota hai ?
Ans.
150 Mtr.
Q. 3.
Rifle grenade
ko kaun kaun si posn
se fire kiya jata hai ?
Ans.
Kneeling
posn aur sitting posn
se fire karte hain..
*********************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************
******************************************************************************
(4) 7.62 mm LIGHT MACHINE
GUN(LMG)
LMG 1-15
7.62MM LIGHT MACHINE GUN SE WAQFIAT, KHOLNA, SAFAI
AUR JORNA
153
BUNYADI BATEN
LMG ek asan hathiyar hai, is liye is ki sikhlai bhi asan honi chahie, jis
hisse purje ki handling ho rakhi ho uska nam sath sath batane chahie.
Lakin is bat ko hi samay jaya nahin karna chahie ki jawan hisse purjon ka
nam jawani yad karlen. Kyonki is sikhlai ke dauran nam apnea p yad ho
jata hai. Bar bar LMG ko nahi kholna chahie kyonki is ke purjon ko nuksan
pahuchega. Agar DP LMG mil sake to us se sikhlai dena behtar hoga.
LMG KI VISHESHTAIN
Lmg ek gas se chalne wala, hawa se thanda hone wala, magazine se feed
hone wala aur kandhe se kabu pakar fire jane wala hathiyar hai. Is mein
roken bahut kam parti hain. Agar parti bhi hainto jaida gande
ammuniation, kharab magazine ki wajah se.
LMG KI KUCH TECHNICAL BATEN IS PRAKAR SE HAIN.
(a) Qutar
7.62MM
154
(b) Muzzle velocity
2700 feet par sa.
(c) Wazan
9.2 kg
(d) Barrel ke sath
1130mm
(e) Barrel ki
621mm
lambai
(f) Cycle rate of
450-500 Rds per mint
fire
(g) Khali magazine
395.89 grams
ka wazan
(h) Bhari magazine
1.106 kg
ka wazan
SHURU SHURU KA KAM
SURAKSHA SAMBANDHI UPAY :
(a) Q. Kisi bhi hathiyar ko istemal karne se pahle kya karna chahie
?
(b) Ans. Nirikshan.
(c) Isliye zarurai hai, ki LMG ko istemal karne se pahle is ka
nirakshan kar liya jaye. Isi kam ka namuna dunga ap dekhen. Mere
lie hukam “LMG ke piche line ban”, “Kneeling position”. Nirikshan is
karwai is prakar karo :
(1)
Yakin karo kiLMG ke upar koi magazine nahi hai.
(2)
Magazine opening cover ko kholo.
(3)
Dahine hath se, cocking handle ko piche khainchte hue
LMG ko cock karo aur phir cocking handle ko age jane do. Baen
hath se ejection opening cover kholo.
(4)
Yakin karo ki chamber mein koi round nahi hai aur body
mein koi rukawat nahi hai.
(5)
Change lever ko ‘A’ ya ‘R’ par karo. Trigger dabao. Dahine
hath se magazine opening cover ka aur baen hath se ejection
opening cover ko band karo.
(6)
Pouches, drill cartridges aur magazine ka mulahiza karo.
Yakin karo ki ZINDA ROUND NAHI HAI.
UDDESH
LMG se waqfiat, kholna,jorna aur safai karna sikhana hai.
SAMAN
LMG, magazine, holdall, spare part wallet pura, utility pouches, drill
cartiridges aur safai ka saman.
PAHUNCH
7.62mm LMG ek gas se chalne wala hathiyar hai, jis se kafi tadad mein
brust aur single round fire kiya ja sakta hai. Yeh banabat mein kafi sada
aur mazbut hathiyar hai. Yeh sikhlai pana aur handle karne mein bahut
asan hai. Is se bipod se 500 gaz tak tripod par mount karke 1000 gaz tak
155
kafi kargar fire dal sakte hai. In mein feeding ki karwai, ek magazine daura
ki jati hai, jis mein 28 round bhare jate hai.
KHOLNA AUR JORNA
LMG ko jab tak khola na jaye us waqt tak is ki safai nahi ki ja sakti. LMG
ko kholne ke liye am taur par yeh tartib hai jaise hisse khole jayen unhe saf
jagah par rakha jaye. Is bat ka yakin kiya jaye, ki koi purja gum na ho ya
koi nuksan na pahunche, shuru shuru ke darje mein mashware ke taur par
purjon ko usi tartib se rakha jaye, jis tartib se khola gaya ho taki jorte waqt
sahi tartib se jora ja sake.
PISTON GROUP
(a) Kholna
(1)
Yakin karo ki chall wale purje age hain(opening cover
kholo).
(2)
Body locking pin ko baen se dahine ko dhakelo aur
dahine taraf itna kincho jahan tak ja sakti ho.
(3)
Butt ko itna piche kincho, ki return spring rod, body se
bahir nikal se.
(4)
Return spring rod, ko baen taraf rakhte hue cocking
handle ko jatke se piche khincho aur age jane do.
(5)
Agar is tarah piston piche nahi ata hai ,to ejection slot
mein se ungli dal kar piche nilako.
(6)
Ab piston aur bridge block ko bahir nikalo.
(7)
Bridge block ko thoda piche khincho aur piston ko alag
kar do, purjon ken am batao.
JORNA
(1) Yakin karo, ki bridge block aur piston ke registered number
apas mein milte hai.
(2) Bridge block ko piston par rakho.
(3) Yakin karo, ki body locking pin pura bahir hai.
(4) Yakin karo, ki piston group pura body ke ander aa gaya hai. Ab
ko age dakelo aur body locking pin laga do.
(5) LMG ko cock karo. Change lever ko’A’ ya ‘R’ par karo, trigger ko
dabado yakin karo ki piston group thik jud gaya hai.
(6) Trigger ko dabae dabae kabhi bhi change lever ko ‘S’ se ‘A’ par
na kiya jaye, aisa karne se LMG fire nahi karegi, yani aisa kabhi ho
jaye to karwai is prakar karo :
Trigger par se dabao ko hatao change lever ko ‘A’ se ‘S’ karo aur
phir ‘A’ par le jao, phir trigger ko dabao LMG thik fire karegi.
Abhiyas
Squad se abhiyas lo aur aur akhir mrin piston group ko khula choor do.
BARREL GROUP
Kholna
156
(1) LMG ko dahine taraf karo aur carring aur carring handle ke
upar uthao.
(2) Barrel nut catch ko dabaoaur jitna upar ho sake utna upar
uthao.
(3) Carring handle ki madad se barrel ko body se bahar nikalo.
Dhyan rahe ki yeh karwai karte waqt, barrel ke pichle bhag ko koi
nuksan na pahunche.
(4) Gas regulator ki char position hoti hain aur hare k ke baen
taraf ek nishan hai. Sab se chota nishan sab se chote surakh se sath
hai jis ko no.1 aur sab se bare ko no.4 kahte hai. Gas block ke upar
bhi ek zero mark hai. Gas regulator ko us sab se chote mark par set
karna chahie yahan LMG tassali baksh fire kare aur jo ki amuman
no.2 hai.
(5) Gas regulator retaning pin ko housing ki sidh mein rakhte hue,
regulator ko kisi round kin ok se ya kisi combination tool se bahir ki
taraf dakelo aur nikal lo. Yakin karo ki nikalte waqt yeh niche nag ire.
JORNA
(1) Gas regulator ko kholne ke ulat apni jagah par rakho.
(2) Gas regulator ko no.2 par set karo.
(3) Yakin karo magazine opning cover pura band hai aur barrel nut
catch pura upar utha hua hai.
(4) Barrel ko body ke andher bina zor lagaye hue dakhil karo.
(5) Bare nut catch ko laga do aur yakin karo ki yeh thik tarah se
lock ho gaya hai.
(6) Carring handle ko niche bitha do.
Abhiyas
Barrel ke kholne aur jorne ka.
BUTT GROUP
(a) Kholna : Body ko pakro aur butt ko piche kinch lo.
(b) Jorna : Body ko pakro aur dahine hath se piston group ko
pakarte hue guide ribs ka agla sire ko body ke recce mein rakhte hue
age dakhil karo.
Body aur bipod group
(a) Kholna : Bipod ko pakro aur body ko thora baen taraf turn
karte hue ise bipod sleeves se bahir nikal lo.
(b) Jorna : Jorne ke liye kholne ki ult karwai karo.
Abhiyas : Squad se body, bipod aur butt ko kholne jorne ka abhiyas lo.
MAGAZINE
(a) Kholna : LMG ke magazine ko kholne aur jorne ka tariqa
7.62MM SLR ki tarah hi hai.
Butt group
157
(a) Return spring rod, combination tool ki madad se, butt ke bich
mein laga bada screw ko bahir nikalo. Spring par quabu rakhte hue
cap return spring aur spring rod ko bahir nikalo. Is ko jorne ke liye
kholne ki ulti karwai kao.
(b) Abhiyas : Isi kam ka.
Body group
(a) Magazine catch aur ejector assembly
(1)
Magazine catch aur ejector ko kholne ke liye, retaning pin
ko baen se dahine ko dabao aur phir jitna ho sake pin ko dahine ki
taraf nikalo. Phir magazine catch ejector ko age dabate hue upar
nikal do.
(2)
Jorne ke liye kholne ki ulti karwai karo.
(b) Magazine opening cover
(1)
Kholne ke liye magazine opening cover ko pura piche
khincho aur bahir nikalo.
(2)
Jorne ke lie, magazine opening cover ko is ki recess mein
dakhil karo aur yakin karo ki is ka bara bhag age hai.
(c) Barrel nut catch : Barrel nut retainer plunger ko pura niche
dabao aur barrel nut catch upar uthate hue bahir nikal lo, is ko jorne
ke lie, plunger ko pura niche dabaoaur barrel nut ki is ki socket mein
rakh do aur phir plunger ke upar se dabao ko chor do. Yakin karo ki
thik lag gaya hai.
(d) Abhiyas : Isi kam ka. (Akhir mein LMG khuli choro).
Holdall and wallet : Hare k LMG ke sath holdall hota hai aur is mein yeh
saman hota hai :
(a) Ander : Spare barrel aur cylinder cleaning rod.
(b) Bahar
(1)
Upar aur baen : Spare breech block, agar issue kiya gaya
ho.
(2)
Bahar aur bich mein : Mop, wire brush, double
pullthrough aur tool removing kiye.
(3)
Upar aur dahine : Oil bottle ya graphite grease tube.
(4)
Bich mein pura spare part wallet.
(5)
Niche tel ke liye oil can, low cold test oil ka can.
(c) Wallet ke ander yah saman hota hai :
(1)
Upar aur combination tool.
(2)
Bich mein ‘A’ oil ka bhara hua can.
(3)
Upar aur dahine single phultrough aur chindi.
(4)
Niche spare part box, jis mein clearing plug, extractor,
extractor stay aur spring pin aur spring aur wire guaze hoti hai.
158
(d) Yadi section ke pas holdal nahi hai toh graphite tube section ke
spare part wallet ke spare part tenmein rakhi ja sakti hai. Iike ilawa
sardi wale ilaqe mein oil can ke badle low cold oil ki can rakhi jaye.
Abhiyas : Squad se LMG ko kholne jorne aur am safai ka abhiyas karao.
SANKSHEP
Squad se sawal-o-jawab karo batao ki service LMG ko kewal safai ke liye
hi kholna chahie.
-------------------------------------*****************-----------------------LMG 16-30
MAGAZINE KA BHARNA AUR SIGHT LAGANA
SHURU SHURU KA KAM
LMG aur saman ka nirikshan karo. Yakin karo ki koi zinda round nahi
ho.
UDDESH
Magazine ko bharna, LMG ko bharna,khali karna, sight lagana aur make
safe sikhana hai.
SAMAN
LMG Magazine, wallet, drill cartridges utility pouches.
PAHUNCH
LMG acchi handling ke liye zarurai hai, ki hare k jawan LMG ko bharna,
sight lagana aur khali karna janta ho.
MAGAZINE
LMG ke magazine ko hath se bharna aur khali karne ki karwai 7.62mm
SLR ki hi tarah hai. Lekin sirf anter itna hai, ki is mein 28 round bhare jate
hain. Yad rakho ki bharte waqt roundon ki ginti rakhi jaye.
159
Khali karna : Batao ki round saf jagah par girna chahie.
Abhiyas : Magazine bharne aur khali karne ka.
BHARNA AUR KHALI KARNA
Bharne ki position : Is position ko akthiyar karne ke liye Ya hukam mile
“Position” to karwai is prakar karo :
(a) LMG ki piche side ki taraf let jao, ki tange aur paon mile hue
ho.
(b) Baen hath se small of the butt ko pakro, ki angutha niche se
aur unglian hon aur dahine hath ki pakar pistol grip par angutha
ander se ungalian bahir hon, kalmen wali ungli trigger guard ke ar
par ho. Nazar samne rakhen. Is position mein dekhne ki baten.
Trigger LMG aur number 1 line mein hona chahie.
BHARNA
(a)
Baen hath se change lever ko ‘S’ par karo aur dahine hath
se magazine opening cover ko kholo.
(b)
Utility pouch mein se magazine ko nikalo aur mulhazia
karo ki yeh thik bhara hua hai aur acchi halat mein hai.
(c)
Dahine hath se magazine is prakar se pakro, ki lips niche
ki taraf aur bullet wala hissa age ki taraf ho.
(d)
Magazine ke agle hisse ko pahle magazine housing mein
dakhil karte hue ise niche aur piche ki taraf kincho.
(e)
Yakin karo ki magazine thik tarah se laga gaya hai,
dahine hath ko wapis pistol grip par lao. Bharne ki akhri harkat.
(f)
Khali karo : Khali karne ke liye karwai is prakar hai :
(1) Dahine hath se hatheli ke gadde se magazine coach ko
dabate hue, magazine ko nikalo.
(2) Butt ko kandhe mein le jao aur LMG ko cock karo.
(3) Change lever ko ‘A’ ya’R’ par rakho. Yakin karo ki barrel
surakshit disha mein hai, trigger ko dabao, LMG ko phir cock
karo aur trigger ko dabao.
(4) Butt ko niche lao. Dahine hath se magazine opening cover
aur baen hath ke ejection opening cover ko band karo.
(5) Magazine ko utility pouch mein band karo. Yadi sight
khara hai to use niche girao.
(6) Dono hath ki madad se chatki se khade ho jao aur “LMG
THIK” ki report do. Agar ek se zaida LMG hon to pahla aur akhri
number bolega, baqi thik ki report denge. Yadi hukam mile “
Badli kari” to dusrs jaran no. 1 jagah lega yadi hukam mile “line
tor” to dahine turn karo aur apni jagah mil jao.
(7) Agar LMG ek se zaida aur hukam mile report do squad ke
baen se dahine Ko number report do.
Abhiyas : Bharne aur khali karne ka lo.
160
SIGHT LAGANA
(a) Back sight leaf ke upar 2 se 20 tak ke nishan kate hue hote hai.
Yeh nishan gazon ko zahir karte hai. Visham (Odds) numbers yani
(3,5,7,11,13,15,17, aur 19) dahine taraf aue sam (Even) numbers yani
(2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16,18, aur 20) yeh baen taraf, likhe hue hote hai. 50
gaz ke liye koi katao nahi hota, lakin yeh range andzk ke upar wale
aur niche wale hisson ke bich se hasil kiya ja sakta hai.
(b) Drum sight : Yadi Drum sight wali LMG ho. to uske bich 2 se 20
tak ke hinds likhe hote hai, lakin 50 gaz ke liye koi nishan nahi hota,
lekin 50 gaz ki range drum ki click se hasil ki ja sakti hai kyonki ek
click 50 gaz ko zahir karti hai.
(c) Back sight leaf wali LMG par sight lagane ke liye, sight leaf ko
uthao aur adjusting screw ko us waqt tak ghumao, jab tak ki slide ka
upar wala kinara zarurat shuda range ke hinse ki line se na mil jaye.
(d) Jab bhari hui LMG par range mile to karwai is prakar karo :
Ustad lying position se sight lagane ka namuna de aur sqd ko wapis
apni jagah par bhej den. Diya hukam range lagao. Butt ko kandhe
mein le jao aur LMG ko cock karo aur agle hukam ka intezar karo.
Abhiyas : Sight lagane ka abhiyas lo.
SANKSHEP : Sawal-o-jawab se, yadi koi shak ho to use dur karo.
------------------------------*****************--------------------------LMG 31-43
SHIST , PAKAR AUR FIRE KARNA
SHURU SHURU KA KAM
161
Hathiyar aur saman ka nirikshan karo,yakin karo ki koi round parade
par nahi hai.
DOHRAI
Bharne aur khali karne ka abhiyas lo.
UDDESH
Fire karne ki sikhlai dena hai.
SAMAN
LMG magazine, utility pouch, wallet, drill cartiradges, eye dises aur shist
ka diagram.
PAHUNCH
Am baten : LMG ki shist ka qaida SLR ki hi tarah hai, lekin iska
backsight aperture bara hone se iski fore sight kin ok ko aperture ke center
mein rakhne ke liye zaida dhyan dena parega. Dusre iski back sight baen
hai islye es mein baen ankh ko hi band karna parega. “Shist ka qaida”.
Baen ankh ko band karo, aperture ke bich se fore sight ko dekho. Fore
sight kin ok, aperture ke bichon bich target ke centre mein milao.
PAKAR
LMG ki position : Hukam mile bhar position to, bharne ki position
akhtiyar karo aur rnge milne par :
(a) Sight lagao.
(b) LMG ko handle mein le jao aur cock karo.
Target milne par karwai is prakar hogi :
(a) Jism aur LMG ko tab tak harkat do, jab tak ki jism, LMG aur
target ek line mein na aa jaye.
(b) Yaqin karo ki bipod target ki sidh mein hai.
(c) Khonion ko harkat do ya bipod legs ko zarurat ke mutabik upar
niche karo, taki target ke upar shist lene mein asani ho.
Durust pakar hasil karne ke liye yeh karwai karo :
(a) Kandhe
(1)
Butt se milane ke liye kandhe ko age karo.
(2)
Kabhi kabhi butt aur kandhe ka milap karne ke liye butt
ko piche na kincha jaye. Aisa karne se bipod shoes ki position
bigar jayegi.
(b) Baen hath
(1)
Small of the butt ko baen hath se is tarah pakro ki
charon unglion ki pakar upar se aur angutha niche se ho.
(2)
Khoni ko age rakho.
(3)
Butt ko piche aur niche ki taraf daba kar rakho.
Dahina hath
(1)
majbuti
(2)
(3)
Dahine hath ki akhri teen ungalion se pistol grip ko
se pakro.
Kalmen wali ungli ko trigger guard ke bahir rakho.
LMG ko kicho aur kandhe mein jamao.
162
Sir : Sir ko is prakar butt par tikao, ki gal bayeb hath ke piche wale hiss
eke uppar ya iske sata hua ho.
Puri prakar : Majboot pakar hasil karne ke liye gal se baen hath ko butt
ke sath dabate hue donon kalion ko andhar ki taraf modo.
Abhiyas : Squad se abhiyas karao aur pakar ko check karo.
FIRING
SINGLE SHOT ‘FIRE” KA HUKAM PAR KARWAI IS PRAKAR HO.
(a) Target par shist lo.
(b) Change lever ko ‘R’ par karo aur trigger ke dhile pan par qabu
pao.
(c) Jab durust shist mil jati hai, to trigger ko dabao aur mar ko
pukaro.
(d) Baen ankh ko kholo aur dekho, yadi zaurat ho to shist ki badly
kar.
(e) Trigger par se pura dabao hatao aur 1minute mein 1 magazine
ke hisab se fire karo.
STOP KA HUKAM MILNE PAR, LMG ke butt ko niche lao, change lever ki
‘S’ par lao agar zarurat hai to magazine ko badly karo, aisa karne ke liye
LMG ko cock karo.
JARI KAR KE HUKAM PAR PAHLE KI TARAH FIRE JARI KARO.
Yeh firer ki zimmewari hai, ki who har waqt, LMG par bhara hua ya karib
karib bhara hua magazine charhae aur shist lete waqt hawa ka haq rakhe.
Abhiyas : Squad se abhiyas lo.
BRUST FIRE KARNA
(a) Agar change lever ko ‘A’ par rakha hai, trigger ko itna dabaya
jaye ki 2 ya is se zaida round fire ho jayen, to ham ise ck brust kahte
hai.
(b) Kitna lambha durust fire kiya jaye yeh target, uski range aur
firer ki qabliyat par munhasir hai.
(c) 2 ya 3 round ka ek accha brust hota hai, jinki target ke upar ek
chota group banta hai.
(d) 4 ya 5 roundon ka brust zaida phailta hai, lakin golion kimar
asani se dekhi ja sakti hai.
(e) 6 ya 8 round ka brust, harkati targaton ko mar girane ke liye,
accha mauqa deta hai.
Abhiyas : Squad se abhiyas lo.
Sankshep
Sawal-o-jawab se aur galatian batao.
Note ki baten
Ek jawan ki durust prakar se janch, live ammuniation se brust fire
karwai kar li ja sakti hai, lekin is ke ilawa yeh bhi yakin karna chahie, ki
jawan yeh baten janta ho :
(a) LMG ko kaise pakarna aur kaise durust fire karna hai.
163
(b) Fire karne se pahle, uski pakar majboot hai aur jab tak fire kar
raha ho, thar thrahat se uski pakar dili na ho jaye.
(c) Dono hathon se LMG ko piche kainch kar rakhe, dono hathon
ka dabao barabar rakhe aur LMG ko kisi bhi hath se dahine baen na
khainche.
Jawan ki majboot pakar ka yakin karne ke liye, LMG ko age se khaincho
uski shist. Pakar, trigger operation aur who apni muzzle ko kaise upar niche
karta hai, yakin, is ki janch ke liye eye disc ka istemal karo lekin yeh yakin
karo ki LMG par koi magazine nahin hai.
Drill cartiradges se abhiyas mein vastvikta lane ke liye, firer ke dahine ek
jawan ko kneeling position mein karo, junhi firer trigger dabata hai jawan
LMG ko cock karne ki karwai karega. Is tarah firer durust trigger dabega
aur uski shist hare k bar vastav mein kharab hogi.
---------------------------***********************-----------------------------LMG 44-59
CHAL AUR ROKEN
SHURU SHURU KE KAM
(a) Hthiyar aur saman kanirikshan karo.
(b) Sabaq no. 2 aur 3 dohrai lo.
UDDESH
Mote taur par LMG ki chal, hone wali roken aur umko door karna
sikhana hai.
SAMAN
LMG magazine, utility pouches, holdal, wallet, chal ka diagram, drill
cartiradges, kata hua case, khali case aur targets.
PAHUNCH
Agar LMG ki achhi tarah se dekh bhal ki jaye to roken bahut kam parengi
lekin agar rok par jati hai to firer ko yeh malum hona chahie ki use kaise
turant door kiya jata hai.
LMG KI CHAL
Firer kiye hue round se paida hui gas piston grip ko piche dakelti hon, jo
khali khokhe ko piche lata hai. Return spring piston group ko age dhakelta
hai jis se ek round load aur fire ho jata hai. Yeh karwai us waqt tak jari
rahti hai jab tak trigger daba rahe aur magazine mein round rahen.
FAURI ILAJ
Agar LMg fire na kare yak arte karte ruk jaye to fauri ilaj ki karwai is
prakar karo :
(a) LMG ko cock karo.
(b) Magazine ki badly karo.
(c) Durust shist lo aur fire karo.
FAURI ILAJ SE YEH ROKEN DOOR KI JA SAKTI HAI.
(a) Khali magazine.
164
(b) Unfit magazine.
(c) Misfire.
(d) Sakhat khainchao, joki gande case ya maile chamber hone ki
wajah se ho jati hai. Is mein LMG ko cock karne kie tarqe mein sirf
yeh hai ki LMG pulthrough wallet ki strap se ya kisi aur tarqe se cock
kiya jaya hai.
Abhiyas
Fauri ilaj ke karwai ka abhiyas lo. Hukam is prakar hoga “LMG” thik fire
karta rukta”. Jab karwai puri ho jati hai to hukam do “LMG thik fire karta,
khali kar”.
DUSRI ROKEN
GAS KI ROK :
Agar fauri ilaj karne ke bad LMG ek ya do round fire kare aur phir ruk
jaye, to yeh gas ki kami ki wajah se ho sakta hai. Is ko door karne ke liye
karwai is prakar karo :
(a) LMG ko cock karo, magazine ko utaro aur trigger dabao.
(b) LMG ko dobara cock karo, butt kozamin par niche lao, LMG ko
baen, pahlu ke ba leto.
(c) Barrel nut ko kholo aur nut kalmen waliaur badi ungli ke bich
rakhte hue, carring handle ko dono unglion se grip ko qaym rakhte
hue, angutha se barrel ko itna age dakhelo ki gas regulator, cylinder
locking bar se alag ho jaye.
(d) Gas regulator ko kisi round kin ok se ya combination tool ki
madad se pahle se bare marg par set karo.
165
(e) Pahla mouqa milte hi, tool ya round ko wapis apni jagah par
rakho.
(f) Ar se fire waqt yeh ar par nirbhar karega, ki gas regulator ko
adjust karne ke lie, LMG ke baen aya jaye ya LMG ko hi piche kincha
jaye.
BODY CHAMBER KI ROK
Agar fauri ilaj karne ke bad bhi, LMG fire na kare to fire is prakar karo :
(a) LMG ko cock karo, magazine ko utaro LMG ko niche lao aur
jism ko thoda age karte hue body ke ander dekho.
(b) Agar koi khali case ya round body ya chamber mein phas gaya
ho to use door karo. Magazine ko charao, shist lo karo aur fire karo.
(c) Agar body mein koi rukawat na ho to chamber ki rukawat door
karne ke liye clearing plug ko nikalo, base ko kas kar is mein chamber
mein dakhil karo, trigger dabao aur LMG ko cock karo. Yakin karo, ki
clearing plug kate hue case ke sath bahar nikal gaya hai, magazine ko
charao, shist lo aur fire karo.
(d) Pahla mauqa milte hi kate hue case ko plug se alag karo aur ise
wapis wallet mein rakh do.
ABHIYAS
Isi kam ka abhiyas lo. Abhiyas ke dauran clearing plug ki jagah drill
cartridges ka istemal karo. Is karwai karne ke liye karwai is prakar hain.
Hukam
Karwai
(a) “LMG thik fire
karte rukta”.
Fauri ilaj
166
(b) “Fire nahin”
Body ke ander dekho.
(c) “Body chamber
Munasib karwai karo.
ki roke”
(d) “LMG thik fire
Khali kar
karta, khali kar”
Hisse purjon ki tut-phut : Kamazor ya tute phute purzo ke karan bahut
kam roken parti hai. Lakin fauri ilaj aur rokon ko door karne ki karwai
karne ke bad bhi, LMG fire hi na kare to, LMG ko clear karo aur nuqs ko
door karne ke liye in baton ko dekho.
Chinh
Mumkin karan
Cartridge par chot nahin
Tuta hua firing pin
Cartridges par puri chot
nahin.
Bar bar extract aur eject ki
karwai na hona
Kamzor return spring.
Tuta hua extract ya
ejector.
SANKSHEP
Sawal-o-jawab se sankshep karo.
NOTE
Rokon ko door karne ka abhiyas karte waqt LMG ka fire zahir karne ke
liye magazine par pencil se tik ki awaz paida karo, ya koi aur aisa istemal
karo ki jawan bina hukam ke karwai karna sikhe. Is ko hasil karne ke liye
dusra tariqa yeh ho sakta hai ki jawano ko jorion mein abhiyas karaya jaye,
jis mein helper LMG ko cock na kare jo ki rok ko jahir karega.
---------------------------***************------------------------------------
LMG 60-72
TRIPOD
AAM BAYAN
Yadi ap tripod, equipment ke andar, ab authorize nahin hai
167
lekin yeh sector store se issue kiye ja sakta hai, Is lie iske bhag mein iska
ek sabaq rakha gaya hai, taki zarurat parne par iska asani se istemal kiya ja
sake.
Tripod LMG ko majboot aur sthir sahara deta hai jis se LMG fized line par
ya di hui had ke ander, adhure mein, kam roshni mein bachao ke fire de
sakti hai.
LMG group tripod se fire karte samay bahut nazdik tak fire de sakte hain
aur spare barrel ke sath kafi der tak aur zaida tadad mein fire dal sakta hai.
Acchi roshini mein tripod ka istemal mein karna chahie. Kyonki bipod kafi
lachadar fire de sakte hai.
Yeh bahut zarurai hai ki tripod ka istemal karte samay ar ka pur faida
uthaya jaye, is liye behtar hoga ki iss ark e piche mount kiya jaye kewal
barrel hi uppar honi chahie.
UDDESH
LMG aur tripod ko mount aur dismount karne ke tariqa sikahana hai.
SAMAN
LMG sling ke sath, magazine, drill cartridges, utility pouch, tripod,
doldall aur spare parts wallet.
NOTE
Is sabaq ko behtar tariqe se us jagah chalaya ja sakta hai, jahan par
munasib ar mil sake jiske piche LMG aur tripod mount kiya ja sake.
Jab LMG aur tripod ko mount kiya jar aha ho to squad ko dushman ki
haisiyat se position dekhne ke liye wahan le jana chahie jahan par
camonflage aur concealment rakhte hue position ko dekh saken. Bad mein
squad se do jawano ko LMG aur tripod ko kisi khas ilaqe mein ark e piche
mount karne ke liye detail laro, baqi jawan age se munasib duri par dekh
sakte hai, aur unki karwai aur kitna samaye leta hai, is par naqtachini kar
sakte hai.
Ustad sath sath hisse purzon ken am batayega lekin is bat ki koshish
nahin karega ki squad unko yad kare kyunki is se samay barbad hoga.
Am suraksha sambandhi baton par dhyan do.
LMG ke upar ek magazine lagi hui hogi.
PAHUNCH
Tripod ke upar LMG ko mount karke fixed line par andhere mein di hui
haddon ke ander dhuen ya kohre mein fire dala ja sakta hai aur sath hi
durusti ke sath lambhe region par target engage kiye ja sakte hain.
GUNNER KI DUTIAN
No.2 Kam karne ke liye squad se ek jawan lekar no.1, gunner ke kam ka
bayan ke sath namuna do. LMG ko tripod ke upar mount karne ke liye front
aur rear mounting pin ko nikalo . Dono mounting housing ko mounting ke
upar rakho aur pin laga do. LMG ar se thora sa upar ho aur sear legon ko
itna harkat dete hain ki taqriban LMG target ki sidh mein aa jaye. Iske bad
agar zarurat hai to aur bhi thora tabdili karte hai aur is bat ka yakin karte
hai ki :
(a) Sabhi clamps kase hue hai aur tervising are samtal hai.
(b) Legon ko thokar marker zamin mein mazbut kar do aur agar
sambhav ho to legon par sand bag ya koi wazan rakha jaye.
AIMING
168
Range milne par, sight lagao, LMG ko cock karo. Target dikhai dene par
ankh ko durust aiming position mein rakhte hue target par shist lo.
Traverse clamp handle ko dhila karke aur terversing slide ko ghumao kar
disha hasil ki ja sakti hai. Ghumane ke bad clamping handle kas deye jate
hai.
Elevation hasil karne ke liye evelting nut clamp ko dhila kar do aur
evelting nut ko ghumao. Agar zaida tabdili karne ki zarurat hai to elevating
sleeve ko doubara tartib deni ki zarurat paregi.
FIRING
Jab LMG tripod se fire kar rahi ho to am taur par 4-5 roundon ka brust
fire kiya jata hai, lakin kabhi kabhi is se bare brust bhi fire kie ja sakte
hain. Fire karte samay yeh zaruri nahin hai butt kandhe mein ho, kewal
shist check karte samay butt kandhe mein lagaya ja sakta hai.
LMG AUR TRIPOD KE DISMOUNT KARNA
LMG aur tripod k oar ke piche lao agar LMG bhari hui ho to khali karo.
Phir mount karne ki tartib ke ulat karwai karke LMG aur tripod ko
dismount karo. Dismount karne ke bad sabhi mounting pins apni jagah par
laga deni chahie aur sabhi clamps ko doubara kas dena chahie. Akhir mein
LMG ke upar magazine charhi hui chahie.
ABHIYAS
169
Squad se mount aur dismount ka abhiyas karao.
SANKSHEP
Squad se sawal-o-jawab se.
Kamzor baton par akhri abhiyas karo.
Khud sankshep karo.
---------------------****************-------------------------------------LMG 73-87
FIXED LINE
PARICHAY: Kabhi kabhi khas ilaqe mein jahan target dikhai nahi deta,
LMG ko fixed line par laga kar fire karne ki zarurat parti hai, missal ke taur
par rat key a kohre ya dhuen ke halat mein jab dikhai na de. Aisa am taur
par defence mein kiya jata hai lakin khuck aur mauqe bhi ho sakte hai jab
LMG ko fixed line par lagana parega.
DEFENCE
Defence ki halat mein LMG ka primary task apne parosi defended post ki
raksha karna hota hai, jis se ek dusre ko mutual support de sakte hai. Is se
is baat ka yakin ho jata haiki dushman ke kam se ka do LMG ke fire ke
niche hokar guzarna parega. Fixed line defended post aur locality ke jitni
nazdeek hogi fire utna hi kargar hoga. Phir bhi kam se kam safety angle
rakhna zaruri hai.
LMG KO FIXED LINE PAR LAGANA
LMG ko tripod par mount karo yaqin karo ki tripod ki legs surakshit hain.
Jis parosi locality ki raksha karni hai us ke agle kinare par LMG ko lay
karo. Terversing arc par dekho aur LMG ko dushman ki taraf 5 degree
harkat do. Yeh kam se kam safety angle hai jis se yeh nischit hota hai ki
apni fauj surakshit hai, Is bat ka yakin karo ki line of sight ke bich koi
rukawat to nahin bai jo ka rgar fire par aur dalegi. Is ke liye sabse acha
ilaqa who hai jo am taur par chapta ho aur bich mein koi dabi hui jagah na
ho.
Jab tripod na mil sake to LMG ko improvise tariqe se fixed line par lagaya
ja sakta hai.
RANGE
Aise targaton par jinki range 600 gaz se zaida hai fixed line nahina lagan
chahie. 600 gaz tak LMG ki golian jawan ki unchain se upar nahin jati. Is
bat se yeh yakin ho jata hai ki LMG se lekar target tak fire kargar hoga.
FIRE KHOLNA
Fire kholne ke liye signal muqarrar kar lena chahie aur sab ko malum
hona chahie. LMG ka fire muqurrar kiye is signal par kholna chahie. Signal
milne par sentry ko turant fire kholna chahie, aur dusre sentry baki section
ke jawan ko jagayega aur alert karega. Ammuniation chahie, ti tadad aur
fire ki raftar pahle se hi muqrrar ki hui honi chahie aur sab ko malum hona
chahie. Isi baat ko dhyan mein rakhna chahie ki LMG ko fixed line par
lagane ka mukhya maqsad defensive fire dena chahie aur chunkih iska
milap battalion ke darje par hota hai is liye fire tabhi kargar hoga jab turant
fire khola jaye.
DI HUI HADDON MEIN FIRE KARNA
170
Tripod ka terversing aur 38 degree ki aur khabar karta hai. Tripad ke
upar LMG ko mount kar ke fire karne ka tariqa fixed line ki tarah hai, jis ar
ki andher fire dalne ki zarurat hai aur terversing arc par terversing stop ko
kas kar hasil ki jati hai. jahan par aqni fauj ki suraksha shamil hai, 5
degree ka safety angle rakhna bahut zaruri hain.
*************************************************************************
*************************************************************************
**********************************************************************
(5).9mm CARBINE MACHINE (CM)
CM 1-7
9MM CARBINE-VISESHTAIEN, KHOLNA, JORNA AUR SAFAI
171
SHURU SHURU KA KAM
Suraksha sambandhi upay ki karwai ka bayan ke sath namuna do.
Nirikshan ke liye janch sashtr ke hukam par karwai is prakar karo.
(a) Bharne ki position akthiyar karo.
(b) Agar magazine laga hua ho toh use utar kar pouch mein rakho.
172
(c) Change lever ko ‘R’ ya ‘A’ par rakhte hue cock karo aur change
lever ko dobara ‘S’ par karo.
(d) Jab kabhi hathiyar ka khud mulahiza karna ho to carbine ko
baen taraf turn karke ejection slot se dekhen aur yakin kare ki
carbine khali hai.
(e) Ustad hathiyaron ka nirakshan kare.
(f) Tamam drill cartridges aur magazines ka nirikshan ka tariqa
bataen aur nirikshan Karen.
UDDESH
Carbine machine 9MM IA ki visheshtaen, kholna, jorna aur safai sikhana
hai.
SAMAN
Carbine machine 9MM, magazine, pullthrough, chindi, tel, kapra, sling
aur bayonet.
PAHUNCH
Carbine machine 9MM ek CQB ka hathiyar hai jo ki blow back action se
kam karta hai. Is hathiyar se single shot aur brust fire kar sakte hai. Is se
pura faida uthane ke liye samay samay par durust safai ki jaye.
VISHESHTAEN
(a) Carbine ka qutar 9MM hai.
(b) Iske butt ko fold karke ya khol kar fire kiya ja sakta hai.
(c) Iski lambhai butt ko fold karne ke bad 19”(48cm) aur butt ko
kholne ke bad 27” hai(68.6).
(d) Bhare magazine aur bayonet ke sath iska wazan taqriban 3.75
kg hai.
(e) Iske magazine mein 34 round ate hai lakin 32 rounds hi bhare
jate hai.
(f) Iske upar ek blade ki shakal ka fore-sight aur ek aperture back
sight hota hai, jiske do position hai 100 gaz aur 200 gaz ke liye.
(g) Iska kargar range 30 gaz hai.
KHOLNA AUR JORNA
Baen se namuna sath napal. Kholne ke liye karwai is prakar kare.
(a) Magazine lagi ho to utaro, carbine ka nirikshan karo aur change
lever ‘S’ par karo.
(b) Bayonet aur selling utaro.
(c) Bridge block ko nikalne ke liye karwai is prakar karo :
(1)
Carbine ko baen gutne par tikao, baen hath ke anguthe
se body cap ko dabate hue catch ko ander ki taraf dabao. Butt ko
body cap ki jhiri se alag karte hue niche bitha do. Dahine hath ke
anguthe se butt plate catch ko dabate hue barrel casing ke upar
betha do.
173
(2)
Carbine ki muzzle ko baen boot ki toe par tika kar baen
hath ke anguthe se body cap catch ko dabao aur dahine hath se
body cap ko niche dabate hue gahrai ke ulte rukh gumao aur
bahar nikalo.
(3)
Change lever ko ‘R’ ya ‘A’ par lagao. Carbine ko baen hath
se aise pakro ki muzzle ka rukh thoda niche ho. Dahine hath se
cocking handle ko pakrte hue piche kincho aur bahar nikalo.
(4)
Return spring aur bridge block ko bahar nikalo (bade aur
chote spring ko alag na kiya jaye).
MAGAZINE KO KHOLNA
Magazine ka pura bhag apni taraf kaste hue magazine ko boot ki toe ya
saf zamin par tikao. Magazine ke battom plate ko stud ko kisi nokili chiz se
dabao aur spring par qabu rakhte hue plate ko bahar nikalo. Plate form aur
spring ko wahi bahar nikalo is se zaida purjon ko nahi khola jaye.
NOTE :
Magazine plate form aur spring ko tab khola jayega jab magazine ke
ander kafi garda ho ya gilla ho (aise purje ke nam aur kam batayen).
JORNA (MAGAZINE)
(Baen se namuna sath naqal). Magazine ka chota mehrab apni taraf karte
hue spring ko is tarah ander dalo ki uske upar utha hua roller baen ki taraf
ho. Baen hath se spring ko dabao aur dahine hath se bottom plate ke charo
bhag ko age rakhte hue dabao, yaha tak ki stud apni suraksha mein baith
jaye.
Bridge block
(a) Bridge block : Bridge block aur return spring ko body mein
dakhil katne se pahle yaqin karo ki cocking handle ke liye bana hua
surakh body mein banaye hue surakh ki sidhai mein hai.
Dahine hath se bridge block aur spring ko body mein dakhil
karo is par qabu rakhte hue dahine
hath se cocking handle
muda hua bhag age ki taraf karte hue surakh mein dakhil karo.
(b) Triger wale purzo par qabu rakhte hue age jane do. Change
lever ko ‘S’ par lagao.
(c) Body cap ko return spring ki side par is tarah lagao ki baen
wala lug body cap catch ki sidhai mein ho. Body cap catch ko dabao
aur cap ko niche dabate hue ghari ki sidhe rukh gumao aur zakin
karo ki baith gaya hai.
JORNE KE BAD CARBINE TEST KARNA
(a)
Change lever ko ‘A’ par lagao aur cock karo, trigger ko
dabao. Cocking handle ko pakarte hue chal wale purje age piche
karo. Is samay bina suke age piche harkat honi chahie.
174
(b)
Change lever ko ‘R’ par karkar upar likhe hue ke mutabik
karwai kao, chal wale purje piche hi rukne chahie, trigger se dabao
hatao aur dobara trigger dabao, chal wale purje age jane chahie.
(c)
Carbine ko cock karo chane lever ko’S’ par karo aur
trigger dabao, chal wale purje piche hi rukne chahie.
(d)
Chal wale purjo ko age karke change lever ko ‘S’ apr karo,
Is samay na hi cock hona chahie aur na hi trigger dabana chahie.
ABHIYAS
Squad ko abhiyas karwao, ant mein carbine ko khol kar rakho.
Firing se sahle ki safai (Bayan karo)
(a)
Rozana ki safai ki tarah saaf karo kushak karo.
(b)
Bridge block ke age wale hisse ko saaf karo.
(c)
Barrel ko kushak karo.
(d)
Magazine ko chi kushak karo.
FIRING KE BADKI SAFAI (BAYAN KARO)
(a)
Carbine ko kholo.
(b)
Barrel ko acchi tarah saaf karo aur mulahiza karo, agar
zarurat hoto ubalte pani ka istemal karo. Yad rahe ki agar fire ke
bad safai na ki jaye aur barrel mein gas ho to buldge ho sakti hai.
(c)
Barrel mein tel lagao.
(d)
Baki tamam hisson ko saf karo aur tel lagao.
(e)
Carbine ko firing ke bad lagatar teen din tak saf kiya jaye.
ABHIYAS
Pure sabaq ka abhiyas karo.
Sankshep
(a)
Squad se prashan karo aur squad ke prashan ke uttar do.
(b)
Thore shabdo mein pure sabaq ko bayan karo.
----------------------------***************************________________________
CM 8-14
MAGAZINE KO BHARNA, CARBINE KO BHARNA, KHALI
KARNA AUR FIRE KARNA
175
Shuru shuru ka kam
Hathiyar aur saman ka mulahiza karo. Ground sheet ‘L’ ki shakal
mein bichai hui ho.
Dohrai
Sabaq No. 1 par lo.
Uddesh
hai.
Magazine bharna, carbine bharna, khali karna aur fire karna sikhana
Saman
Carbine, magazine, drill cartridges, sling aur CQB targets.
Pahunch
Larai mein carbine ko tezi se bharna jawan ki zindagi ke liye utna zaruri
hai, jitna ki uske durusti se se goli fire karne mein hai. Is liye bharne aur
fire karne ki karwai itni tezi aur drusti se honi chahie, ki ek bhi second
barbad na ho.
Magazine bharna aur khali karna
(a) Yakin karo ki round thik aur saf halat mein ho.
(b) Magazine ka mulhahiza karo aur baen hath mein is prakar pakro ki
chota mehrab apni taraf ho.
(c) Magazine ko gutne, boot ki toe ya saf zamin partikate hue, dahine
hath se roundon ko ek karke magazine lips mein is tarah dakhil, ki round
ka paida age ki taraf ho.
(d) Baen hath ke anguthe se hare k round ko niche dabate hue age ki
taraf itna khiskao, ki round ka painda magazine ki diwar ke sath lag jaye.
(e) Bharte waqt roundon ki ginti karte jao. Agar koi round niche gir jaye
to usko akhir mein saf karke bharo aur akhir mein chindi lagao. Chindi
lagane ka faida yeh hai ki magazine mein miti ya garda dakhil na ho agar koi
round gir jata hai toh malum ho jaye ki magazine ka round gir gaya hai.
Magazine ko jaldi istemal karna ho to chindi lagane ki zarurat nahi hai.
176
Magazine ko khali karna :
Magazine ko khali karne ke liye
anguthe ya kaimen wali ungli se ek-ek round karke khali karo. Dhyan rahe
ki round saf jagah par gir rahe ho.
Abhiyas : Squad se abhiyas karao.
Carbine bharna, le jane ki tariqe, ready position aur khali karo.
(a) Bharna
(1)
Uthao carbine aur magazine ke hukam par dahine hath se
carbine aur baen hath se magazine uthao. Magazine ko pouch mein band
karo. Muzzle zamin ki taraf 45* ke angle par.
(2)
“Bhar position” ke hukam par bharne ki position akthiyar karo.
Is position mein dakhne ki baten- bayan paon thoda age aur baen taraf
rakhte hue tang mein kham do.
(3)
“Bhar” ke hukam par zakin karo ki change lever ‘S’ par hai.
Baen hath se magazine ko pouch se nikalo. Agar chindi lagi hai to us ko
nikalo aur upar wale round ko dekho aur magazine ko magazine housing
mein is tarah dakhil karo, ki chota mahrab age ki taraf rahe aur puri
tarah se fit karo.
(b)
Le jane ki tariqe : Carbine ko le jane ke teen tariqe hain :
(1)
Sling arm position: Sling ko dahine mein is tarah dalo,
ki barrel upar ki taraf ho aur pith se laga hua ho. Dahina hath sling par
ho. Is ke ilawa sling ko dahine kandhe mein is tarah dalo ki barrel ka
rukh niche aur magazine bahar ki taraf ho.
(2)
Mala ya har position :
Sling kogale mein is tarah dalo
ki barrel baen taraf aur magazine baen bagal mein aa jaye. Is position se
carbine ko asani se kafi dur tak le ja sakti hai.
(3)
Tol shashtra position :
Yeh thik rifle ki tarah hai. Is
surat mein magazine thik ran ke samne hota hai.
Khali karna :
Agar fire karne ki zaruratna ho, ya hukam mile “Khali
kar” to karwai is tarah karo :
(a) Kalmen wali ungli ko trigger se hatao.
(b) Change levar ko ‘S’ par lagao.
(c) Magazine catch dabate hue magazine utaro aur pouch mein band
karo.
(d) Change levar ko ‘A’ ya ‘R’ par karo. Yakin karo ki chamber mein
round nahi hai. Purjo par qabu pate hue trigger dabao. Phir cock karo aur
trigger dabao.
(e) Carbine thik ki report do.
Fire karna
(a) Jab dushman thodi dur ho ya samaye ijazat de, to carabine ko tezi se
kandhe mein le jao. Sighton ka istemal karte hue shist lekar fire karo.
177
(b) Jab dushman nazdik ho to carbine ko battle crouch position mein le
jao, is position mein dakhne wali baten, age wali tang mein kham ho aur
chote se chota position banao. Sidhai hasil karo aur fire karo.
Stop aur make safe :
Agar fire karte karte hukam mile “Stop” to
trigger par se ungli hatao. Magazine badly karna ho to badly karo, nahin to
agle hukam ka intezar karo. Jab thori der ki liye fire na karna ho ya hukam
mile “Make safe” to karwai is prakar karo.
(a) Kalmen wali ungli trigger se hatao.
(b) Magazine ko utaro aur pouch mein bandh karo.
(c) Carbine ko clear karo.
(d) Carbine lever ko ‘S’ par lagao.
(e) Carbine par bhara hua magazine pouch se nikal kar charao, koi shak,
khali kar, line tod.
Abhiyas
Isi kam ka aur phir pure sabaq ka.
Sankshep
(a) Sawal-o-jawab se.
(b) Acche jawano ka namuna dikhao.
-------------------------********************---------------------------------------------178
CM 15-22
TURANT UPAY AUR ROKON KO DUR KARNA
Shuru shuru ka kam
Hathiyar aur squad ka mulahiza kar.
Durusti
Sabaq No. 2 par kholne jorne aur khali karne par, akhir mein magazine
bhare hue .
Uddesh
Turant upaye aur rokon ko door ki sikhlai dena hai.
Saman
Carbine machine, 9mm magazine, drill cartridges sling aur CQB targets.
Pahunch
Agar carbine shuru se fire na kare ya fire karte karte ruk jaye, to doubara
fire shuru karne ke liye turant upay kiya jaye. Is ke liye har jawan ko is
kabil hona chahie ki who tezi aur drusti se rokon ko dur karke fire shuru
kar sake. Sabak Ak ko Do bhagon mein sikhaya jayega.
Turant upaye
179
Agar carbine shuru se hi fire na kare ya karte karte ruk jaye, to
carbine rukne ka in mein se koi karan ho sakta hai :
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Khali magazine.
Unfit magazine.
Body ki rok.
Misfire.
Chamber mein mota round.
Agar carbine shuru se fire na kare ya fire karte ruk jaye, to karwai is
prakar kao : Carbine ko bhar position mein lao, kalmen wali ungli ko trigger
se hatao. Carbine ko cock karo. Baen taraf turn aur ejection slot se dekho
aur yeh karwai is tarah se karo :
(a)
Khali magazine hi rok :
Agar magazine aur chamber donon
khali hon, to khali magazine utare aur dusra bhara hua magazine chara kar
fire shuru karo.
(b)
Unfit magazine ki rok :
Agar magazine bhara ho aur
chamber khali ho, to magazine ko pura fit karo aur fire shuru karo.
(c)
Body ki rok :
Agar magazine mein rok ho to carbine dahine turn
karo, hilao, yakin karo ki khali cash ya round bahar nikal gaya hai aur fire
shuru karo.
(d)
Chamber ki rok :
Agar chamber mein mota round ho to
carbine ko upar 45* ke angle par karte hue, dahine turn karo aur zor se
hilao. Agar round na nikale to magazine ko utaro, age wale paon ko piche
lao. Ejection slot aur magazine housing ki sidhai mein dekho, ki 10gaz ki
doori tak koi jandar chiz to nahi hai. Phir carbine ko kandhe mein le jao.
Dono hathon se pistol grip ko pakro. Sir ko piche karo aur target ki taraf fire
karo. Dobara fire karna ho to bhar ki karwai karo aur fire jari karo.
(e)
Misfire :
Agar round misfire ho jaye to cock karo aur fire jari
rakho.
Abhiyas :
Rokon ko door karne ka jab. Jab jawan ejection slot se
dekhta hai to hukam is prakar hoga.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Khali magazine.
Unfit magazine.
Body mein rok.
Chamber mein mota round.
Misfire.
Rat ke waqt turant upaye
Rat ke wat agar carbine fire karte karte ruk jaye ya shuru se hi fire na
kare to turant upaye kis tarah se kiya jata hai iska namuna dekho :
Namuna : Agar carbine shuru se hi fire na kare ya fire karte karte jaye
to karwai is tarah karo :
(a) Kalmen wali ungli trigger se hatao.
(b) Carbine ko cock karo.
180
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Change lever ko ‘S’ par lagao.
Kneeling position akthiyar karo.
Ejection slot ko hath se tatol kar rok ko malum kao.
Rok ko sikhe hue tariqe se door karo, fire jari karo.
----------------------------------********************-------------------------------------
CM 23-34
CQB ROLE MEIN CARBINE (IWT)
Bandobast
Training ka ilaqa lagbag 2 00 gaz khula ho taki jawan harkat kar sake,
ilaqe mein chupao wali jagah ho taki demo tps dushman ka kam kar saken.
Dushman ke fire ko blank rds, ya bicat strep se jahir kiya jaye, har jawan ke
pas carbine, magazine, bayonet aur sling hona chahie.
Shuru shuru ka kam
(a) Sqd ki ginti groupon mein bant.
(b) Hathiyar ka mulahiza.
(c) Comouflage our coneelment.
Uddesh
CQB Role mein carbine ki handling mein aur bhi abhiyas dena hai.
Hidayaten
Ustad class ko saqab ke anusar zaruri hidayaten batayen. Dushman ke
tps our fire jahir karne ki karwai batao.
181
:
Jor dene wali baten
Sabaq ke dauran in in baton par jaida dhayan diya jaye
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Field craft aura r ka istemal.
Target ko khojna.
Gutham gutha ki larai karna.
Hathiyar ki roken door karna.
Larai ki halat
Class ko apne aur dushman ke bare mein khabar batao. Dushman ki
karwai aur apne task batao.
Yad dilao
Class ka dhyan sabaq ki or lane le liye FC aur hathiyar se sambandit 3 ya
4 sawal puchhen :
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
CQB se ap kya samajte hai.
Carbine ko CQB ka sab se accha hathiyar kyun mana jata hai.
Field craft se ap kya samajte hai.
Turant upaye se kin kin rokon ko door kiya ja sakta hai.
Sankshep
Class ko kharab batn ke bare mein samjhao, taki dobara galtiyan na
Karen.
*************************************************************************
*************************************************************************
**********************************************************************
182
(6).AKM (
CODE-AKM)
AKM 1-16
RIFLE AK-47 SE WAQFIAT, KHOLNA, JORNA
KA TARIQA
AUR SAFAI
183
Parichay
Rifle AK-47 insergency ilaqe mein kafi behtar hathiyar hai, ek jawan ko is
rifle ki dekhbal karne ke liye zarurai hai ki who rifle ko kholna aur jorna
achi tariqe se janta ho. Taki rifle ki samay samay par dekh bal kar sake.
Uddesh
Rifle AK-47 se waqfiat, kholna, jorna aur safai ka tariqa sikhana hai.
Bhag-1 Rif AK-47 se waqfiat
Technical Data
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
Lambai
-874mm.
Lambai butt gold - 645mm.
Barrel ki lambai
- 414 mm.
Grooves
-4 Right hand twist.
Sight radius
-378 mm.
Muzzle velocity
-715 mtr/sec.
Weight empty rif
-3.15 kg.
Weight filled rif
-4.6kg.
Weight empty mag. -322 gm.
Weight filled mag. – 827gm.
Round capacity
-30 rounds.
Rate of fire single shot
-40rounds per mint.
Rate of brust fire
-100 rounds per mint.
184
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
Rate of cyclic
Bore
Principle
Locking
Effective range
-600 rounds per min.
-39mm,7.62 mm.
-Gas selective fire.
-rotating bolt.
-400mtr.
Rif AK-47 ko kholte samaye dhyan mein rakhne wali
baten :
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Sab se pahle yakin Karen ki rifle khali hai.
Rifle ko tartib mein khola jaye.
Chote hisse purjo ko sab se last mein khola jaye.
Rifle ko kisi saaf jagah par khola jaye.
Kholna :Sab se pahle mag catch ko dabate hue mag ko utaren, uske
bad bayonet stud ko dabate hue bayonet ko alag Karen. Scabbard aur
bayonet blade ko alag Karen. Sling ko khole rifle ko cock Karen. Cock karne
ke liye change lever ko’R’ par Karen piston extension ko khole, isko kholne
ke liye retainer catch ko dabate hue body cover ko bahar nikalen. Retainer
catch ko dabate hue push Karen aur returning spring ko bahar nikalen.
Cocking handle se dabate hue piston extension ko piche khinche aur bahar
nikalen. Piston extension se rotating bolt ko alag kar de. Axis pin ko bahar
nikalte hue extractor ko khole aur firing pin bahar nikale.
Jorna
Rifle ko samaye dhyan mein rakhne wali baten.
(a) Agar ek se zaida rifle khuli hai to Regd no. mila lena chahie.
(b) Yadi chote chote hisse purje khule hai to pahle unhe jor liya jaye.
(c) Jo purja sabse bad mein khola hai use sabse pahle jora jayen. Jorne
ke liye sabse rotating bolt aur bolt carrier ko joren, uske bad cylinder tube
ko joren. Locking catch ko niche baithate hue piston extension ko jorne ke
liye piston head ko cylinder tube mein dakhil karte hue piston ko niche
dabaen aur aag dhakelen. Body cover ko age ki taraf milatte hue niche
bithayen jis se retainer catch piche ki taraf nikal ayega. Sling ko lagayen.
Bayonet ko lagan eke bad rifle ko cock Karen aur trigger ko dabaen. Ant
mein ma ko chara de.
Bhag-3 Safai ka tariqa
Barrel ko saaf karne ke liye pulthrough ki zarurat parti hai. Pulthrough
mein 10X7.5 cmsize ki chindi dal kar safai Karen. Tab tak saaf Karen jab
tak rifle achi tarah se saaf na ho jaye. Cylinder ko saaf karne ke liye rod
mein brush aur chindi lagakar saaf Karen. Saaf ho jane ke bad tel laga dena
chahie. Chote hiss eke ilaqe ki safai baki hathiyaronk ki tarah Karen. Gas
cylinder ko kholne ke liye cylinder locking catch ko 90* mein khada Karen.
Cylinder tube ko piche se upar uthate hue bahar nikalen. Firing pin ko
khone keliye axis firing pin ko bahar nikalen, firing pin kholne ke bad
extractor locking pin ko kholen. Oil lagan eke liye 10X5 cm chindi istemal
Karen.
Sankshep
185
Rifle AK-47 ki sahi dekhbal karne ke liye jawan ko rifle kholna, jorna aur
safai ka tariqa malum hona chahie.
----------------------------*************************----------------------------------
AKM 17-31
AK-47 KE MAGAZINE BHARNA, RIFLE KA BHARNA, SIGHT
LAGANA, READY, FIRE, MAKE SAFE AUR KHALI KARNA
Parichay
Ek jawan ko Rif AK -47 ko kholna, jorna aur safai karne ka tariqa sikh
lena hi kafi nahi hai, balki is rifle se bharpur faida uthane ke liye tezi ke
sath magazine ko bharna, rif ko bharna, sight lagana, ready, fire, make safe
aur khali karne ka tariqa bhi ana chahie. Yeh karwai tabi sambhav hai jab
jawan ne achi squad post trg pai ho.
Uddesh
Rif AK-47 ke mag ko bharna, rifle ka bharna, sight lagana, redy, fire,
make safe aur khali karna.
Bhag-1 Rif AK-47 ke mag ko bharna aur khali karna
Is rifle se bagair rim wala amn fire kiya jata hai. Ek carton mein 20
rounds aur 35 cartoon mein ek box mein pack ho kar ate hai. Zaruri hai ki
amn ko dhup, name aur barish se bachaya jaye. Rounds ko cartoon se
nikalen aur samay ke lihaz se ek ek, ya do do, ya char char rounds ek sath
safai kiya jayen, Dhayan rahe ki ek sath adhik rounds ki safai kiya jar aha
ho to rounds apas mein ragar na khayen. Rounds ko saaf jagah par rakh de.
Magazine ko bharna
Magazine ko len aur magazine ka nirikshan Karen, magazine ki body
kahin se dabi ya pichki hui to nahi hai, platform aur spring sahi kaam kar
raha hai, magazine lips zarurat se zaida dabe ya khule to nahi hai aur
bottom plate aur stud thik jagah set hai. Agar in mein se kisi bhi prakar ki
kami ho to aise magazine ko istemal mein na layen, dusremagazine ko le
aur usi prakar nirikshan Karen. Yakin Karen ki magazine sahi hai.
Bharne ke liye magazine ko baen hath ki charon unglian bahar se
angutha khare rukh mein karte hue is prakar pakro ki magazine ka lamba
mehra bahar ki taraf ho. Magazine ko support ke liye ground sheet, boot ki
toe a anguthe ke upar rakhe. Dahine hath se munasib round ko le
aurungalian aur anguthe ke madad se round ko magazine platform par rakh
186
do ab baen hath ke naguthe se round ko niche dabao aur dahine anguthe se
age ki taraf tab tak dhakelo jab tak rounds ka painda ki ginti karliya jaye.
Agar bharte samay koi rounds gir jayen to us ko saaf kar ke akhir mein
bhara jaye. Magazine ko jaldi istemal na karna ho to akhir rounds ko chindi
laga kar bhara jaye jis se do faide hai.
(a) Rounds girne se pata chalta hai.
(b) Magazine ke andher dhool aur garda jane se bachao hota hai.
Is prakar is magazine mein 30 rounds hai aur 30 rounds hi bhare jate
hai.
Magazine ko khali karna
Magazine ko le baen hath ki charon mehrav zamin ki taraf rakhte hue kisi
nokili chij se har dusre round ke Madhya mein dabaen, akhiri rounds ko
khali karne ke liye magazine platform ko dabaen, rounds nikal jayega.
Dhayan rahe rounds ka girao saaf jagah par ho. Khali karne ke liye agar
rounds ka istemal kar rahe ho to ek do rounds ke bad badly kiya jaye.
Bhag-2 Sight lagana aur range hasil karna
Rif AK-47 ke upar sighting system ki subhida di gayi hai. Jisse hum alag
alag range mein dushman ko engage kar sakte hai. Is ka fore sight pole
type aur back sight ‘U’ type ka hota hai.
Open sight ke hisse purje ken am nimn prakar se hai :
(a) Fore sight assembly
(1)
Fore sight tip.
(2)
Locking nut.
(3)
Fore sight protractor.
(b) Back sight assembly
(1)
Bed
(2)
Slide.
(3)
Plunger.
Range lagana
Is rifle rear sight ke bed mein ek se lekar 10 tak ank khude hue hai. Sam
ank baen aur visham ank dahine taraf hote hai jo ki 100 mtr se 1000 mtr ke
range ko jahir karta hai. Range lagane ke liye dahine hath ke ungli aur
anguthe se plunger ko dabate hue slide ke age wale hise ko munasib range
ke lakir ke sath adjust kiya jata hai.
Bhag-3 Rifle ko bharna, Ready, Fire, Make safe aur
Khlai karna
Jab rifle bhari magazine ho aur change lever’S’ par ho, to rifle bhari mani
jati hai. Jab rifle cock ho, chamber mein rd ho aur change lever ‘R’ par ho to
rifle ‘Ready’ mani jati hai.
Jab rifpar khali magazine ho chamber mein rd na ho, change lever ‘S’ par
ho to rifle khali mani jati hai.
Rifle ko bharna
187
Jab firer ko target dikhai de ya trg ke dauran adesh mile ‘Bhar’ to karwai
is prakar Karen. Change lever ki position ‘S’ par Karen. Magazine catch ko
dabate hue khali magazine ko utaren, pouch mein rakhe. Pouch mein se
bhari hui magazine nikale aur mulhiza karte hue magazine bay mein dakhil
Karen. Yakin Karen magazine thik laga hai. Pouch ka button band Karen
aur baen hath ko fore head gd par le jayen.
Ready
Jab firer fire karne ka irada rakhta ho, tgt dikhai de ya trg ke dauran
adesh mile ‘Ready’ tokarwai is prakar Karen. Change lever ko ‘R’ ya ‘A’ par
Karen. Dahina hath se rifle ko cock Karen. Butt kandhe ka milap Karen.
Kalmen wali ungali trigger par rakhe aur agle adesh ka intezar Karen.
Fire karna
Alag alag halation mein nikalne wale tgt par akargar fire ki kabiliyat ke
lihaz se is rif ko banaya gaya hai. Is rif se kism ka fire kiya jata hai.
(a) Single shot.
(b) Burst fire.
Single shot
Single shot fire karne wale ke liye change lever ki position ‘R’ par
Karen . Durust shist lekar trigger ka ppahla khinchao hasil Karen. Ab
kuch sec ke liye sans roke aur durust sight alignment aur sight picture
hasil Karen uske bad pura dhyan fore sight tip par lao aur dhire se dusre
khinchao ko bhi hasil karo gli fire ho jayegi. Is prakar ek min mein 40
rds fire kar sakte hai.
Stop
Fire ke dauran tgt ilaqe mein achan koi jandar vastu nikal aye ya trg
ke dauran adesh mile ‘Stop’ to karwai is prakar Karen.
Kalmen wali ungali ko trigger se bahir nikalo. Rifle ko niche ‘Bhar’
position mein lao aur change lever ki position ‘S’ par karo. Agar magazine
badly karne ki zarurat ho to magazine ki badly kare.
Go On (jari kar)
Samne wale ilaqe se jandar vastu hat jaye ya trg ke dauran adesh mile
‘Go on’ to change lever ko pahle wali position par karo, butt kandhe ka
milap Karen aur fire mein shamil Karen.
Brust fire
Brust fire mein change lever ki position ‘A’ par hoti hai. Jab ek bar
trigger ko press karne se do ya usse adhik fire hote ho to use brust fire
kehte hai. ‘Stop’ aur ‘Go on’ ki karwai hu-ba-hu single shot fire ke tarah
hi hai. Is prakar ek minute mein 100 rds fire kar sakte hai.
Make safe
Jab bhari hui rifle ek jagah se dusri jagah le jana ho ya trg kr dauran
adesh mile ‘Make safe’ to karwai is prakar hogi.
(a) Kalmenwali ungali ko trigger se alag Karen. Rifle ko ‘Bhar’ position
mein layen.
(b) Magazine ko dabate hue magazine ko utaren, pouch mein rakhe.
188
(c) Rifle ko dahine turn karte hue do bar cock Karen aur trigger press
Karen.
(d) Change lever ko ‘S’ par Karen.
(e) Bhari hui magazine ka mulhazia karte hue rifle par charha de.
(f) Zamin par gire hue rds ko uthayen, saaf Karen aur dusre magazine
mein bhar de, magazine ko pouch mein band Karen.
Khali karna
Khali karna ke hukam par make safe ki karwai Karen, par akhir mein
bhari mag ki jagah khali magazine chara de.
Sankshep
Larai ke maidan mein AK-47 rifle ki pura faida lene ke liye jawan ko
tezi ke sath bharna, khali karna, ready aur fire karna ana chahie.
Sabaq par sawal
Q1. Rifle AK -47 ke magazine mein kitna rds ate hai ?
Q2. Rifle AK-47 ka back sight kis type ka hota hai ?
Q3. Brust fire ke dauran change lever ki position kahan hona chahie ?
----------------------------------*******************--------------------------------------
AKM 32-34
AK-47 ASSAULT RIFLE KI CHAL , ROKEN AUR
FOURI ILAZ
Shirshak
Vishay
Prashiks
han
upkaran
Samay
189
Shuru
shuru ka
kam
Dohrai
ddeyash
Pahunch
Tartib
Class ki ginti va bant, Hatiyar evam Rifle
saman ka nirikshan.
jodiyon
mein ek
Rifle
AK-47 assault rifle ki shista ka khula
hua va ek
kayada class se prashna puche.
rifle ka
receiver
cover
utara
huaa Rifle
cock ki
ho.
Magazine,
drill
cartridge
tatha
pointer.
01-02
Min
Is path ki samapti ke pastchat
prashiksharthi AKM assault rifle ki
chal , padne wali roke tatha unko
dur karne mein saksham honge.
Agar jawan ko rifle ki chal malum
ho to rokon ke sabab malum karma
aur unhe dur karma aasan ho jata
hai. Isiliye jaroori hai ki har jawan
rifle ki chal janta ho taki jarurat
padne par rokon ko aasani se dur
kar saken.
03-04
Min
Tadaiv
02-03
Min
04-06
Min
Tadaiv
Yah sabab aapko tartibwar sikhaya
jayaga.
Rifle
chal
ki Rifle ki chal 8 action mein puri hoti
hai. Iska macenical Saftey lock
aulock va safety siyer hai applied
safety fire selector hai.
1- Fire
2- Unlock
3-Extrator
4-Ejector
5-Feed
6- Load
7- Lock
8- Cock
Rifle ki
Fire selector , Trigger hammer, Pin
chal mein
firing , Pin returner , Chamber wale
kam aane
round ka penda gas went, gas
Tadaiv
06-08
Min
Tadaiv
08-10
Min
190
wale hisse
purjon ka
nam
Fire
Unlock
Extract
Eject
cylinder, Gas Escape hole, piston
hade, path ve, locking lag, Rear cap
wheel, Extractor, Receiver rocks,
Hammer head ve, Recoil spring,
Housing, Feed Pecs, Magazine ke
upar wala round, Bullet
guide,
Chamber, Safety seer
ki noch,
Hammer ka katav, Trigger seer aur
safety seer relayaser.
Fire-Fire selector ko firing position
par karke jab trigar dabate hai va
trigger sear ka milap toot jata hai.
Jisse hammer apne access par
ghum kar firing pin returner par
thokar marta hai. Jisase firing pin
apne hole se nikalkar chamber wale
round ke pende par thokar matrta
hai jisase goli fire ho jati hai. Action
fire ka hota hai.
Unlock:- Goli fire hone par gas paida
hoti hai,paida hui gas bullet ko
barrel mein aage dhakelte hai jab
bullet gas vent ke pass se gujarti hai
to kuch gas gas went se hokar gas
cylinder mein dakhil ho jata hai.
Yah gas piston head par dabav dalti
hai. Jisase receiver piche ki harkat
karta hai.
Receiver ki piche ki
harkat ke douran rotating bolt ka
guide lag path ve ki madad se dayen
se baen itna ghum jata hai ki
rotating bolt ka guide leg rear
capable se front capable mein aa
jata hai. Jissse rotating bolt ka
locking leg dahine se baen ghumkar
body locking mein recesses se alag
ho hata hai. Karyawahi unlock ki
hoti hai.
Extract -unlock hone ke bad
rotating bolt bhi receiver ke sath
pichhe ki harkat karta hai. Esi
dauran extractor khali kesh ko
pakad kar cahimbar se bahar khich
kar lata hai action extract ka hota
hai.
Eject - jab chal wale purje ki piche
ki harkat ke dauran risiver roks
hammer ko pahle thora niche daba
deta hai ekse bad hammer head
Tadaiv
10-12
Min
Tadaiv
12-14
Min
Tadaiv
14-16
Min
Tadaiv
16-18
Min
191
Feed
Load
Lock
Cock
Fouri ilaj
va roken
hammer ko piche dabate huye piche
piche jata hai jisse sefty siyar ki
nose hammer ka katav se milap ho
jata hai aur returning spring apne
housing me pura sama jata hai eki
dauran fire kes ejector se takra kar
ejection slad ki raste se dahine va
niche gir jata hai yah action eject ka
hota hai.
Feed
%& Jab chal wale purje
magazine ke upar wale round se
piche jata hai to magazine spring
round ko upar dhakelta hai jisse
magazine ke upar wala roun feeding
ke taiyar ho jata hai. Jab retrnig
spring apne tanav ko pura karti hai
to risiver va rotating bolt aage ki
harkt karti hai jisse rotating volt ka
feed pice magazine ka upar wale
round ko chamber me dakhil kar
deta hai yah action feed ka hota hai.
Load - Jab round chamber me
achchhi tarah baith jata hia to
rotatig bolt ki aage ki harkat puri ho
jati hai extector ron ki rim par saver
ho jata hai action load ka hota hai.
Lock - Jab rotatig bolt ki aage ki
harkat puri ho jati aur risiver ki
harkat baki rah jati hai jab risiver
aage ki harkat ki dauran rotating
bold ka guide leg path ve ki madad
se baye se dahine ko ghum kar
prant capable se riyar capable me
aa jata hai. Sath hi rotating bolt ka
locking body locking resij me fash
jata hai action lock ki hoti hai.
Cock - Receiver ki akhiri harakat ke
dauran safty sear releser sefty siyar
ko aage dhakelta hai jisse sefty
siyar aage va niche dab jata hai
jisse safty sear ki nose ka hammer
ke katav se milap toot jata hia sath
hi triggar siyar aur hammer siyar se
milap ho jata ha rifle fire ke liye
taiyar ho jati hai action cock ki hoti
hai.
Fouri ilaj va roken- Agar rifle ki
safai va dekhbhal thik prakar se ki
jay to roken bahut kam padti hai.
Tadaiv
18-20
Min
Tadaiv
20-22
Min
Tadaiv
22-24
Min
Tadaiv
24-26
Min
Tadaiv
26-31
Min
192
Agar roke pad bhi jay to use fore ilaj
se door kar sakte hai.
Namuna
Bhar Position ‘Bhar’ 200 guj samne
target fire Rifle shuru se hi fire na
karen ya fire karte karte ruk jay
karyawahi fouri ilaj ki is prakar
karen. Trigger se kalme wali ungli
alag kare rifle nice laye cock karke
cocking handle par kabu pate huye
baye turn kare, agar magazine khali
hai to dusri bhari magazine
chadhaye va fire jari kare (khali
magazine)
Mulaija karne par agar magazine
bhari hui hai aur chamber se round
eject hota hai to chal wale purje
aage jane de eject huye round ke
pende ka mulaija kare agar roun ke
pende par chot hai to rifle ko fire me
shamil kare (Fouri ilaj va roken-)
Mulaija karne par agar magazine
bhar hui hai aur body me case ya
jinda round hai to rifle ko dahine
turn kare hilaye cesh ya roun nahi
nikalta hai to cocking handle ko
chhodh de magazine ko uttar de va
chal wale purjo ko aage pichhe ki
harkat kare aur yakin kare ki round
nikal
gaya
hai,
bhara
huya
magazine lagaye,cock kare, fire jari
kare ( body ki rok)
Akhr me khali kar ki karwahi kare.
Jab aadesh milta hai .
Rifle thik fire karta rukta es
aadesh par jawan rifle ko cock kara
hya aur ejection slot se mulaija
karta hai
a.) Magazine khali chamber khali
(khali magazine)
b.) Magazine bhara eject huya
round (mis fire)
c.) Magazine bhara body me case
ya round (body ki rok)
Annya roken:Agar batai gai rokon ko dur karne
ke baad bhi rifle fire na kare to
annay roken ho sakti hai jo nimmna
prakar hai.1- Magazine spring ka kamjor ho
193
Ratri ke
douran
fouri ilaj
va roken
door
karne ka
tarika
Abhyas
Sankshep
jana .
2- Magazine lips close yak hula
huna.
3- Extract ya eject ka na hona.
4- Firing pin ka toot jana.
5- Purjon ka aazad harkat na karna.
6- In rokon se bachne ke liye fire se
phale in purjon ko badli kar de.
Sashtra balon ke kuch ek abhayan
karne hote hai jo ratri ke douran hi
pure kiye jate hai.
Jawan un
abhiyano mein bagh le rahe hote hai
us wakt karyawahi ki dawaran
hatayar mein padne wali roko ke
door karna hota hai. Is ke abbhayas
karne ke bad prashiksarthi uprokt
karyawahi karne mein saksham
honge.
Ratri ke douran nimmnalikhit
binduo ke anusar karyawahi karen.
1- Fori ilaj va annay roko padne par
din ki taraha hi karyawahi.
2- Fori ilaj ki jariye roken door
karne ke liye jawan hatiyar aawaz
ko jahir na hone de.
3- Ratri ke samay fori ilaj karte
samay nailing position akhtiyar
karen.
4- Purjon ko tatol kar ke he purjon
ko pahachana jaay.
5- Annya roken padne par purjon ki
toot- foot ko ungliyao ki sahata se
pata lagaye aur purjo ki badli karen.
Sathe hi rifle ko fire mein samil
karen.
6- Rifle thik fire karta khali kar.
Class ke jaowan chal aur rokon ko
door karne ki karyawahi karenge.
Class mein di jayi sikhalai ki
yuddha ke maidan mein fire karte
samay AKM assault rifle ki chal aur
rokon ke bare mein bayan, namuna
va abhyas mein ki si jawan ko koi
shak ya sawal hai to puch sakte
Tadaiv
31-34
Min
Tadaiv
34-39
Min
Tadaiv
39-40
Min
194
hai.
*************************************************************************************
*************************************************************************************
**********************************************************************************
(8).51 mm MORTAR (MOR)
MOR 1-4
51 MM MOR AUR DIAL SIGHT SE WAQFIAT KARANA HAI.
195
196
TARTIB
S,NO
SHURU
1.
SHURU
KA
KAM
2.
3.
DOHRAI
TEACHING POINTS
(s) Class ki ginti
Deton mein bant
.
(t) Hathiyar aur
saman ka
nirakshan.
(u) Bandobast ki
karwai.
Q1. 2” Mor ka kam
se kam aur ziada se
ziada kitna range
hai?
A. 180 Mtr se 480
Mtr ya 200 se
525 gaz hai.
Q 2. 2” Mor mein
range kis prakar se
hasil kiya jata hai ?
A. Angel se range
hasil kiya jata hai,
PAHUNCH 51 mm Mor ko hamari
sena
mein 2” Mor ki
jagah par laya gaya hai.
TRG
AIDS
As per
trg aids
list
TIME
REMARKS
01 01 Ustad khud
karenga.
01 02 Class ko 2”
Mor ke bare
mein sawal
puchhen.
01 03 Pahunch
sabaq se
sambandhit
197
2” Mor
mein kuchh
kamiyan thi in kamiyon
ko dur karke 51 mm
Mor ko diya gaya hai.
Sath hi range lagane ke
liye Dial Sight bhi diya
gaya hai jisse ham range
hasil karte hain.
4.
UDDESH
51 mm Mor ka aam
bayan aur dial sight ki
visheshtayen ke bare
mein jankari dena hai,
5.
SAMAN
51 mm Mor, 2” Mor,
Dial Sight, Spare part
wallet, pointer stick.
6.
BHAGON
MEIN
BANT
Bhag -I 51 mm
Mor se waqfiat.
Bhag -II Dial Sight
se waqfiat.
7.
BHAG –I
51 mm Mor se
waqfiat.
(a) Wt
–
4.88 Kg + siling
and muzzle cover
(b) Barrel
2.14 Kg
5.460 Kg
(c) Base
2.74 Kg
(d) Lambai
670 mm
(e) Barel ki lamba540 mm
(f) Kutter - Low –
51.18 mm High 51.28 mm
(g) Barrel ki life 51.75 mm
(j) Muzzle velocity 107 m / per sec
(k) Rate of fire
Normal – 8 Bomb
( 3 Min)
ho.
01 04 Do bar
bataya
jayega.
As per
trg
aids.
01 05 Saman ko
point karke
batayenge.
Sabak ko
01 06 tartibwar
chalane ke
liye.
51 mm
Mor,
10 16 Bayan ke
2”Mor
sath bataya
Pointer,
jay.
Ground
sheet.
198
(l)
Rate of fire Tej
- 12 Bomb ( 3
Min)
(m) Muzzle cover &
sling - 300 Gm
(n) Carrying strap
- 280 Gm
HE Mk – I - 180 Mtr se
850 Mtr HE Mk – II 180 Mtr se 850 M
HE Mk – I CH- I 180 M
se 850 M HE Mk – II –
CH-I 200 M se 750 M
HE Mk – I CH- II 600
M se 850 M HE Mk – II
– CH-II 750 M se 1080
M
(m) Breach case ki
lambai - 190
mm
(n) Chaurai
- 110 mm
51 MM Mor aur 2” Mor
mein Antar
(i)
51 mm Mor ka
upper wala
bhag bell type
ka hai.
(ii) 51 mm Mor
coular bracket laga
hai. Jis mein dial
sight fit kiya jata
hai.
(iii)Dial sight ki
suvidha hai.
(iv)Barrel nut catch
mein antar hai.
(v) 51 mm Mor ki
lambai jaida hai.
(vi)Firing lever muda
hua hai.
(vii) Firing mech
mein antar hai,
(viii) Base plate
chaura hai.
(ix) Barrel ke
threads bahar hai.
Accessories
199
(i)
Screw driver
– 6 x 100 mm
(ii)
Screw driver 4 mm
(iii)
Spiner double
– 100 x 100
mm’
(iv)
L N Key
- 5 mm
(v)
Box spinar
- 24 mm
(vi)
Spinar double
- 17 x 19 mm
(vii) Can oil
(viii) Bore cleaning
brush.
(ix)
Box spare part
Spare part box
(i)
Firing Pin
(ii)
Firing spring
(iii)
L N Key
(iv)
Striker gaze
(v)
Wing Nut
Note :- Ek bomb
extantion key atte
hai. Jab barrel ziada
garam ya ganda ho
jaye to misfire bomb
barrel mein phans
jata hai. us ko
nikalne mein kam
aata hai,
8,
ABHYAS
Bhag I ka class se
abhyas liya jae, abhyas
sawal jawab dwara kiya
jae.
As per
trg
aids.
10 26 Class se
abhyas
karwaya
jae.
9.
BHAG-II
Dial Sight se Waqfiat
1. Weight
- 350 gm
2. Dia
- 125 x 110
mms
3. 2” Mor
mein
rangelagane
ke
liye
angle aur degree ka
istemal kiya jata hai.
Dial
sight ,
Pointer
stick
12 38 Digram ki
madad se
samjheyan.
200
Lekin 51 mm Mor mein
dial sight ki suvidha
hone ke karan range
hasil
kiya jata hai, is
dial
sight per range
lagakar tgt kae upper
bomb ko giraya jata hai,
Range lagakar bomb ko
lambe range tak dala ja
sakta hai.
Dial Sight ke Hisse
(i)
Housing’
(ii)
Housing
bracket
(iii)
Bracket screw
(iv)
Range scale
(v)
Polothern plate
(vi)
Wing nut
(vii) Sprit buble.
(viii) Crusser line.
(ix)
Locking Nut.
Note :- Is per do radio
active
sign hote hai.
agar sight tut jati hai to
iske
najdeek wale
jawan ko 15 min ke
andar urinal ke janch
karna chahiye aur ziada
pani peena chahiye.
Dial sight ko polothen
mein pack karen aur
Wksp mein bhaj den.
10.
SANKSHEP
Q. 1.
51 mm Mor
mein base plate hone se
kya faida hai ?
Ans.
Ret ya mitti
mein mor ko ghusane
se rokhata hai.
02 40 Pratyek
bhag se ek
sawal
poochhna
zaruri hai.
Q. 3.
Dial sight ka
kya faida hai?
Ans.
Sahi range
lagakar tgt ko barbad
kiya ja sakta hai.
------------------------******************************-------------------201
MOR 5-12
MORTOR KA KHOLNA JORNA AUR SAFAI
SHURU SHURU KA KAM
Squadka nirikshan karo aur unko batao, jaise ki baki hathiyaron ko
istemal karne se pahle unka nirikshan kiya jata hai, isi tarh 50.8 mm
mortor ko bhi istemal karne se pahle nirikshan kar lena zarurai hai.
Niriksan kaise kiya jata hai, isi ko ap dekhenge.
Tariqa : Muzzle cover ko utaro, barrel ko thoda upar karte hue dekho ki
barrel mein koi chiz to nahi hai aur yakin hone par muzzle cover laga do aur
khade ho jao. Bayan karo ki jab bhi 50.8mm mortor ko liya jaye ya sabaq
shuru hone se pahle hamesha nirikshan kar lena chahie.
DOHRAI
Mortor ki visheshtaon par sawal-o-jawab.
Uddesh
50.8 mm mortor ka kholna, jorna aur safai karna sikhna.
SAMAN
50.8 mm mortor ki safai ka saman, combination tool aur wrench EM 50.8
mm mortor.
PAHUNCH
50 .8 mm mortor, platoon commander ka apna top khana hai. Yeh sidha
sda hathiyar hai magar iska fire bahut kargar hai. Iska zaida se zaida range
480 mtr hai mortor ko ek hi jawan asani se le ja aur fire kar sakta hai.
Halakin is mein kam karne wali team mein am taur par do jawan aur ek fire
ka rukh badalne aur us par qabu rakhne wala detachment commander hota
hai. Is se 5 qism ke bomb fire kiye jate hai. Healing bomb ke mar dalne wala
202
ilaqa bomb ke phatne ki jagah se 8 mtr casuality area 150 gaz aur danger
are 250 gaz 250 gaz charon taraf hai.
BHAG-1 KHOLNA AUR JORNA
(a) Kholna : Muzzle cover ko utaro aur baen hath ke anguthe se
barrel catch ko niche aur piche dabao. Ab dahine hath se barrel ko
ghari suiyon ke ulte rukh ghumao (agar dusre qism ki barrel hai to us
ko ¼ charkar baen se dahine ko do aur barrel ko alag kar do).
Commbination tool lo (Agar combination tool na mile to, chabi ka bhi
istemal kiya ja sakta hai). Steel pad fixing screw ko baen hath se steel
pad par qabu rakhte hue, do ya teen chakar dahine karo. Steel pad,
fire pin aur firing pin spring ko nikal do. Yad rahe mortor ko isse
zaida nahin kholna chahie.
(b) Hisse purjon ke man : Muzzle cover, barrel, carring handle,
barrel locking threads, breech piece, lever, lanyard, spade base plate,
shoes, firing pin spring, firing threads, pin bush hole, steel pad aur
fixing screw.
(c) Jorna : Jorne ke liye kholne ki tamam karwai ulat karo. Firing
pin ka mota hissa niche dalte hue lagao aur phir spring dalo. Steel
pad ko laga do. Steel pad ko baen hath se qabu rakhte hue,
combination tool se steel pad fixing screw ko kas ho. Barrel ko jorne
ke liye “Safed line” ka khyal rakhte hue, barrel ko ¼ dahine rakho. Ab
gahrai ki sion ke ruk ghuma kar kas do. (Agar dusri qism ki barrel hai
to uski “safed line” ¼ dahine rakhte hue dahine se baen ¼ chakar
ghuma do). Yakin karo ki barrel thik jur gayi hai, muzzle cover ko laga
do.
(d) Abhiyas : Kholne ka (akhir mein ek mortor khuli rakho).
BHAG-2 SAFAI
(a) Am safai
(1) Larai ke maidan mein rozana saf karte rahna chahie, chahe fire
kiya ho ya nahi. Agar mortor kotte mein hai, to hafte mein 1 bar zarur
saf kiya jaye. Barrel ko rod par brush lagakar, rod ka istemal karna
chahie, iske bad rod aur chindi jis par halka tel laga hua ho, use saf
karo, phir khushak karo, (barrel ki safai ke liye mortor ko munasib
jagah par rakho aur rod ko upar se dalna chahie). Achi tarah safai ho
jane ke bad, barrel ka mulhazia karo. Yakin hone par rod se barrel
mein tel laga do. Barrel ki churion ko bhi achi tarah saf karo. Steel
pad, firing pin aur spring ko tel lagao, saf karo aur khushak karo aur
phir tel lagao aur baqi puri mortor par rang kiya hua ho, to garda
mitti saf karo. Yad rahe ki agar rogan kiya hua hai to tel mat lagao.
(2) Abhiyas : Mortor ki safai karao ( akhir mein mortor khuli rahne
do).
(b) Fire se pahle ki safai : Fire se pahle barrel, firing pin ko
khushak karo. Barrel ke ilawa jor do :
203
(1)
Firing pin test : Steel pad ko qabu rakhte hue, steel pad
par koi kargaz ya patta ya angutha lagakar lanyard kincho aur
yakin karo ki kagaz aur patte mein surakh ho gaya hai, agar
anguthe par karwai ki jaye to yeh mehsus hona chahie ki anguthe
par chot lagi hai.
(2)
Agar firing pin jam ho gaya ho to bomb barrel mein dalte
hi fire ho jaye ga. Yad rahe ki agar barrel khuli hai to lever ko
dabane se pahle steel pad par dabao rakho. Agar aisa na kiay to ho
sakta hai ki firing pin ko edhar udhar thokar lage aur toot jaye ya
teda ho jaye.
(3)
Abhiyas : Jawano se abhiyas karao.
(c) Firing ke dauran ki safai: Firing ke dauran jab bhi mumkin ko
barrel ko khol kar steel pad ki safai karni chahie. Cartridges ke bache
khuche chote chote kale rang ke garre steel pad par girte rahte hai
aur unki ek the ban jati hai, agar unko saf na kiya jaye to ho sakta
hai ki firing pin cartiradge par chot na laga sake aur bomb mis ho
jaye.
(d) Fire ke bad ki safai : Fire ke bad “am safai” Ki tarah hi mortor ki
safai karni chahaie lekin barrel, steel pad, firing pin aur spring par
khas dhyan do. Barrel ko garam pani mein dalkar saf karo, agar
barrel par rang na kiya hua ho to barrel ko kisi bartan mein bhi
kholte hue pani mein dalkar saf kar sakte hai. Safai hone ke bad
mulhazia aur tel lagakar rakhni chahie.
Abhiyas : Sawal-o-jawab aur abhiyas karo.
SANKSHEP :
(a) Sawal-o-jawab se.
(b) Sabaq ki tartib dohrao.
-----------------------------------****************------------------------------------
MOR 13-17
MOR KE BOMBON KI PAHCHAN, VISHESHTAYEN AUR CHAL
204
Parichay
Har detachment ke jawan ko mortor se zaida se zaida faida uthane ke liye
zarurai hai ki who bombon ke bare mein achi tarah jankari hasil Karen, har
ek jawano ko mor ke bambon ke bare mein jankari honi se,hone wale
hadson se bachaya ja sakta hai.
Uddesh
51 mm Mor ke bambon ki pahchan, visheshtayen aur chal.
Saman
Sabhi prakar ke dril bomb, ground sheet.
Pehchan aur visheshtayen
Pahchan : Body par kiye hue gahre badami rang ko dekhkar aur uske
gird lal rang ki dharian ko dekh kar pehchan ki ja sakti hai ki yeh ek HE
bomb hai. HE bomb do prakar ke hote hai. HE MK-1 aur HE MK-2. Pahchan
ke liye bomb ki body par MK-1 ya MK-2 likha hua hota hai.
Visheshtayen
(a) Technical Data
(1)
Weight – 980+ or -25 kg
205
(2)
Lambai - 270mm
(3)
Fuse DA No. 161 M-III (M-I)
(4)
Visphokat mishran - RDX/WAX
(5)
Range
(aa) Min - 180M
(ab) Max - 850 M
(ac) HE MK-I
(aaa) CH-I - 180mtr – 600mtr.
(aab) CH-II - 600mtr - 850mtr
(ad) HE MK-II
(aaa) CH-I – 200mtr - 750mtr
(aab) CH-II -750mtr -1080 mtr
(6)
Rate of fire
(aa) Normal - 8 bomb per min.
(ab) Intense – 12 bomb per min.
(7)
Effective lethal area - 11mtr radius.
(8)
Danger area - 80 M
HE BOMB KI CHAL
Hisse purzon ke naam
: Body, safety cap, safety pin retaining ball,
wind shield, detent, detent spring, striker, striker spring, shutter
mechanism, shutter spring, bress disk aur magazine.
Bomb ki chal
(a)
Aam halat :
Am halat mein bomb par dekhne wali baten yeh hoti
hai ki safety cap laga hota hai. Jis ke upar chipkane wala phita laga hota
hai. Safety pin retaning ball ko apni jagah rok kar rakhta hai. Detent spring
ko wind shield se laga kar rakhta hai. Retaining ball striker ko rok kar
rakhta hai aur striker spring daba rahta hai. Striker point shutter ko dur
rakhta hai aur detonator striker ki sidh mein nahi ata. Fire se pahle safety
cap aur safety pin ko nikal diya jata hai.
(b)
Fire hone par :
Fire hone par bomb kafi pressure ke sath barrel
se nikalta hai aur bomb ke harkat karne wale purje set back se dhake se
piche harkat karte hai. Detent niche ki taraf harkat karta hai aur tircha
channel khul jata hai. Detent spring dab jata hai. Striker bhi dhake se thora
niche dab jata hai jis se retaining ball azad hokar tirche channel mein gir
jata hai.
(c)
Armed hone par :
Jab set back se Dhaka samapt ho jata hai
to detent, detent spring ki takat se upar ki taraf harkat karta hai aur wind
shield ke sath lag jata hai. Jis se tircha channel band ho jata hai. Ab
retaning ball dobara apni jagah par wapis nahi ja sakta. Isi dauran striker
spring ki madad se striker upar ki taraf harkat karta hai aur wind shield ke
lag jata hai. Jab striker upar ki harkat karta hai, shooter azad ho jata hai.
Shooter spring apna tanav pura karta hai aur shooter hinge pin par
206
ghumkar detonator thik striker point ki sidh mein aa jata. Ab bomb armed
ki halat mein hota hai.
(d)
Takrane par :
Jab bomb uran mein apni sabse zaida height par
pahunch jata hai to bomb niche ki taraf ata hai. Zamin par takrane se wind
shield dab jata hai, striker apne spring ke barkhilaf harkat karta hai. Striker
point par chot marta hai, jis se dhamake ki tarang paida hoti hai. Yeh trang
septum se hokar CE stemped mein aag lag jati hai. Jis se CE pallet dhamake
ke sath phat jata hai aur bomb ke tukre tukre ho jate hai.
Bagh-2
Smoke bomb se jankari
Yeh apni fauj ki harkat ke dauran aimed fire se bachane ke liye ya
dekhbal se bachane ke liye dhuyan ka parda banane mein istemal hota hai.
Pahchan
Upar se fuse nahin hota hai. Rang hara hota hai aur bomb ki body par
smoke likha rahta hai.
Technical Data
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
Weight - 980gm.
Lambai - 283 mm.
Min rg - 180 mtr
Max rg
- 850 mtr
Duhyan dene ka samay - 2min
Rate of fire - HE ki tarah
Max dia
- 50.8 mm
Filing weight - 450 grm
Muzzle velocity – 110 M/sec
Smoke bomb ke mukhya hisse
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Nose cap.
Delay pallet.
Priming composition.
Closing disc.
Tail unit.
Gun powder.
Chal :
Fire hone se chingari paida hota hai. Chingari closing disc se gun
powder mein aag laga deta hai. Aag phir gun powder mein jati hai aur isi
jala deti hai, jisse delay pallet jal jata hai. Delay pallet ke jalne se priming
composition aur smoke composition aag pakar leta hai aur bomb dhuyan
dena shuru kar deta hai. Yeh closing disc ke dawrabahar nikalta hai.
Note : Bomb ko aag lagane wale purje bomb ke base mein hote hai aur
carts bomb ko dhakalne ke ilawa aag lagane ka kam bhi karte hai. Delay
plate ki wajah se dhuyan 6 sec tak bahar nahi nikalta hai.
207
Bhag -3 ILL bomb se jankari
Yeh rat ke samaye mein roshini dene ke kam ata hai. Yeh bomb safed
rang ka hota hai. Iske upar stencil se ILL likha hua hota hai.
Technical Data
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Weight - 925gm
Time of illumination - 35sec
Mean Luminosity - 2.5 lakh candla
Rate of descent
- 3 M/sec
Pt of burst zamin ke upar
- 150 + or -30 M
Range - 900 M
Illumination ka area - 400 mtr Dia.
Chal : Fire hone se carts se chimgari paida hoti hai jo ki closing disc se
guzarkar delay charge se hoti hui gun powder ke bursting charge ko aag
laga deti hai. Isse flare paida hota hai aur flare para ke sath laga hota hai,
flare aur para jab bomb se bahar nikalta hai to parachute jaldi hi khul jata
hai aur flare udke niche hawa mein latakne lagta hai, sath hi roshini dene
lagta hai.
Sankshep
51mm mortor ke bombon se waqfiat hone se bombon ka sahi istemal kiya
ja sakta hai aur sath hi sath bombon ki chal ki jankari hone se hone wale
hadson se bacha ja sakta hai.
-----------------------------********************---------------------------------------
MOR 18-25
BOMBON KO FIRE KE LIYE TAIYAR KARNABHARNA, KHALI
KARNA FIRE AUR MISFIRE
KA TARIQA SIKHANA .
208
S,
NO
1.
TAR
TIB
TEACHING POINTS
SHU
RU
SHU
RU KA
KAM
(v) Class ki ginti
Deton mein bant .
(w) Hathiyar aur
saman ka nirakshan.
(x) Bandobast ki
karwai.
2.
DOH
RAI
3.
PAH
UNCH
Q1. 51 mm Mor ka
wazan kitna hai?
B. 4.88 Kg.
Q 2. 51 mm Mor ki
barrel ki lambai kitni
hai. ?
A.
540 mm.
Q 3. Dial sight 102A
ka wazan kitna hai?
A. 350 gm.
51 mm Mor ek Pl cdr ka
topkhana hai. is ko ek jawan
aasani se handling kar sakta
hai agar No 2 hazir hai to
tej mor fire mewin madad
de sakta hai ek mor det is
kabil hona chahiye ki tgt
TR
G
AIDS
TIME
R
EMA
RKS
As
per
trg
aids
list
02
02
Ni
raks
han
class
se
karw
aya
jai.
01
03
Pic
hale
saba
q se
dohr
ai le
jai.
01
04
Pa
hunc
h
saba
q se
sam
band
209
par mor ko acchi tarah lay
kar sake aur fire kar sake
sath hi misfire hone per teji
se karwai kar sake.
4.
6.
UDD
ESH
Bombon ko fire ke liye
taiyar karna , bharna,
khali karna, lay fire aur
misfire ka tariqa sikana
hai.
SAM
AN
51 mm Mor, Dial Sight,
Drill bomb, 9 mm CMG,
mag, Fig 11 tgt, easel, black
board, Ground sheet.
BHA
GON
MEIN
BANT
hit
aur
chot
a saf
ho.
As
per
trg
aids.
Bhag -I Fire se
pahle Bombon ko taiyar
karna.
01
05
Do
bar
bata
ya
jayeg
a.
01
06
01
07
Sa
man
ko
point
kark
e
bata
yeng
e.
Sa
bak
ko
tarti
bwar
chala
ne ke
liye
bhag
on
mein
baat.
.
06
13
Bhag -II Firing posn,
Bharna aur Khali karna.
Bhag –III Lay aur fire
karna.
Bhag –IV Misfire par
karwai.
7.
BHA
Fire se pahle Bombon ko
G -I
taiyar karna Bag canvas se
bomb tube ko nikalen, tube
se bomb ko niklayen, bomb
ki body ka nirakshan karen
ki body dabi to nahin hai.
Agar koi nuqus ho to bomb
ki badli karen aise bomb
ko istemal mein na laya jai.
Dusre bomb ko len aur
check karen agar bomb thik
hai to karwai is prakar
51
mm
Mor,
Bag
canva
s,
Drill
Bomb
Ba
yan
ke
sath
nam
una
diya
jay.
210
karen.
(a) Retaining cap ko tight
karen, chipakne wale fite ko
nikalen safety cap utaren,
agar No 1 akela bhar aur
fire ki karwai kar raha ho to
safety pin ko bhi nikalta
hai. Agar No 2 hazir ho to
safety pin
ko bharne se
pahle nikalata hai.
(b) Bomb utane hi taiyar
karyen jitna zarurat ho.
Dhyan rahe ki
bomb ka
safety cap nikalane se nose
ke upar nami ka asar ho
sakta hai, is liye bomb fire
karne se pahle
kuchh
samay pahle hi taiyar kiya
jaye. Jin bombon ka safety
pin nikala gaya ho un
bombon ko fire kiya jaye ya
blind
kar diya jaye. Jin
bombon ko pack kar rahe
hon un bombon ke nose ko
saaf karke pack kiya jaye.
8,
ABH
YAS
Class ka bombon ko
taiyar karna ka abhyas
karwaya jae.
9.
BHA
G-II
Firing posn, Bharna aur
Khali karna 51 mm Mor
se ek hi posn se fire kiya
jata hai.
(i) Kneeling Posn. Yeh
posn mor fire karne ki liye
assan hai aam taur par
hum isi posn se
hi fire
karte hain. Is posn mein
dhyan mein rakhane wali
nimna baten hain :-
51
mm
Mor
bag
canva
s,
Drill
bomb.
51
mm
Mor,
Drill
bomb,
Groun
d
sheet.
05
18
Ab
hyas
ke
daur
an
galtiy
an
ko
dur
kiya
jai.
10
28
M
or ko
mou
nt
karn
e se
pahl
e
zami
n ka
211
(a) Dahine ghutna
kafi dahine ho.
(b) Baen hath ki
kohanui ghutane ke
andar ya bahar ho.
(c) Boot
ka toe
base
plate
ke
madhaya mein.
(d) Mor No 2 No-1
ke dahine taraf posn
lega taki bharane ki
karwai aasani se kar
sake.
51 mm Mor ko bharna
Sabse pahle mor ke upar
se muzzle cover ko utaren
aur mor ke andar dekhen
agar No 1 akela hi bharne
ki karwai kar raha hai to
taiyar kiye bombon ka tail
unit niche ki taraf karte
hue barrel mein dakhil
karen dhyan rahe bomb
ko barrel
mein dakhil
karne ke lie jabardasti na
ki jaye. Bomb
dalne ke
baad mor ko hilayen taki
bomb steel pad per thik se
baith jaye.
Note Agar No 2 bhar ki
karwai kar raha hai to tab
bomb barrel mein teen
chauthai dakhil ho jaye
tabi safety pin ko nikaylen
aur dono
hathon
ko
niche ki taraf teji se laen.
nirak
shan
karn
a aur
nlrlk
shan
karn
e ki
jarur
at
kaha
n
parti
hai
class
ko
bata
na.
Khali Karna
Agar fire
karne ki jarurat na ho ya
addash mile
khali kar to karwai is
prakar karen mor ko daen
ki taraf karte hue dahine
hath ko muzzle
par
rakhate hue bomb ko
nikalta hai aur agar No 2
ho to tail unit wala bhag
212
No 2 ki taraf karte hue No
2 deta hai, aur No 1 muzzle
cover ko lagata hai.
.
.
10
11
as
Abhy
BHA
G-III
Class ka bharne aur
khali karne ka abhyas liya
jaye.
Lay aur fire karna. Mor
ko tgt par sahi align karne
ko lay kahte hai. Lay karte
samay tgt, mor ki safed line
aur firer ka sir ek sidh
mein hona chahiye. Lay ki
karwai
mor ko harkat
dekar kiya jai jab NO 1 ko
yakin ho jata ki mor ki
safed line aur tgt ek sidh
mein hai, to No 1
on
pukarata hai. No 2 apne
sathyan se khara hota hai,
aur lay ko check karta
hai. Agar correction dena
ho to correction deta hai,
aur up pukarata hai.
Fire Karna. Mor ko fire
ke liye
lever ki dori ke
andar aur anguatha pura
lever ke upar , lever ko
dabate samay jhatake se
na dabaya jai. Jis se ki
bomb ki elevation
mein
farak pare. Lever ko dabate
samay dhyan sprit bubble
par ho, agar correction
dene ki zarurat
ho to
correction dekar fire karen
agar tgt barbad ho gaya ho
to dismount mor karen ya
addesh mile bina fire khali
kar.
51
mm
Mor,
dial
sight,
CMG,
mag,
drill
carts,
bomb,
Fig –
11 tgt,
Groun
d
sheet.
10
38
10
48
Cl
ass
ke
shak
ko
dur
kary
en.
Ja
b No
1 on
puka
rta
hai
to
daen
hath
lever
par
hota
hai
aur
corre
ction
karn
a ho
to
daae
n
hath
se
base
plate
ko
utha
te
hue
daen
aue
baen
hark
et
deta
hai.
Sqd
213
.
.
12
ABH
YAS
13
BHA
G – IV
Class ko lay aur fire
karne ki karwai par abhyas
liya
Trg
aids
pura
layout
kiya
hua.
09
57
51
mm
Mor,
Drill
bomb,
CMG,
(i)
Firing pin ka tuta drill
ya ghisa hona.
carts,
(ii)
Steel pad par
Fig 11
dhatu aur gas ka jama
tgt.
hona.
(iii)
Retaining cap ka
dhila hona.
(iv)
Bomb ka steel pad
per thik na baitha hona.
(v)
Carts par koi
naqus hona.
(vi)
Kisi purje ka
tuta hona.
10
67
Misfire par karwai.
Misfire hone ke karan :-
post
trg
ke
daur
an
lever
ko
na
dabh
ayen
balki
bom
b
pukr
yen.
Sh
ak
aur
sawa
l ko
dur
kiya
Mi
jaye.
sfire
hone
ke
kara
n
class
ko
bata
ya
jai.
Ba
yan
ke
sath
nam
una
dena
.
Namuna Class ke det se
mor ko bhar aur lay tak ki
karwai karwaya jai. Ustad
No – 1
ki haisiyat
se
namuna
de. Lever ko
dabane se bomb fire na
ho ya trg ke dauran hukam
214
mile fire nahin, to NO –1
mor ko hilata hai, aur lever
ko dobara dabata hai, is
prakar dobara lever ko
dabane se bhi fire no ho
ya adesh mile fir fire nahi,
to NO –1 khali karte hue
No –2 ko misfire deta hai.
NO –2 dusra bomb bharta
hai, agar dusra bomb bhi
fire na ho ya addesh mile
fir bhi fire nahi to No – 1
khali kar ki karwai karta
hai. No –2 dono bombon ko
hatheli par
rakhate hue
carts ko check karta hai,
aur cart per kam chot ya
chot na ho to steel pad ko
kholen aur firing pin aur
spring ko chick kiya jata
aur steel pad ki bhi safai ki
jaye, Bad mein misfire ko
blind
karke barbad kiya
jaye.
.
14
ABH
YAS
Class ko misfire ki
karwai par abhyas kiya
jaye abhyas ke liyte addesh
is prakar se honge :(ii)
(ii)
(ii)
nahin
.
15
SAN
KSHEP
Fire nahin
Fir fire nahin
Fir bhi fire
Q. 1. Jin bombon ka
safety pin nikala gaya ho
unko kya karna chahiye ?
Ans.
Fire ya blind ke
taur per barbad kiya jai.
Q. 2.
Lay kise kahate
hai?
Ans.
Tgt, Mor ki
safad line aur firer ka sir
ek sidh mein karne ki
karwai ko lay kahte hai.
Pur
a trg
aids
layout
kiya
hua.
11
78
Ab
hyas
ke
daur
an
galtiy
an
ko
dur
kare
n
02
80
Sa
bhi
bhag
on
se
jarur
i
sawa
l
puch
e
jaye.
215
Q 3.
Misfire hone ke
karan kya hain?
Ans .
(i) Firing pin ka
tuta ya ghisa hona.
(ii) Steel pad
par dhatu aur gas ka jama
hona.
(iii) Retaining
cap ka dhila hona.
(iv) Bomb ka
steel pad per thik na
baitha hona.
(v) Carts par koi
naqus hona.
(vi) Kisi purje
ka tuta hona.
-------------------------******************-------------------------------MR 26-33
51 MM MOR SE DIRECT AUR INDIRECT FIRE KARNE KA
TARIQA SIKHANA
S,
NO
TAR
TIB
TEACHING POINTS
1.
SHU
RU
SHU
RU KA
KAM
(y) Class ki ginti
Deton mein bant .
(z) Hathiyar aur
saman ka nirakshan.
(aa)
Bandoba
st ki karwai.
2.
DOH
Q1. Fire se pahle mor ko
RAI
lay karna kyon jaruri hai?
C. Durust sidhai hasil
karne ke liye.
Q 2. Bomb ka
retainer cap dhila hone
se fire par kiya asar
T
RG
AID
S
A
s
per
trg
aids
list
TIME
RE
MAR
KS
02
02
Nir
aksh
an
class
se
karw
aya
jai.
02
04
Pic
hale
saba
q se
doteen
sawal
216
hoga. ?
puch
hkar
dohra
i
ki
jai.
A.
Bomb misfire hone
ka andesha ho sakta hai.
Kyoin ki carts ke cap tak
firing pin nahi pahunchata
hai.
3.
4.
PAH
UNCH
51 mm Mor ek Inf Pl ka
area weapon hai. Is hathiyar
mein dial sight ki suvidha
hai. Jis se hum najar ane
wale
aur najar nahi ane
wale dushman ke uper un
sthanon
se bhi
fire dal
sakte hai, jahan par flat
trajectory wale hathiyaron
se fire nahi dala ja sakta
hai. Is par No –1 aur No –2
team ke taur par kaam
karte hain. Is se hum bhin –
bhin haltaon mein direct aur
indirect fire dal sakte hain.
UDD
51 mm Mor se direct aur
ESH
indirect fire karne ka tariqa
sikhana hai.
01
05
Pa
hunc
h
saba
q se
samb
andhi
t aur
chota
saf
ho.
01
06
Ud
desh
ko
dohar
aya
jayeg
a.
Sa
man
ko
point
karke
batay
enge.
5.
SAM
AN
51 mm Mor, Dial Sight,
Drill bomb, 9 mm CMG,
mag, Fig 11 tgt, easal, black
board, auxiary aiming
mark, Ground sheet.
01
07
6.
BHA
GON
MEIN
BANT
Bhag -I Direct fire
karne ka tariqa.
01
08
7.
BHA
G -I
Bhag -II Indirect fire
karne ka tariqa.
Direct fire karne ka
5
tariqa. Jab ek mor det tgt 1
12
20
No
2 ke
217
ko dekate hue tgt ke uper
mor lay karke hawa ka huk
rakhate hue sprit bubble
ko madhya
mein rakhte
hue fire karta hai use direct
fire kahte hai.
(a)
Direct fire mein
mor det, tgt ke beach
kisi prakar ki rukawat
jaise crest, makan adi
nahi hona chahiye jis se
ki bomb ki uran mein
badha pare.
(b)
Jahan tak ho
sake direct fire hamasha
low angle
se karna
chahiye, jisse ki bomb ki
uran mein hawa ka
pratirodh kam hota hai.
(c) Tirechi
hawa
bomb ko tgt se dur
le jati hai.
Note :- Ustad No –1 ka
kam kare No –2
ki liye
class se ek student ko
bulayen.
mm
Mor
,
dial
sigh
t,
Dril
l
Bo
mb,
Fig
11
tgt.
kam
ki
liye
class
se ek
stude
nt
bulak
ar
khud
No 1
ka
kam
karke
namu
na
den.
Namuna :- Mor det
samane dekh, 400 m
maidan ke baen kinare
par dushman ka LMG
post, barbad karange
HE Mk- I CH – I se, Mor
det kneeling posn isse
jagah mount mor , HE
bhar, lay, aur fire. Yadi
No – 1 fire karne ka
nishchay karta hai to
bubble ko madhya mein
rakhate hue lever ko
bina jhakte se dabata
hai, bomb fire ho jata
hai, agar correction
dene ki zarurat ho to
correction deta hai, nahi
to khali kar sqd post
training ke dauran drill
bomb khali kar.
218
8,
9.
ABH
YAS
BHA
G-II
Class ka direct fire
karne par abhyas
karwaya jae.
Indirect fire karne ka
tariqa Jab ek mor det
bina tgt ko dekhe apni mor
ko kisi kudrati ya banavati
nishan ki madad se lay
karke hawa
ka huk
rakhate hue tgt ko barbad
karta hai to is prakar ke
fire ko Indirect fire kahte
hai.
(a)
Indirect fire us
halat mein
kiya jai
jabki tgt kisi imarat,
crest
ya pahari
ke
pichhe ho, aur bomb ko
tgt par
khare rukh
girane ki zarurat ho.
(b) Angle hamesha
seedai satah se lena
chahiye.
(c)
Indirect
fire
mein yadi low angle se
crest clearance na ho
raha to high angle se
fire karna chahiye.
(d)
Indirect fire us
samay dala jata hai jab
firer tgt ko na dekh raha
ho, lekin tgt ki disha ko
acchi tarah se janta ho.
5
1
mm
Mor
,
Dril
l
bo
mb,
Gro
und
she
et,
aux
illar
y
aim
ing
mar
k.
10
38
St
udan
t ko
board
ki
mada
d
dwar
a
samj
haya
jae. .
Tariqa Mor det ko axis
of advance milane par wah
fire aur move ke tariqe se
crest line tak jata hai aur
ilaqe ko scarch karta hai.
Det Cdr hukam deta hai
mor det samane dekh 750
m ek goal darket, darket 6
baje dushman ka LMG
post, barbad karange HE
Mk – I CH – II se mor posn
crest line se pahle 25 gaz
dabi zamin dono piche ate
hai, bhar lay ki karwai
219
karte hai. No-2 crest line
par line of fire se 15 – 20
gaz dahine ya bahen crest
ke sath posn leta hai aur
fire ka adesh deta hai aur
mor ko dekata ha. Yadi
correction dena ki zarurat
para
to
munashib
correction dekar tgt ko
barbad
kiya jata hai.
Correction dene ka tariqa is
prakar se hai :(i) 500 gaz tak ke range
ke liye age piche ke liye 50
m dahine aur baen ke liye 5
dgree ka
koi corrcection
nahi diya jata hai, agar
range 500 gaz se adhik hai
to uper niche 50 m aur
dahine baen 3 degree ke
liye koi correction nahi di
jata hai.
(ii) 1 degree se 1000 gaz
per 17 gaz ko cover karta
hai.
(iii) 1 degree se 500 gaz
per 17/2 = 8.5
gaz ko
cover karta hai.
(iv)
51 mm Mor area
wpn hai teen se char bomb
fire karke tgt ko barbad
karte hai.
(v)
1 HE Bomb ka mar
dalne ka ilaqa 11 m from
point of burst se hai.
(vi)
5 degree cover
karega 5 x 8.5 gaz = 42.5
gaz.
(vii)
22 gaz.
1 HE cover karega
(viii)
2 HE cover karta
hai 22 gaz x 2 gaz = 44 gaz
( Approx area barbad hoga)
220
Auxiliary Aiming Mark
Method Aise nishan jinhe
banawati taur par taiyar
karke unaki madad se tgt
ko barbad kiya jata hai.
Unhe
auxillary aiming
mark
kahte hai. Jaise
lakari,
pather,
thatha
bayonet etc.
Parantu
control store
ka istemal
kiya
ja
raha
ho
to
dismount ki halat mein
wapas lena chahiye.
Bayan Jab firer ko tgt
na dikhai de raha ho aur
tgt ke asspass koi kudrati
ya banawat nishan bhi
maujud na ho to hum in
banawati nishaon par mor
ko lay karke tgt ko barbad
karate
hain. Auxillary
aiming mark lagate samay
dhyan mein rakhne wali
batyan :(i) Back
ground
se milta julta ho.
(ii) Sky line par
na lagaya jayen.
(iii)
jai.
Mujbuti se lagaya
(iii)Lagane wala
dushman ko na
dikhai de.
(iv) Pahle auxillary
aiming se dusra auxillary
aiming mark itna duri par
lagaya jai ki lagana wala
No –1 auxillary aiming
mark aur tgt dikhai de is
tarah se adhik sidhai
hasil hogi.
(v) Control item ka
istemal kiya ja raha ho
to dismount mor par
wapas lena chahiye.
221
Tariqa ( ustad No 2 ka
kaam karen) Class ko axis
of advance den. Class
samane dekh sabse uncha
ped class ka axis
of
advance.
Class
advance.Jaise hi crest ke
pass
pahunchte hain
shakhat fire ka adesh den.
Puri class crawl karke
crest par pahunch jati hai
aur search karen. Cdr ya
NO –2 fire ka order den.
Mor det 450 m ek bara
patther dushman ka LMG
post barbad karenge HE
Mk- I CH – II se. Mor posn
20 m piche mount mor.
Cdr ya No –2 ( Yadi cdr nahi
hai to ) auxiliary aiming
mark lagane ke liye crest
par hi rahe. No –2 crest
par aar ke mutabik posn
leta hai, aur tgt aur No –1
ko dekhta hue ek sidhai
mein karte
hue NO –1
auxiliary
aiming mark
lagata hai. Fir itna piche
akar No-2 auxillary aiming
mark lagata hai, ki use
tgt bhi dikhai de. Yon kahe
NO 1 mark aur tgt ko ek
sidh mein rakhte hue itna
pichhe ata hai ki tgt asani
se dikhai de aur dusra
aiming mark lagayean. Abh
No – 2 ya cdr crust par
line of fire se dahine ya
bahyen is se 20 gaz duri
per
posn
len jis se ki short fall ke
nukshan se bacha ja sake
aur No –1 ko bhar aur fire
ka adesh den. Yadi bomb
tgt par gir jata hai to bomb
on tgt mor fire ka adesh
den aur No-1 ki madad ke
liye
Piche ayega. Our
use
222
bharne aur khali karne
mein madad
kareaga.
Dusra
crust
par
mar
dekhane ki liye jayega. Tgt
bardad
hone par
tgt
barbad dismount mor ka
adash dega. ( Abhyas ke
dauran drill bomb khali
kar) yadi bomb tgt par na
gire
to piche
sikhe
tariqe se correction dekar
barbad
karaga ant mein
dismount mor par auxillary
aiming mark bhi wapas
layaga.
as
.
10
Abhy
SAN
KSHEP
Class ko direct aur
Indirect fire karne mein
thata subsidierly aiming
mark chune aur auxillary
aiming mark lagana ka
abhyas karwaya jai.
Q. 1. Direct fire kon se
angle se achchha aur
kargar sidh hota hai ?
Ans.
Low angle se.
Q. 2.
Direct fire tgt
par kis surat mein dakla
jata hai?
Ans.
Jab firer tgt ko
dekh raha ho aur unke
bich No –1 koi rukawat na
ho.
Q 3.
Indirect fire
karne ke koan – koan se
tariqa hai?
Ans .
(i) Subsideraly
aiming mark.
(ii) Auxillary
aiming mark.
10
38
02
80
Sa
bhi
bhag
on
se
jaruri
sawal
puch
e
jaye.
-------------------------------****************---------------------------223
MOR 34-39
MOR DET KA KAM AUR FIRE NIYANTRAN
SHURU SHURU KA KAM
Mortor aur carbine ka nirikshan karo.
Dohrai
Sabaq 5 par sawal aur jawab se.
UDDESH
Mortor detachment ke kam, position lane ki drill aur fire niyantran karna
sikhana hai.
Saman
Mortor, drill HE bomb, upyogi utility pouch, box holder, jis mein faltu
purje aur dusra zarurat ka saman ho.
PAHUNCH
Sidha aur prakash fire dalne ke liye jawan mortor chalane ki drill jan
chuke hai, ab jawan mortor det ke ek sadasye ke roop mein is sikhlai se
kam le, jawan yeh achi tarah samaj le ki mortor det mein jawan ki khm
nischit nahi hote un se koi sa kam karaya ja sakta hai. Isliye who hark am
ki jankari Karen.
Detachment ki banabat
Standard
Yeh banabat maidani ilaqe ke liye lagu hai aur is mein sirf mortor det cdr
aur no. 1 hote hai. In dono ke pas niminlikhit saman hota hai :
(a) Det cdr.
(1)
Carbine bayonet ke sath.
(2)
Bhara hua carbine magazine.
(3)
2 bombs carrier (6 HE 6 sank).
(b) Mortor no. 1
(1)
50.8MM Mortor.
(2)
Pistol 9 mm.
Modification ‘M’
Yeh banabat har ilaqe mein lagu hai. Is banabat mein mortor no. 2 ko
shamil kiya jata hai, taki det apne sath zaida ammuniation utha sake,
standard banabat mein jis par det cdr aur mortor no. 1 saman authorized
hai. Modification ‘M’ mein bhi usi prakar uthate hai mortor no. 2 ka saman
niminlikhit hai :
(a) Rifle7.62mm SLR.
(b) Bhare hue magazine.
(c) 2 bombs carrier (6 HE 6 Sank).
MORTOR KO UTHA KAR LE JANE KA TARIQA
Advance ke dauran lambha rasta taye karne ke liye mortor ko asani se ek
jagah se dusri jagah uthkar le jane ke liye char taiqe hai :
(a) Trail yani ek hath mein mortor aur dusre hath mein container.
224
(b) Mortor kandhe par aur container trail position mein.
(c) Mortor seling arms aur container trail position mein.
(d) Mortor aur container ek seling mein bandh kar kandhe ke upar
se latkai hui.
DETACHMENT KA KAM
Det cdr ki pahli zimmewari yeh hai ki jo hukam use mile hai aur fire
dalne ka jo kam use karne hai uske anusar bh mortor ki position chune
who ek ya ek se adhik dusri position mortor ki pahli position se kak se kam
50 gax (45.72mtr) ke faisle par ho.
Namuna dekar samjao.
Det cdr par pahunchte hi no.1 aur no.2 ko aisi jagah le jaye jahan se who
target ya nishan bindu ko achi tarah dekh sake. Jawan ko zor dekar samjao
ki har mouke par sabdhani barti jaye, aur is bat ka pura dhayan rakha jaye
ki dushman to nahi dekh raha hai, a bar se det cdr mortor position banane,
sath hi dusri position aur untak pahuchane ke raste bhi samja de, phir who
fire kiye jane wale bomb ki qism range aur kon ke bare mein hukam dega,
jaise HE Smk load 40* uncha kon.
Agar sahayak sishan bindu ki zarurat hai to det cdr unhe position mein
lagaye, iske bad who no. 2 ko hidayten dekar khud chipi hui position mein
chala jaye aur wahi se who mortor se fire dalwayen aur fire par niyantran
rakhe.
No. 1 ka kam bhi mortor ki dekhbal karna aur fire dalna hai, yeh bhi
dekho ki chuni hui position (objective) ke raste mein koi choti ya moti chiz
to nahin hai agar, aisa ho to woh det cdr ko suchna de.
No. 1 ka pahla kam hai ki who no.1 ko lagatar gola barudh supply karta
rahega. Agar is kam ke liye us ki zarurat nahi hai toobserver ya mumkin
bachao ke kam par tainat kiya ja sakta hai, agar fire bahut tez raftar se
dalna hai to who, no.1 ke is mortor load karega. Agar is bat ki zarurat nahi
hai to who no. 1 ke sath na rakha jaye.
Jawano se mortr det ke roop mein position par qabza abhiyas karya jaye.
FIRE NIYANTRAN
Det cdr aisi jagah par hoga jahan se who target ko dekh sake who
dushman se apna chupao rakhe aur mortor se itni doori pare rahe ki awaz
wahan tak pahunch jaye who fire rakhe se pare rahe, lakin bazu ki taraf
itna door bhi na rakhe ki darustian dena mushkil ho yeh who fire karne ka
hukam dega , agar zarurat hai to who har bomb ke girne ki jagah dekh kar
darustian batayega. Wo tajube se dekhega ki hathiyar ka khaternak ilaqa
kitna hai aur no.1 ki qabliyat kya hai,choti choti galtian 60 gaz se kam ya
50 gaz se kam ki durusti karna galat hai aur is se use batana chahie.
Bato aur namuna dikhao ki range ki line darustian kaise di jati hai,jab
bomb target tak na pahunche, to det commander hukam de upar 100 gaz
range kam karna chahta hai, to niche 100 yard rahe 50 gaz se kam
darustian na di jaye.
Disha
Agar bomb target ke baen taraf gire to apni galti dekh kar hukam diya
jayega, dahine 6* isi tarah agar bomb target ke dahine taraf gire to hukam
diya jayega ki baen 6* aur agar bomb anuman lagai gayi jagah par gire to
det cdr range pukarega, yad rahe degree se kon ki darusti na di jaye.
225
Jawan se fire niyantran ke sawal dekh kar abhiyas karao.
Position lane aur fire niyantran ke Vishay mein det ko puri drill ka
abhiyas karao.
SANKSHEP
Squad se sawal pucho aur unhe sawal puchne ka mouka de.
Jawan ji kamo mein kamzor hai, abhiyas karya jaye.
Jawano ko moti moti baten dohrao.
*************************************************************************
*************************************************************************
*******************************************
(9).NO.36 H.E GRENADE (GN)
GN 1-8
NO.36 HE GRENADE KI PAHCHAN AUR ISTEMAL
226
SHURU KA KAM
Ustad har jawan ko ko ek drill grenade mulhiza karke den aur apne
grenade mein drill ignitor set dal len, sqd ko line ban karao, number karao
aur pouch aur saman ka mulhizia karo. Bayan karo ki dusre hathiyro ki
tarh grenade ka bhi yeh jaan salamati ki liye mulhaiza kiya jata hai. Base
plug ko kholo, dekho ki grenade ke andher is mutabik koi chez jani ignator
227
set to nahin, agar hai to bahar nikal do, yakin karo ki dono surakh khali
hai. Yeh karwai grenade ke andher sabak shuru karne se pahle kar li jayegi.
Jawan grenade ko baen hath se pakre, baen kandhe ki line mein.
DOHRAI
CQB par sawal-o-jawab karo.
UDDESH
No. 36 Grenade ki pahchan aur istemal le liye tayar karna sikhana hai.
Saman
Drill grenade, drill ignator set, drill cartiradge safai ka saman,
instructional grenade packing ka saman aur grenade ki chal ka diagram.
Instructional grenade (sikhlai ka grenade) yeh grenade ke purjon ki
jankari dene ke liye istemal kiya jata hai.
BAYAN
No. 36 grenade ke istemal ke lihaz se teen prakar ke hai :
(a) DRILL GRENADE : Is grenade ko sikhlai ke dauran istemal
karte hai.
Pahchan : I ski body par safed rang aur 5 surakh hote hai, bajan ko
pura karne ke liye iske andher ret(sand) bhari hoti hai.
 INSTRUCTIONAL GRENADE : Yeh grenade ke purjon ki jankari
dene ke liye istemal kiya jata hai.
Pehchan: Is par live grenade ki tarah rang kiya hota hai, lakin is
par lal nishan nahi hota aur body ka adha hissa kata hua hota hai.
(b) DRILL IGNITOR SET : Is mein ek surakh hota hai aur iske
kuch hisse mein lakri ka buraha bhara hota hai. Jin boxon mein drill
ya instructional grenade rakhe hote hai, unpar drill ya instructional
grenade ke nishan lage hote hai.
(c) LIVE GRENADE :Yeh grenade jaan se mar dalne wale grenade
hai. Yeh phatne ki jagah se 8mtr charon taraf adhmi ko jaan se mar
sakta hai aur 270 mtr tak jakmi kar dene ki shakti rakhta hai. Is
grenade ko un jagahon par istemal kiya jata hai jahan chapti
trijactory wale hathiyar kargar nahin hote, maslan :
(1)
Morche, makano ke andher, tuti phti zamin, rat ke waqt,
hamle ke akhir mein, AFVs ke khilaf agar tank ke turret khule ho
to un mein phaink kar andher beithe hue crew ko kafi nuksan
pahuchaya ja sakta hai. Is ke ilawa body traps ke liye istemal kiya
jata hai. Yad rakhen ki agar ilaqa madhani ho to grenade
phainkne se pahle ki apne jawan position mein hai.
(2)
Grenade ki body dhale lohe ki bani hoti hai. Is ki body par
yeh jhirian kati hoti hai, jo ki grenade ko puri tarah tukde hone
mein madad deti hai, grenade mein HE “high explosive” yani
dhamake se phatne wale barudh bhare hote hai. I ske andher ko
nalian hoti hai. Bich wale striker aur spring ke liye aur dusri
detonator ki line hoti hai, striker aur spring ko lever ke zarie apni
228
jagah kayam rakha jata hai jo ki striker ki kati hui jhiri mein laga
hota hai.
(3)
Lever ko qabu mein rakhne ke liye, ek safety pin hota hai,
jise lever ko upar se aur grenade ko kandhon mein bane hue
ssurakskho mein se nikal kar lagaya jat hai. Grenade ka bajan
700 kg hota hai.
(4)
Pehachan : Is ki body ka rang gehra bhura hota hai, iski
giradh hare rang ki qhari aur lal rang ke cross hote hai. Rat ke
waqt grenade ko is ki dody par bani hui jhirion ki sahayata se
pehchana ja sakta hai.
BHAG
Yeh sabaq char bhagon mein sikhaya jata hai :
BHAG 1–PRIMING KE PAHLE KI TAYARI
(a) Grenade ko kam mein lane se pahle, uska mulhazia safai aur
acchi tarah se kar lena zaruri hai. Taki is bat ka itmiyan ho jaye ki
thik hi kam karega.
(b) Mulhazia : Grenade ko hath mein lekar batao ki is bata ka
yakin karo, ki lever striker ki jhiri mein acchi tarah laga hua hai aur
body se zaida bahar ki taraf to nahi nikala hai, agar nikala ho to daba
diya jaye.
(c) Abhiyas : Sawal-o-jawab se.
(d) Kholna : Key ki madad se base plug kholo. Lever ko unglion ke
niche qabu mein rakhte hue safety pin nikalo, grenade ke khule hisse
ko belt ya boot ki toe par rakhte hue ahista se azad kar do aur strilar
aur spring ko nikal kar bahar rakh do.
(e) Safai : Grenade mein am taur par gease lage hoti hai, istemal se
pahle ise achi tarah se saf kar lena chahie.
(f) Striker test se pahle jorna : Striker aur spring ko bich wali
sleeve mein is tarah rakho, ki striker ki jhiri grenade ke kandn ki taraf
rakhen. Strikar ko round ya kisi nok dar chiz ki madad se uppar ki
taraf dakelo aur lever striker ki jhiri mei lagatar zor se niche dabate
hue qabu mein rakho.
(g) Striker test : Grenade ke khule sire ko belt ya rakhte hue lever
ko azad kar do. Yakin karo ki striker zor se niche ata hai, agar aisa
na ho to zahir hai ki safai acchi tarah nahi ki gayi hai. Is shuwat mein
phir achi tarah se safai karo aur striker ko phir se test karo. Agar phir
bhi kam na kare, to nuks ho sakta hai, is shuruwat mein grenade ko
istemal mein na laya jaye.
(h) Purjon ko antim bar jorna : Jawan ko batao ki striker test se
pahle grenade ko jahan tak jorna sikh chuke ho. Sikhe hue tariqe ki
mutabik jor do. Ab lever ko unglion ke niche qabu mein rakhte hue
aur sath hi filling screw ko apni taraf rakhte hue, pin ko is tarah lagao
229
ki jo jawan grenade ko dahine hath se pahinkne wala ho, who pin ko
dahine se baen ko lagyega aur jo baen hath se pahinkne wala ho, who
baen se dahine se lagayega. Is ke bad pin ki nokon ko thoda sa khol
do. Zaida kholne se pin ki nokon ko nikalna kathin hoga. Akhir mein
base plug ko laga do.
(i) Abhiyas : Kholna, jorna, testing aur akhri jorna.
BHAG-2 IGNITOR SET KA BAYAN
(a) Igniator set : Igniator set grenade ko phatane ke liye istemal
mein laya jata hai, iske hisse purje, cap chamber jiske upar 22 cap
lagi hoti hai. Fauze aur detonator ko bari etyat se hath mein pakarna
chahie, isse hamesh fuze aur cap chamber se pakro, is kisi kism ki
chot na lagne do aur na hi hath mein pakarkar masalna chahie. Isse
garmi aur name se bhana chahie aur iske kisi hisse purje ko alag
karne ki koshish nahi karni chahie.
(b) Pehchan : Igniator set do prakar ke milte hai, ek jaise ki fuze ki
range saft hota hai aur rat ke waqt pehchan ke liye iske girdh ek
rubber ya kagaz ka chhala laga hota hai. Is chale ko utarna nahi
chahie, is kism ke jalne ka time 4 second hota hai, iske ilawa dusre
qism ki ignator set, jaise ki fuze ka rang pila hota hai aur iske girdh
rubber ka challa nahi hota. Is fuze ke jalne ka time 7 second hota hai
aur yeh aise grenade mein istemal kiya jata hai, jinhe rifle se fire
karna ho.
(c) Nirakhsan : Dekho ki 22 cup ke bich wala surakh upar se thik
tarah bund hai ya nahin. Zarurai hai ki cap chamber mein kisi qism
ka nuqs nahi hona chahie aur yeh bhi dekho ki chamber arm
detonator fuze se majbooti se lage hue hai.
BHAG-3 CHAL
(a) Diagram par : Jab pin ko nikal kar grenade ko phaink diya jata
hai to striker spring ki madad se kafi takat ke sath niche dabta hai.
Jaise lever udkar ek taraf door ghir jata hai. Striker ki lug 22 inch cap
par chot marte hai, jis se aag paida hoti hai. Yeh aag cap chamber
mein bante hue surakh se hokar fuze mein dakhil hoti hai, fuze apne
time jalkar detonator ko aag deta hai aur detonator dhamake se phat
ta hai. Detonator sleev toot jati hai, aag grenade mein bhar hui HE
baruud mein pahuchati hai, jisse grenade puri takat se phat kar
charon taraf kafi zaida nuksan pahuchata hai.
(b) Instructional grenade par chal samjao.
(c) Abhiyas : Chal par sawal-o-jawab se.
BHAG-4 PACKING
230
Is qism ke lakri mein 12 grenade band hote hai. Box par Hand
Grenade char second likha hota hai. Har box mein ek tin ka dabba hota
hai,jisme 12 igniator set rakhen hote hai. Is box ko dekhen ki andher ki
taraf ek base plug key hoti hai. Rifle se fier kiye jane wale grenade ke isi
tarah ke box mein ate hai. Har box mein 12 grenade,12 igniator set, 12
tube launching aur ballistide cartiradges hote hai, box ke ek taraf rifel
aur dekhne par 7 second likha hua hota hai.
New packing HE grenade
Ek dhati box mein 4 container hote hai, ek container mein teen
grenade aur ek 3 igniator set ka daba hota hai. Baki rifle ko box mein 3
choti dibian hoti hai. Ek dabhi mein teen tube launching, char ballisits
cartridges hote hai. Baki saman pahle ki tarah.
Abhiyas : Packing par sawal karo.
SANKSHEP
Sawal-o-jawab se sabaq ki moti baten batao.
TOET
Grenade ko phainkne ki tayari karna
(a) Tariqa : Jawan ko grenade aur ek ignator set 2 aur phainkne ke
liye tayar karne ke liye kaho.
(b) Standard : Yeh dekho ki jawan grenade thik tariqe se tayar
karte hai ya nahi.
(c) Niche bataya hua kam jawan hath se Karen ya sawal ka jawab
de.
(1)
Handison se bachne ka pahla upaye.(Jawan hath se kam
karega).
(2)
Grenade ka bahar se mulahiza karna (Jawan sawal ka
jawab dega).
(3)
Safai karna (Sawal ka jawab dega).
(4)
Striker set (Jawan kam karega).
(5)
Igniator set ka kam karega.(Sawal ka jawab dega).
(6)
Grenade ko prime karna. (Jawan kam karega).
------------------------****************----------------------------GN 9-15
GRENADE KO PHAINKNA
231
SHURU KA KAM
Squad ko is tarah line ban kar ke number karao ki baen hath se
phainkne wala jawan squad ke baen par ho. Grenade ka mulhazia karo,
jawan ko do do kadam kholo, target batao aur phir semi circle mein khada
karo.
DOHRAI
Grenade ki pehchan aur fire se pahle ki tayarion par sawal-o-jawab.
UDDESH
Grenade ko phainkne ke sidanth sikhna hai.
Saman
Har jawan ke liye do do drill grenade aur high wire.
PAHUNCH
Grenade ko door shatru ki position mein phainkne ke liye zarurai hai ki
grenade ko unchain dekar goli mein phainka jaye, jaise ki cricet ki game ko
phainka jata ha. Ek ausat takat wala jawan grenade ko azadi se bazu ko
ghuma kar asani se 25 se 35 gaz tak phaink sakta hai.
BHAG
Yeh sabaq 2 baghon mein sikhaya jayega.
BHAG-1 READY AUR THROW KARNA
(a) Ready : Ustad baen wale jawan mein aur age ho. Ustad apne
line ke liye target batye. ‘Ready’ ki hukam par, grenade ko uthao ya
pouch nikalo aur dahine hath se is tarah pakro ki lever ungalion ke
niche dabi rahe. Baen hath ki pahli ya dusri ungli ko safety pin mein
dalo aur grenade ko badan ke samne peti ki line mein rakhte hue,
badan ki dahine tarafitna turn karo ki bayan kandha aur paon target
ki sidh mein ajaye. Agar koi jawan baen hath se grenade phainkane
wala ho to who tamam karwai iske ulat Karen.
(b) Throw : Baen hath sae phainkne wala, baen ki, jagah dahine
aur baen ki jagah baen samje. Dahine hath se grenade ko phainkte
waqt baen hath ko bagair hataye badan ke sath milakar rakho aur
232
dahine hath ko niche aur piche ki harkat dekhkar pin nikal do. Yeh
zaruri hai ki grenade ki taraf dekhkar yakin kar liya jaye ki pin nikal
gaya hai . Ab baen kandhe ko target ki taraf rakhte hue, baen bazu
ko upar utahate hue target ki sidh mein lao aur sath hi badan ko
pura piche ki aur jukhao. Ab bagair ruke badan ko age ki or jhukate
hue grenade ko phainko. Yaad rahe grenade ko us waqt chorna
chahie, jab ki dahina hath kandhe ke upar zaida se zaida upar ho.
Yeh zarur dekho I grenade kahan girta hai, grenade ke zamin par girte
hi let jao, dekho aur abhiyas ke dauran mar ko pukaro. Galat jagah se
grenade ko sahi jagah par lane ke liye baen paon ki madad lo.
(c) Abhiyas : Grenade throw karne mein ustad bari bari sab jawan
ko check karo. (Sqd high wire ke dahine taraf).
BHAG-2 HIGH WIRE KA ISTEMAL
(a) Ki grenade ko golai dekar phainkne ka abhiyas den eke liye high
wire ka istemal kiya jata hai. High wire zamin se 18 feet unchi honi
chahie, isme 3 feet tak ki chorai shamil hai. Yani jail ka niche wala
hissa zamin se 15 feet par hona chahie. High wire ke age 10 gaz par
ek morcha hona chahie aur high wire ke piche 15 aur 25 gaz par
throwing line ban ni chahie. Agar high wire ka bandobast na ho sake
to us surat mein chote drakht jiski unchain takriban 15 feet ho, ke
upar se phanke waya jaye, iske ilawa do drakhton ke darmiyan rassi
ya tar bagaira bandh kar bhi high wire ka kam liya ja sakta hai.
(b) Namuna : Ustad ek dafa high wire ke upar se grenade throw
karne ka namuna de aur jawan dekhen.
ABHIYAS :
Ustad ke niche high wire par grenade throw karne ke groupon mein,
ek group high wire ka istemal kare aur dusre bagair high wire ka istemal
Karen.
SANKSHEP : Sawal-o-jawab se sabaq ki moti moti baten batao.
---------------------------******************--------------------------GN 16-29
GRENADE PHAINKNA AUR LOBBING
233
SHURU SHURU KA KAM
Squad line ban karke number karao. Apna grenade dekho aur
mulhazia karo.
DOHRAI
Grenade phainkne ka abhiyas lo.
UDDESH
Grenade ko phainkna aur lobbing ki sikhlai dena.
SAMAN
Do-do grenade aur har qism ki aren maujud hon.
PAHUNCH
Ap logon ne grenade phainkne ke mul sidanth sikh liye ha. Ab unhe
asli taur par amal mein lane ki zarurat hai, is squad mein ark e piche se
grenade phanikne aur lobbing karne ki sikhlai di jayegi.
BHAG
Yeh sabaq 2 baghon mein sikhaya jayega :
BHAG-1 PHAINKNA
(a) Standard position se morche se grenade ko phainkna : Jawan
ko samjao ki grenade phainkne wala, pahle khai ke andher ya unchi
ar ke piche ki position ko achi tarah se dekhe. Iske bad who ready
position bana kar aura r se pura faida utha kar, grenade ko phainke
aur tezi ke sath piche ko hat jaye, agar zarurat ho use dekhna chahie
ki grenade kahan gira hai.
(b) Abhiyas : Jawan ko khade ho kar ar ke piche khade hokar
grenade phainkne ka abhiyas karo.
(c) Lying ar : Jawano ko batao ki grenade phainkne walo ko kisi
kam unche bandh ya diwar adi ke piche se target ko achi tarah se
dekhna chahie aur ar ke piche dubak kar grenade ko ready position
mein lana chahie. Grenade ko phainkte samaye who dono hatho ke
bal par upar uthe aur baen ghutne ko zamin par tekte hue apna
badan chatki se piche ko jhuka kar grenade ko phaink de aur tezi se
ark e piche let jayen.
(d) Abhiyas : Lying ar ke piche se grenade phainkne ka abhiyas lo.
(e) Crouch position se namuna do. Abhiyas lo.
BHAG-2 LOBBING
(a) Bayan : Gali kuche ya jungle ki larai mein yeh zarurai hoge ki
tezi se grenade ko makan mein khirki ya darwaje se dala jaye ya ghani
jaridar jagah mein chora jaye.
(b) Namuna : Jawan ko alag alag kayi halato mein grenade chorne
ka namua do.
ABHIYAS
Squad se grenade lobbing ka mila jhula abhiyas lo.
SANKSHEP
Sawal-o-jawab ki moti moti baten batao.
TOET
234
Yeh test unchi ar se liye jaye. Zamin se 20 feet daimetre ka dahira
khinchao. Iske centre ar se 20 gaz ke faisle par ho, jawan se grenade
phainke. 6 me se 3 grenade dahire ke andher girne chahie.
------------------------------------****************--------------------
GN 30-39
TUBE LAUNCHING MK-I SE WAQFIAT AUR RIFLE GRENADE
KO FIRE KARNE KA TARIQE SIKHANA
S,
NO
.
1
B
U
TARTI
SHUR
SHUR
U KA
KAM
.
2
AI
DOHR
TEACHING POINTS
TRG
AIDS
(bb)
Class
As
ki ginti groupon
per trg
mein bant .
aids.
(cc)
Tube
launching,weapo
n aur saman ka
nirakshan.
(dd)
Band
obast ki karwai.
Q1 No 36 Hand
Grenade ka mar dalne
ka ilaqe kitna hai ?
Ans :- 8 Mtr charo
taraf.
Q2. 7 sec wala
TIME
REMA
RKS
01
01
Usta
d
niraksh
an
khud
Karen
01
02
HE
Hand
Gren
ke
vishesh
atyen
per
sawal
235
ignitor set ka kya
pachan hoti hai?
Karen.
Ans :- Fuse ka colour
pila aur chhalla nahin
hota.
.
.
.
.
3
PAHU
NCH
4
UDDE
SH
5
SAMA
6
N
BHAG
ON MEIN
BANT
No 36 Hand grenade
ko ek jawan 25 se 35
gaz tak phank saketa
hai lekin ismein 7 sec
wala fuse lagakar rifle
se fire karke kam se
kam 50 m aur ziada se
ziada 150 m tak gren
ko
dur
gira
kar
dushman ko barbad
kar sakte hain jo ki
rifle se hum tube
launching
MK-I
ki
madad se aur HD carts
ke sath fire karte hai.
Is lie harek jawan ko
rifle grenade ko fire
karne ka tariqe achchhi
tarah se ana chahiye.
Tube Launching MKI se waqfiat aur No-36
HE Grenade ko rifle se
fire karne ka tariqe
sikhana hai.
Tube Launching MKI, Grenade, Ignitor set,
Drill carts, Arming ring,
Rifle , Sand Bag, Fig 11
Tgt.
Yeh sabaq tartibwar
sikhaya jayaga.
Tube
Launching
MK-I se Waqfiat Tube
Launching MK-I
ki
banawat ek khokli nali
se sakal mein hai. Jo ki
ek taraf se khalui aur
dusre taraf
se band
hota hai. Band wale
sire par ek stud laga
hota hai aur ismein
churiyan bani hoti hai.
Rifle,
Grenade
, Tube
launchi
ng MKI, HD
Carts ,
Ground
sheet,
Sand
Bag.
01
03
Saba
q se
samba
ndat
aur
saaf
aur
chhota
hona
chahiye
.
01
04
Udde
sh ko
dohaya
ra jai.
01
05
20
25
Baen
ke sath
naumn
a.
236
Is stud ke zariye rifle
grenade ke base plug
bane surakh se fit kiya
jata hai, khule
wale
surakh ke zarie tube
ko band barrel mein
bane hue jagah par
charaya jata hai. Is
hole ka rang OG colour
ka hoat hai is ko nap
taul is prakar hai.
Lambai – 15 CM ,
Wazan - 127 gm.
Tube par kuchh
surakhen bane hue
hote hain jis mein
range
control
pin
lagaya jata hai. Is
grenade ko fire karne
ke lie gren par ek
arming ring lagaya jata
hai, jo ki lever ko apni
jagah se nikalne se
rokhta hai. Arming ring
ka wazan – 33 gm hai.
Visheshtyan
(i) 50, 100, aur 150
m tak fire kar sakte
hain .
(ii)
Dono range
control pin ke sath fire
karne se 50 m range
hasil hota hai.
(ii) Ek range pin ko
nikalne se 100m ka
range hasil hota hai.
(iv) Dono range pin
ko nikal kar fire karne
se 150m range hasil
hota hai.
Grenade ko Prime
aur Unprime Karna
(i)
Grenade ka
nirakshan aur safai ke
bad arming ring ko
grenade ke bichwala
katav
par
milana
237
chihiye.
(ii)
Arming ring
charhate
samay
grenade ko niche se
charakar
bichwala
katao
par
milana
chahiye.
(iii) Arming ring ka
katao lever ke viprit
hona chahiye.
(iv)
07 sec wala
ignitor set (fuse) ko
centre
sleeve
mein
dakhil Karen aur base
plug fit Karen.
(v) Grenade ko tube
launching
per
chadhana.
Unprime karan
(i)
Base plug ko
khole aur fuse ko alag
Karen aur box mein
rakhe.
(ii)
Base plug ko
lagaen aur base plug
key ki madad se fit
katren.
(iii) Grenade ko box
mein band Karen.
Rifle fire ke liye
taiyar karma
(i) Grenade sight ko
90 degree ke angle
mein khara Karen.
(ii) Change lever ki
posn ‘R’ ya ‘B’ par
karen aur rifle ko cock
karen
aur
HOD
lagayen.
(iii) HD carts ko len
aur
chamber
mein
dakhil Karen.
(iv) Yekin Karen ki
chamber mein round
achhi tarah se fit ho
gaya hai aur chalwale
purzon ko age jane
238
den.
(v)
Change lever ki
posn ‘S’ pe rkarne.
Grenade ko bharna
(i)
Taiyar kiya hua
grenade ko nirakshan
karte hue grenade ko
chahiyen. Check Karen
ki grenade thik tarah
se fit ho gaya hai.
(ii) Range milne par
range contrl pin ko
nikalen
aur
tube
launching ko achchhi
tarah se fit Karen.
(iii)
Firing posn
akhityar Karen aur
safety pin ko nikalen.
Firing Posn
(i) Kneeling posn :Baen paon ko tgt ki
sidth lagayen aur fiel
ke butt ke age wala
bhag zamin par laga
hua ho aur pichhla
bhag sand bag per laga
huwa ho baen hath se
front hand guard par
pakaren.
(ii)
Sitting Posn :Dayen paon ko lamba
aur baen paon ko adha
close
Karen.
Baki
kneeling posn ki tarah.
Grenade ki Chal
Trigger dabane se HD
carts fire hota hai jisse
gas paida hoti hai. Gas
tube launching ki flash
eleiminator se alag kar
deta hai. Uran ke
dauran chand second
bad arming ring set
back ked hake se gir
jata hai aur lever azad
ho jata hai striker
239
spring ki takat se .22
cap par chot marta hai
aur aag ki chingari
paida hoti hai aur
safety fuse ko aag lag
jati hai. Jisse detonator
fat jata hai sath hi
detonator sleev phat
jata hai aur HE barud
ka upper aad lagta hai
aur chur chur hoker fat
jata hai.
Bina
fire
khali
karan
(i) Change lever ko ‘S’
per Karen.
(ii) Tube launching
ko
baen
ahth
se
pakarte hue safety pin
ko lagyen.
(iii) Tube launching
ko flash eliminator se
alag Karen.
(iv)
Range pin ko
lagayen.
(v) Rifle ko khali kar
ki karwai kareyn aur
HD carts ko rakhen.
(vi)
Grenade
ko
surakshit jagah per
rakhen.
Fir aur misfire
(i) Sabse pahle sikhe
tariqe se fire ke lie
taiyar
Karen.
Tube
launching aur grenade
ko taiyar karne ke baad
firing posn akhityar
Karen aur ley ki karwai
Karen.
(ii) Tgt, grenade ka
shoulder aur fire ka sir
ek sidh mein ko aur
change lever ko safe
par.
(iii) Fire ke hukam
par change lever ko ‘R’
240
par karen aur trigger
ko dabaen, Grenade fir
ho jayega.
(iv) Misfire hone par
change lever ko ‘S’ par
karen dayen ahth se
safety pin ko lagayen.
Tube launching ko rifle
se alag karen.
(v) Dusra HD carts
ko lagyen aur dobara
fire ke lie taiyar ho
hayen.
.
.
7
ABHY
AS
8
SANK
SHEP
Sabhi student ko
chal, fire aur misfire ki
karwai
par
abhays
karwaya jai.
Q. 1.
Tube
launching MK-I ka
wazan kitna hai?
Ans.
127 Gm.
Q. 2.
Deno range
control pin nikalne
poar kitna range hasil
hota hai ?
Ans.
13
38
02
40
Her
ek
bhag
per ek
ya do
sawal
puchay
en.
150 Mtr.
Q. 3.
Rifle grenade
ko kaun kaun si posn
se fire kiya jata hai ?
Ans.
Kneeling
posn aur sitting posn
se fire karte hain..
241
*************************************************************************************
*************************************************************************************
**********************************************************************************
(10).9 mm PISTOL BROWNING
( CODE- PIS)
PIS 1-3
242
9 mm PISTOL SE WAQFIAT, KHOLNA ,JORNA AUR SAFAI
KARNE KA TARIQA SIKHANA
243
S.
NO
1.
IB
U
TART
SHUR
SHUR
U KA
KAM
2.
DOH
RAI
3.
PAHU
NCH
UDD
4. ESH
TEACHING
POINTS
(ee)
Cl
ass ki ginti
groupon mein
bant .
(cc)
H
athiyar aur
saman ka
nirakshan.
(gg)
B
andobast ki
karwai.
Q1 CQB ka kya
matlab hai?
Ans :- Close
Quarter Battle.
Q2. CQB ke wpn
kaun kaun se hain?
Ans :- 9 mm
Pistol, Gren, 9 mm
CMG,
Bayonet.Khukari,Da
h Talwar etc,
9 mm Pistol short
recoil
par kam
karnewala CQB ka
bahut
achchha
hathiyar
hai.
Achanak
niklane
wale dushman ko
kam
range
par
barbad karne ke liye
jaruri hai ki jaldi se
jaldi mag ko utare ,
khali
mag
ko
pounch mein band
karna
aur bhara
mag chara kar fire
kar sake sath hi tut
fut ho jane par jaldi
se jaldi pistol ko
khol saken.
9 mm Pistol se
waqfiat, kholna ,
TRG
AIDS
TIME
9
mm
Pistol,
Pistol case,
Line yard,
cleaning
rod,
Chindi.
01
01
Ust
ad
cham
ber
sqd ko
dikha
n,
02
03
Cla
ss ko
prash
an
pooch
e jaye.
01
04
Cho
ota
saaf
aur
sabaq
se
samb
andhit
ho.
01
RE
MAR
KS
05
Udd
esh ko
244
5.
)
N
(a
SAMA
(b)
BHAG
ON
MEIN
BANT
jorna, safai karna ka
tariqa sikhana hai.
9 mm Pistol,
Pistol case, line
yard, cleaning rod
aur chindi.
(c)
(d)
Bhag -I
Achchshi adaten
aur pistol se
waqfiat .
dohra
ya jai.
Sa
man
ko
point
karke
batay
a
jayaga
.
(g)
01
06
(e)
(f)
01
07
Sub
hida
ke liye
bhago
n
mein
bant.
07
14
Poi
nt
karke
batay
a jai.
Bhag -II
Pistol ko kholna
aur jorna.
Bhag III
Safai ka tariqa.
-I
BHAG
Achchhi adaten
aur pistol se waqfiat
(a) Band
pistol ko
hamesha
bhara hua
samjhen.
(b) Pistol
lete ya deta
samay
nirikshan kiya
jai.
(c) Triger
dabate samay
hamesha
surakshit
disha mein
karke dabana
chahiye.
(d) Pistol
bharna ho to
9 mm
Pistol,Point
er
245
hammer ki
posn age ho.
(e) Dushma
n ko kabhi bhi
pistol ke age
na ane dena.
9mm PISTOL KA
TECH DATA
1. KHALI PISTOL
KA WAJAN 0.900 Kg
2. BHARI PISTOL
KA WAJAN 1.100 Kg
3. KHALI MAG
KA WAJAN
0.075 Kg
4. BHARI MAG
KA WAJAN
0.200 Kg
5. SIGHT
RADIOUS
6.25”
6. PISTOL KE
LAMBAI
7.8”
7. BARREL KI
LAMBAI
4.75”
8. MV
305 Mtr/Sec
9. RATE OF FIRE
6 RDS/6 SEC
10. MAG
CAPACITY
13
ROUNDS
11. BHARE JATE
HAIN
12
ROUNDS
12. BATTLE
EFFECTIVE RANGE
15 MTR
(KARGAR
RANGE)
246
)
(a
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
9 mm
Pistol,Point
er
05
19
9 mm
Pistal,
Pointer ,
ground
sheet.
07
26
(g)
13. SUPPORT KE
SATH KARGAR
RANGE - 25 MTR
14. BATTLE
CROACH POSN SE
KARGAR RG - 10
MTR
15. ZEROING KE
LIYE RANGE
10 MTR
16.
MECH
SAFETY
(0.125”,0.135”,0.145
”, 0.155” AUR
0.165”)
17. EK SIGHT SE
DUSRI SIGHT
BADLI - ½ “
KARNE
PAR 10 MTR PAR
FARAK
18. APPARTURE
- U TYPE
19. TRIGGER
PULL - 2.270KG
SE 3.630KG (5 SE 8
LBS)
8,
9.
ABHY
AS
Class se technical
data aur hisse purje
ke naam par abhyas
liya jai.
9 mm Pistol ko
BHAG kholna aur jorna.
-II
Sab
se
pahle
yakin karen ki pistol
khali hai mag ko
dabate hue mag ko
utaren baen hathki
kalmiwali ungali aur
hath ki madad se
slide
ko
piche
khinche khurdhara
bhag ko pakarkar
247
aur dayen hath ki
anghute safety catch
ko slide ke age wale
bhag mein lagyean.
Slide ko pura piche
rokte hue dono hath
ke anghute
se
safety
catch
aur
slide ke milap ko
toren.
Slide
par
kabu rakte
hue
aage jane den, body
ko slide
se alag
karen baen hath
mein slide ko ulta
pakren, aur main
spring ko breech ki
taraf dhakalete hue
mein spring
aur
guide
bahar
nikaleyan barrel ko
niklayan ke lie thora
uper aur pichhe ki
taraf uthaen.
)
(a
(b)
Hisse Purje ke
Naam
(a) Mag Platform,
spring, bottom plate.
(b) barrel Barrel
locking lug,
bolt
guide , spring way,
setting for
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
main spring aur
guide.
(c) Slide
Slide
races barrel, main
guide, spring way,
ejection slot , breech
block,
extractor,
sear, firing pin, pin
firing way,
spring
aur locking plate.
(d) Frame Locking
piece, tripping lever,
trigger,
trigger
guard,
mag way,
248
mag catch, ejector,
pistol grip, hammer,
hammer
sear,
spring, safety catch.
(e) Pistol Slide
locking lever (Long
catch)
Axis
pin,
thumb piece, main
guide spring, main
guide,
loop
aur
plunjor.
Jorna Sab se
pahle barrel ko slide
mein dalen, barrel
way mein fit karen
aage ki taraf dabate
hue setting for main
guide mein fit
karen, dhyan rahe
loop ka gol wala
bhag niche ho, slide
ko jorne ke liye
flame ke leg ko slide
ke races mein lete
hue slide ko pura
piche khinche, aur
slide ki age wali jhiri
mein safety catch
ko lagaye aur long
catch ko apne hole
mein fit karern, slide
par kabu rakte hue
safety catch ko
niche karen aur
slide ko aage jane
den mag ko charaen
aur trigger ko press
karen.
ABHY
AS
2.
1
Class ko kholne
aur jorne mein
abyas liya jayen
BHAG
SAFAI KA
- III
TARIKHA;-
.
9 mm
Pistol,
cleaning
Aam safai
slide rod,
kop pura peeche chindi.
04
05
30
35
San
kshep
har ek
bhag
249
kinche aur safety
catch ka age wali
jhiri
mein
lagayen.cleaning rod
mein 4”x3”ke sizeki
chindi lagakar barrel
ko saf karen,tel ke
liye 4”x2”size ka
chindi ka istemal
karen.
)
(a
(b)
FIRE SE PAHLE
KI SAFAI;- Fire se
pahjle sabhi purjon
ko kholkar saf karen
saf karne ke liye saf
kapre ka istemal
karen.
FIRE KA
DAURAN SAFAI;Samay milte hi mag
ko utaren, slide
(c)
se
sawal
jawab
karke
kiya
jaye.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
ko pichhe kinche,
safety cap ko
lagayen rod aur
chindi ki madad se
safai karen.
FIRE KE BAAD
KI SAFAI;-Pistol ko
kholen saaf kapare
se purjon ko puri
taraf
safai
karen,chhote purjon
ko na kholen ,barrel
ko thori der garam
pani mein rakhein
aur rod aur chindi
ki madad se saaf
karen,
aur
tel
lagayen.Lubrication
system
banki
hathiyar ki tarah
hai.
ABHY
AS
Sawal jawab se
abyas liya jayen
03
38
250
SANK
SHEP
Q1 – Pistol
istemal karne wale
ki acche aadten kiya
hain?
Band pistol ko
hamesha bhara
hua samjen.
02
40
(b) Pistol lete
ya deta samay
nirakshan kiya
jai h
(c)Trigger
dabate samay
hamesha
surkshit disha
mein karke
dabana chahiye.
(d)pistol
bha5rna ho to
hammer ki posn
age ho.
(e) Dushman
ko kabhi bhi
pistol ke age na
ane dena.
Q2 Pistol ka
sidght radious kitna
hai ?
Ans- 6.25”
Q 3 – Pistol ka
rate of fire kitna
hai?
Ans – 6 rd 6 sec
mein
Q 4 – Ejector
kaun se hisse mein
paya jata hai?
Ans – Frame ke
piche hisse mein.
-----------------------------********************---------------------------251
PIS 4-6
9 mm PISTOL KE MAG KO BHARNA, KHALI KARNA,
PISTOL KO BHARNA,READY,MAKE SAFE AUR FIRE KARNE
KA TARIQA SIKHANA
252
S,
NO
1.
B
U
TARTI
SHUR
SHUR
U KA
KAM
2.
TEACHING POINTS
(hh)
Class
ki ginti groupon
mein bant .
(ff) Hathiyar aur
saman ka
nirakshan.
(jj) Bandobast ki
karwai.
TR
G
AIDS
TIME
9
mm
Pistol
,
Pistol
case,
Line
yard,
Drill
carts
.
01
DOHR
Q1 Pistol ko kitne bare
bhagon mein khola jata
hai?
Ans :- 3 bare bhagon
mein.
Q2. Barrel ki lambai
kitni hai?
Ans :- 4.75”.
3.
PAHU
NCH
9 mm Pistol CQB ka
bahut accha hathiyar
hai, is mein
nazdik
niklane wale tgt ko
marne ki khubi hai, is lie
har ek jawan ko jaldi se
jaldi pistol ko bharna,
khali karna aur fire
karne
ka tariqa aana
chahiye, taki is ka pura
faida uthaya ja sake aur
samay ki bachat karte
hue ek goli ek dushman
ka mudda hasil ho sake.
01
4.
UDDE
SH
9 mm Pistol ke mag ko
bharna,khali karna,pistol
ko bharna , ready, make
safe aur fire karne ka
tariqa sikhana hai.
01
(
a)
AI
(b)
saman
(c)
9 mm Pistol, Mag,
(d)
01
REM
ARKS
01
2
3
4
0
Pichle
sabaq se
dohrai le
jai.
0
Choota
saaf aur
sabaq se
sambandh
it ho.
0
Uddesh
do bar
bataya jai.
(e)
01
Ustad
khud
karen
(f)
(
g)
05
S
253
Drill carts, Pistol case,
line yard, Fig 11 tgt.
.
6
BHAGO
N MEIN
BANT
am
an
ko
poi
nt
kar
ke
bat
aya
jaya
ga.
Bhag -I
Mag ko
bharna aur khali
karna .
01
06
Ma
05
11
Ma
04
15
07
22
Bhag -II
Pistol
ko bharna, ready ,
make safe aur khali
karna.
Bhag III Firing
posn aur fire karna.
BHAG -I
Mag ko bharna aur
khali karna .
(f) Mag ke
hisson ke naam.
(g) Amn safai
ka tariqa.
(h) Amn se
waqfiat.
(i) Mag bharne
ki tartib.
(j) Mag ko
pistol se nikalna.
(k) Mag ki
round rakhane ki
capacity.
,
8
9
ABHYAS
BHAG-II
Mag bharne aur
khali karne ka
abhyas liya jai.
Pistol ko bharna,
ready , make safe aur
g,
Drill
carts
g,
Drill
carts
9
mm
N
254
.
khali karna.
(a)
2.
(b)
1
(c)
Pistal,
Mag,
Drill
carts,
Fig 11
Tgt.
(d)
Bhar ki hukam par
mag ko baren aur akin
Karen ki sahi laga hai.
Hukam mile ready to
karwai is prakart se
karen. Pistol ko case se
bahar nikalen, pistol ko
cock karen, ungali
trigger guard mein ,
addesh mile make safe
to pistol ko khali karen,
bhara hua mag charyen,
aur case mein band
karen, jahan se hi
hukam, mile khali kar to
is addesh par karwai is
prakar karen, pistrol se
mag ko utharen, pistol
ko do baar cock karen,
khali mag charakar
trigger ko press karen
aur khali mag charyen
aur pistol ko case mein
band karen
ABHYAS
Class ko bharne aur
khali karne per abhyas
liya jai.
BHAGFiring posn aur fire
9
III
karna.;mm
Pistol,
(a) Battle
Mag,
crouch posn.
Drill
(b) Standing
carts
posn.
(a) Battle crouch
posn. Agar dushman
10 mtr se nazdik ho to
am
una
bay
an
ke
sat
h
diya
jai.
(e)
(f)
05
27
07
34
(g)
C
lass
ko
tafs
il se
na
mu
na
de.
255
yeh posn liya jata hai,
baen paon ko tgt ki sidh
mein aur badan ka
khakha chhote se
chhota banayen.
(b) Standing posn
Agar tgt 10 se 25 mtr ki
duri par ho to standing
posn se tgt ko barbad
kiya jata hai, dono paon
khule hue, dahine paon
tgt ki sidh mein aur
baen paon pichhe, baen
hath belt , kamar ya
pocket mein lagaya ho.
Fire karna Munashib
posn
banayen
aur
trigger
ko
kalmiwali
ungali ke beech dabaen
pahla pull hasil karen,
aur rifle ki tarah trigger
ko dabyen. Agar fire ko
rokna hai to
stop ki
karwai karen. Pistol ko
niche layen aur go on
par fire ko jari karen.
ABHYAS
Class ko firing posn
9
par abhyas karwaya
mm
jaye.
Pistol,
Mag,
Drill
carts
(a
)
.
(b)
SANKS
HEP
(c)
Q1 – Pistol ke mag
mein kitne rds aate
hain?
A – 13 Rds aate hain.
Q2 – Make safe kab
kiya jata hai ?
A- Jab ek jagah se
dusri jagah jana ho(Ops
area mein) ya thori der
ke liye fire rokana ho.
(d)
04
38
(e)
02
(f)
40
)
(g
H
ar
ek
bha
g se
saw
al
poo
chh
en.
Q 3 – Pistol ko ready
kab – kab kiya jata
256
hain?
A – (i) Fire karne ki
jarurat pare.
(ii) Tgt dikhai
dena pare.
(iii) Hukam milne
par.
-----------------------------*************************------------------------------------
PIS 7-11
9mm PISTOL KI CHAAL, PARNE WALI ROKEN AUR UNHEN
DUR KARNE KA TARIQA SIKHANA
TARTIB
S/NO
TEACHING POINTS
1.
SHURU
SHURU
KA
KAM
(a) Class ki ginti groupon
mein bant .
(b) Hathiyar aur saman ka
nirakshan.
(c) Bandobast ki karwai.
2.
DOHRAI
Q1. 9mm Pistol kis sidhnath
TRG TIM
AIDS E
A R
9mm 0 0
Pisto 1 1
l,
Mag,
drill
carts
, fig
11tgt
,
grou
nd
sheet
.
0 0
REM
ARK
S
Nirik
shan
class
se
kara
jaye.
Pichl
257
par kam karta hai?
Ans :- Short recoil ke sidhant
par.
Q2. Yadi tgt 10 m se nazdik
ho to kaun se posn lena
chahiye ?
Ans :-Battle crouch posn.
1
2 e
saba
q se
dohr
ai le
jai.
3.
PAHUNC 9 mm Pistol short recoil ki
H
sidhant par kam karne wal
ahathiyar hai. Is hathiyar ka
tech data, bharna, khali
karna sikh lena hi ek firei ke
liye kafi nahi hai, balki
zaruri hai ki firer iski chal ke
bare mein jankari rakhta ho
taki firing ke dauran parne
wali rokon ko asani se dur
kar sake.
0
1
0 Choo
3 ta
saaf
aur
saba
q se
samb
andhi
t ho.
4.
UDDES
H
9 mm Pistol ki Chaal, Parne
wali Roken aur Unhe Dur
Karne ka Tarika Sikhana
Hai.
0
1
0 Udde
4 sh do
bar
batay
a jae.
5.
SAMAN
9 mm Pistol, Mag, Drill carts,
Pistol case, line yard, Black
board, long easel, chalk,
duster, fig 11 tgt, ground
sheet.
0
1
(a)
6.
(b)
BHAGO
N MEIN
BANT
(c)
Bhag -I
9mm Pistol ki
Chaal.
Bhag -II
Parnewali Roken
aur Unhe Dur Karne ka
Tariqa.
(d)
0 Sama
5 n ko
point
karke
batay
a
jaye.
(e (
(g)
) f
)
Suvid
0 0 ha ke
1 6 liye
bago
n
mein
bant
ki
jaye.
258
BHAG-I
NAMUN
A
9mm Pistol ki Chaal. Chal
mein kaam aane wale hisse
purje – Mag, tripping lever
head, tripping lever tail, sear
connecting lever, sear arm,
hammer, firing pin, barrel,
locking thread, slide locking
races, extractor, ejector, feed
piece, positional lug.
Chaal. Jab ek firer mag ko
chadhata hai to mag agla
kinara tripping lever head ke
upar dabav dalta hai, jisse
tripping
lever
tail
sear
connecting lever ki sidh mein
aa jata hai. Jab trigger ko
dabaya jata hai to tripping
lever tail sear connecting
lever ke agle hisse par dabav
dalta
hai,
jisse
sear
connecting lever ka pichhle
hissa sear arm ke upar
dabav dalta hai aur hammer
azad hokar firing pin retainer
par chot marta hai, firing pin
apne
hole
se
nikalkar
chamber wale rd ke primer
par chot marta hai aur rd
fire ho ja ta hai. Ise FIRE ki
karwai kahte hain. Rd fire
hone se ek dhakka lagta hai
jise short recoil ke naam se
jante hain.
Is dhakke ki
madad se brl aur slide piche
ki harkat karte hain. Jab brl
aur slide dono ek sath lock
halat mein hi 5mm peeche ki
harkat
karta
hai
to
unclained surface limitor se
takra kar neeche ki taraf dab
jata hai aur brl locking
thread tatha slide locking
races ka milap tut jata hai,
karwai UNLOCK ki hoti hai.
Yahan par brl ke peechhe ki
harkat samapt ho jati hai
lekin slide ke peechhe ki
harkat jari rahti hai.
Is
peechhe ki harkat ke dauran
Pisto
l,
mag,
drill
carts
,
grou
nd
sheet
.
0
7
1 Nam
3 una
baya
n ke
sath
diya
jaye.
259
(a)
(b)
BHAGII
extractor
fire
case
ko
peechhe lata hai, karwai
EXTRACT ki hoti hai. Fired
case ejector se takrakar
ejectioning slot ke raaste
dahine aur neeche gir jata
hai, karwai EJECT ki hoti
hai. Slide hammer ke pura
upar se gujar jata hai aur
forward lug se takrane ke
karan peechhe jane se ruk
jata hai. Is dauran hammer
vent ka milap sear ke sath
ho jata hai, karwai COCK ki
hoti hai. Main guide spring
sikur jata hai. Jab spring
apne tanav ko pura karta hai
to slide ko aage dhakelta hai.
Is aage ki harkat ke dauran
feed piece mag ke upar wale
rd ko chamber
(c)
mein dakhil karta hai,
karwai FEED ki hoti hai.
Extractor rd ke pende par
sawar ho jata hai, karwai
LOAD ki hoti hai. Positional
lug, sited for positional lug
ke upar dabav dalta hai jisse
brl upar ki taraf uthta hai, is
dauran brl locking thread
aur slide locking races ka
milap ho jata hai, karwai
LOCK ki hoti hai. Lock hone
ke baad bhi brl aur slide lock
halat mein dono ek sath
5mm aage ki harkat karta
hai.
Is
dauran
sear
connecting lever ka agla
kinara tripping lever tail ki
sidh mein aa jata hai aur
pistol dubara fire karne ke
liye taiyar ho jata hai.
Parne wali Roken aur Unhe
Dur Karne ka Tariqa. Yadi
pistol shuru se hi fire na
kare ya fire karte karte ruk
(d)
(e
)
(
f
)
(g)
Nam
una
baya
n ke
260
NAMUN
A
ABHYAS
jaye to rok ko pehchen.
Pistol ko bhar posn mein
layen. Pistol ko baen turn
karen aur ejectioning slot ke
raaste dekhen. Dekhne se
pata chala hammer pura
aage slide pura aage to
misfire ki rok samajhkar dur
karen. Pistol ko dahine turn
karte huye cock karen, slide
ko aage jane den aur fire
mein shamil karen.
Agar
dekhne mein aaye hammer
pura peechhe slide aage se
thora peechhe to unfit rd ki
rok samajhkar dur karen.
Baen hath ki hatheli se slide
par thapki lagayen, unfit rd
fit ho jayega, pistol ko fire
mein shamil kare.
Agar
dekhne mein aaye hammer
pura peechhe slide peechhe
se thora aage to body mein
atke
huye
rd
ki
rok
samajhkar dur karen. Slide
ko pakarte huye pistol ko
cock karen, pistol ko dahine
turn karte huye hilayen,
body mein atka hua rd
neeche gir jayega, pistol ko
fire mein shamil karen. Agar
dekhne mein aaye hammer
pura peechhe slide pura
peechhe to khali mag ki rok
samajhkar dur karen. Mag
catch ko dabate huye khali
mag ko utaren, pouch se
bhari hui mag ko len, mag
ka mulahija karte huye mag
way mein dakhil karen,
yakin karen ki mag thik lag
gaya hai, slide ko aage jane
den aur pistol ko fire mein
shamil karen.
Abhas ke liye hukam is
prakar se – Hammer pura
aage slide pura age, hammer
pura age slide age se thora
peechhe,
hammer
pura
9
mm
Pisto
l,
Mag,
Drill
carts
0
7
3
0
9
mm
Pisto
l,
Mag,
0
8
3
8
sath
diya
jaye.
261
(b)
(a)
7.
peechhe slide peechhe se Drill
thora age, hammer pura carts
peechhe slide pura peechhe.
(c)
(d)
SANKSH Q1.
Pistol ki chal kitne
EP
action mein puri hoti hai ?
Ans. 8 action mein.
Q2.
Pistol mein kitne
prakar ki roken dur hoti hain
?
Ans. 4 prakar ki.
(e
)
0
2
(
f
)
4
0
(g)
*************************************************************************************
*************************************************************************************
**********************************************************************************
15) . TEAR SMOKE
(CODE-TS)
TS - 1
TEAR SMOKE GAS –ITIHAAS , KISMAIN , RANGE
AUR PRAYOG
Shirshak Vishay
Shuru
shuru
ka kaam
Dhayna
karshan
Prastha
vana
Yakin Karen ki sabka dhyan class ki taraf hai
aur sab ke pass likhne ki samagri hai. Tatha
class chalane hetu upkaran lage hai.
Manavadhikar se aap kya samajte hain.
Vartman samay main aantrik kanoon tatha
suraksha vyavastha ko sucharu rup se
chalane ke liye jin sadhano ko upyog main
late hai usmain se tear smoke gas ek bahut hi
accha avam mahatwapurna sadhan hai.
Isliye yehn par awashak hai ki police force
Prashiks
han
Upkaran
Multymi
diaProje
cter etc.
Tadaiv
Tadaiv
Sama
y
1 Min
02-03
Min
04-05
Min
262
Uddesh
Ansu
gas ka
itihas
Ansu
Gas ka
bharat
main
itihas
saddse iske bare main puri jankari rakhte ho
tatha istemal ke bare main bhi jante ho
mouka padne par vah iska thik prakar se
istemal kar saken.
Is path ki samapti ke paschat sabhi
prashiksharthi tear smoke gas ki aam
jankari, Gas ammunition ke prakar unke
range aur upyog ke bare main janne main
saksham honge.
Vaise to is gas ka avaishkaar 1900 main ho
chukka tha lekin iska sarvapratham istemal
France ki police organization ne first world
war (1914-1918) ke shuru hone se pahle hi
kar liya jaisa ki Kol.Rex. appligate ne apni
pustak ‘‘Riot control material and Techniques
main likha hai. Iske bad America main bhi
gas ka istemal Dakuon, choron tatha
asamajik tatwon ke khilaf jo sena se ladhai
samapt ho jane ke bad pension tatha graduity
de kar nokari se hata diye gaye the unhone
bad main sarkar ke khilaf aandolan chod diya
aur lut-mar shuru kar di thi unke khilaf
prayog ki gaya tha. Pahle is gas ko bank aur
static instolation main rakha jata tha jisko
bank clerk baithe-baithe hi istemal kar sakta
tha. Baad main is gas ko ek jagha se dusri
jagha le jane layak banaya gaya aur fir
grenade tatha shellon main bhara kar isko
portabale banaya gaya hai.
Bharat main yeh gas kab layi gai iske bare
main puri tour se jankari nahi hai lekin 1933
main is gas ko sabse pahle Punjab main
khatarnak apradhi tatha daquit ko arrest
karne ke liye authorised ki gai.
Police
training school PTS Pillaur ke principal Late.
F.H.D Home jo us samay PT School ke
principal the is gas ke bare main jankari
prakat karne ke liye America bheje haye aur
ve waha se iske bare main jankari hasil karke
laye. Bad main unko hi Bharat Sarkar ka
salahakar lagaya gaya jo tear smoke se
sambandhit mamlon ke bare main Bharat
sarkar ko avagat karate gaye.1935 main ek
report secrectory for India ko bheji hai jisme
is gas ko bhid ke upar istemal ke liye ijajat
mangi gayi jo manjur kar di gayi.
1- Kya halat vastav main is layak hai ki gas
istemal kiya jaye.
2- Kya manav aadhikaron par iska istemal
Tadaiv
06- 07
Min
Tadaiv
08-11
Min
Tadaiv
12-16
Min
263
puri tarah se nirnayak hai.
3- Kya iske istemal ke liye iccha aur safal
avsar the.
1937 main ek tear smoke scout banaya gaya
jiska PTS ke principal ke adhin tear smoke ki
treaning di gai tatha 1940 ke lagatar tear
smoke ke bare main PTS Fillor dwara training
di jane lagi.
March 1980 se tear smoke ke bare main
vishesh training CRPF ke Central Training
College-II all India Police level par di ja rahi
hai. Jisme sabhi state Police ke adhikari aate
hai aur Tear Smoke ke bare main jankari
hasil karte hai. Kaha jata hai ki gas majme
ke lihaj se sabse pahle Freedom fighters ke
khilaf Patna (Bihar) main istemal ki gayi thi.
Tear Smoke Gas Ke Prabhav –
1-Ansu Gas ka dhuaa aakhon main lagne se
aasu aane lagte hai.
2-Ansu gas se ek prakar ki gas nikalti hai
jiski sugund aswasniye hoti hai.
3- Iske asar se aankh, gale, nak tatha pasina
hone wali chamdi main jalan hoti hai.
Gas
Ammuni
tion ke
prakar
unke
range
aur
puyog.
Tear Smoke gas ko iski banawat ke aadhar
par 2 bhagon main banta gaya hai.
1.Thos Gas- Yeh Gas Federal Company dwara
1923 main banana shuru kiya gaya.
2. Maya Gas- Yeh Gas Likecriya lab dwara
1925 main banaya gaya.
Type of Tear Smoke ammunitionThose Gas Ammunition ko duri ke lihaj se
hum 3 bhagon main bant-te hain :
a) Najdik Duri (Short range)
b) Maddham Duri (Medium Range)
c) Lambi Duri (Long range)
Short Range Ammunition – Is main hum ek
tear smoke ammunition ko shamil karte hai
jinki range 0 se 10 gaj tak hoti hai. Isme tear
smoke ammunition sammelit hota hai.Blast Cartridge* Metal- Alluminum
* Lambai- 5’’
* Wajan – 60 grm.
* Vyas – 0.8’’
* Range- 3 se 4 Gaj tak
Tadaiv
17&3
6 Min
264
Istemal Blast ya Trenchen Gun cartridge ko
majme ke virudh istemal nahi kiya jata hai.
Iska istemal gad-bad karne walon aur gundon
ke liye kiya jata hai.
Gun Cartridge –
* Lambai – 8’’
* Vyas -1.5’’
* Wajan-226.8 grm.
* Range-10 Gaj
* Rang-Alluminium
Is cartridge ko fedral riot gas gun se fire karte
hai. Iske bhi fire karne ka uddesh wahi hai jo
blast cartridge ka hai. 4 gaj duri se kam kar
isko fire nahi karna chahiye.
Medium range- Isme hum thos gas ke un
tear smoke ammunitions ko shamil karte hai
jo hath se 10 gaj se lekar 50 gaj tak fenke jate
hai. Pahle hum fedral company ke grenade hi
lenge.
1- Single way grenade
Rang- Lal
Lambai Bhushan ke sath -6’’
Lambai Bina Bhushan ke- 5’’
Wajan-17 ounce
Vayas -2.5’’
Gas emmishan holes- 14 (9 side main 4 upar
aur 1 niche)
Gas emmishan samay- 25 se 35 second tak
Range -50 guj
Yadi C.N. aur D.M Grenade honge to unka
rang nila aur hara hoga, baki sari baaten
wahi hai jo C.N ke single way grenade main
batai gai hai.
Istemal ka tarika1- Majme ke upar
2- Gas torch main dal kar
3- Three way grenadeYeh tifin ki shakal ka hota hai, iske 3 tukde
dhamake ke sath alag-alag girte hai, three
way grenade ke bare main jankariRang-Lal (yadi CN ka hai to )
Wajan-20 ounce
Lambai bhushan ke sath-6’’
Lambai bina bhushan -5’’
Vayas- 2.5’’
Gas emmishan holes-22
Gas emmishan samay- 20 se 25 second.
Range- 50 gaj
265
Failao- Iska ek tukda dusre tukde se takriban
15 se 25 guj dur jata hai.
Istemal ka tarika1. Jab majma tukdiyon main alag-alag khada
ho.
2. Jab auraton aur bacchon ka majma ho
Note- Is grenade ko kabhi bhi gas torch main
dalkar istemal nahi karna chahiye.
1- Indigenous GrenadeYeh hamare desh meion ordinance factory
Chanda ka banaya huaa grenade hai. Yahan
Grenade-CN gas ka hai. Is grenade ki vishesh
jankari –
Rang-Lal
Lambai- 4.8’’
Wajan-540 grm
Gas emmishan holes- 15
Gas emmishan samay- 15 second
Vayas – 2.2.”
Range – 35 se 50 gaj
Istmal ka tarika :Is grenade ka istmal majme par karte hai.
Agar is grenade ko GF rifle per discharge cap
chadha kar isme gas cap ke sath grenade ko
dalkar ballistite cartridge se 45 degree angle
se fire karen to usme se jo gas niklegi vah gas
cap (jo ki Swadeshi grenade ke niche main
lagaya hai) par dhakka degi jisse grenade ka
range 200 gaj tak ho jata hai.
*Blast Dispersion Grenade (CN & CS)
Is grenade ki body aluminum ki bani hoti hai
iska aakar thik speed hit grenade ki tarah
hota hai. CN ka blast dispersion grenade ke
andar CN ka mixer tatha CS ke blast
dispersion grenade ke andar CS mixer aur
powder bhara hota hai. Yeh kharbuje ki tarah
fat-ta hai .Bhushan ki chal pura hone par aag
ka shole grenade ke andar bhare hue blasting
charge ko aag laga deta hai. Jisse yeh grenade
kafi unchi aawaj se fat jata hai. Is main se gas
dhul ki shakal main bahar nikal jati hai.
Long Range- isme un shellon tatha grenade
ko shamil karte hai jiska range 100 se 200 gaj
tak hota hai.
Short Range ShellRang- Lal (Yadi CN ka hai to)
Lambai- 8.5’’
Vyas -1.5’’
266
Gas emmission hole-10
Gas emmission type-25 se 35 second.
Wajan- 10 ounce
Range-100 gaj
Long Range Shell- Iske bare main puri
jankari thik wahi hai jo short range ki hai.
Lekin isme proplete charge ki matra jaida
hone ke karan is shell ka range 200 gaj hai.
Rang- Lal (Yadi CN ka hai to)
Lambai- 10.9’’
Vyas -1.5’’
Gas emmishan hole-10
Gas emmishan type-25 se 35 second.
Wajan- 17 ounce
Range direct -75 se 100 gaj
Range angle ke sath- 325
Shak ya Path ke madham se.
sawal
Sankshe Pure path ko sankshep
p
samapan Karen.
Tadaiv
main
batakar
Tadaiv
3738Min
39-40
Min
*******************************************************
TS - 2
TEARSMOKE UNIT TEKANPUR(GWALIOR) MAIN
BANAYE JANE WALE TEAR SMOKE GAS
AMMUNITIONS KE BARE MAIN JANKARI
SHIRSH
AK
DHANA
KARSHA
N
UDDES
H
PRICHA
Y
SUBJECT
TIME
02 Min
Is path ki samapti ke paschat sabhi prashiksharthi TS
Unit Tekenpur
main banaye jane wale Tear smoke
gas ammunitions ke bare main saksham honge .
Pahle ham tayar smoke amammunitions ke liye puran
rup se America (USA) ke fedral company tatha lek-eari
company par nirbhar the. Ham inhi companion se tear
smoke ammunitions mangaate the or inpar hi nirbhar
rahte the. Yeh ammunition bahar se mangne par
hamko bahut mahnga padta tha. Dhire-dhire bharat
sarkar ne ispar vichar kiya our yeh nirnay liya ki kyun
na ham apne desh main tear smoke ammunition
03&05
Min
06-08
Min
267
banana shuru kar den. Ataha 1967 main Chanda
Ordinance Factory, jo Maharashtra main hai, jisne
C.N ka ek chota grenade banana shuru kar diya. Isko
swadeshi garned indiginous grenade bhi kahte hai.Aaj
kal bharat main ek our firm tear smoke ammunition
taiyar kar rahi hai. Isko tear smoke unit kahte hai.
Yah factory B.S.F.ke andar Tekanpur Gwaliyar (M.P.)
main hai. Iske taiyar smoke ammunition ka nap tool
fedral/lek eari company ke ammunition main thoda
bhin hai.
09-35
T. M. U. ke Tekanpur main banaye jane wale ansu gas shell
Min
1. Durgami shell
2. Nikatgami Shell
3 Stan Shell
4. Two in One shell
5. Dual shell
6. Wood paising shell
7.Multi plate shell Multi shell launcher hetu.
Durgami aur Nikatgami shell aam taur par kanun
vyvastha banaye rakhne ke liye suraksha balon dwara
kiye jate hai. Baki shellon ko khas maukon par
istemal karne ke liye viksat kiya gaya hai.
Durgami aur Nikat Gami shell ki banawat - 1) Shell
body (aluminium ya plastic) 2) igniator assembly –
nirdharit deri paida karne ke liye. 3)Cartridge case–
aluminium ya plastic ke 0.22 kyap our propelyend
charge ke sath. 4)durgami / nikatgami shellon main
lekimetri kampgition bhara hota hai durgami shell ka
dile samay our propellent charge nikat gami shell se
adhik hai taki vah nikatgami shell jaida dur tak ja
sake.
Savdhaniya – 1. Istemal karne se pahle yakin karen ki
shell ki self life khatam to nahi hua hai. 2. Load karne
se pahle dekh le ki shell leak ya chatigrast to nahi hai.
3. Shell ko gun main load karte samay jabardasti na
kare. 4.Bhid par sidha fire na karen . Aisa karne se
gambhir chote aa sakti hai aur mout bhi ho sakti hai
Faide 1. Sabhi tarah ke mousam main kargar astra.
2. Dhuaa nikalne ki raftar jaida hai. 3. Aage wala
hissa chapta hone se chot lagne ke avsar kam ho jate
hain. 4. Shell ke istamal se bhid aur police ke bich
surakshit fasla rakha ja sakta hai aur bhid ko dur se
hi titar bitar kiya ja sakta hai 5. Pratek se 10 meter X
10 meter ka ilaka prabhavit karta hai. 6. Fire kai shell
ek sath le ja sakti hai.
PRAYOG – 1. Dur va nikatgami shell uttejit bhid ko
dur se titar-bitar karne ke liye upyukt astra hai.
2. Band kamra ya aadd liye hue ugravadiyon ko bahar
nikalne ki karwahi main kafi labhdayak hai.
268
3. Durgami /Nikatgami electrical shellon ko multi
barrel launcher (agni varsha) se istamal kiya ja sakta
hai.
STAN SHELL – “SEEMA KIRTI” –
Aam Jankari – Is shell ko fire karne par yeh do se
char second ke bad jordar dhamaka karta hai aur
chounka dene wali roshni ke sath fat-ta hai. Yeh
dhamaka 303 rifle fire hone par utapann awaz ke
barabar hai. Shell ke dhamake se bhid main sansani
doud jati hai aur use titar-bitar karne main aasani
hoti hai. Yeh ek aisa astra hai jiska istemal ek
‘’surprises astra ke rup main kiya jana chahiye. Stan
shell ke istemal se najdik se najdik khada vyakti ko
chot lag sakti hai ya vah aag se julas sakta hai, fir bhi
yeh chote goli dwara kiye gaye nuksan se bahut kam
hai.
Sankshe
p
Banawat1-Plastic ki shell body
2-Plastic ka cartridge case
3- .22 cap
4- Igniator assembly
5- Shell main stan composition
Sawal jawab se.
36&40
Min
****************************************************************
TS 3-4
TEAR SMOKE AMMUNITIONS –BADAL AUR HAWA KA ASAR
SHIRSHAK
DHAYANAK
ARSHAN
UDDESH
PARICHAY
TARTIB
SUBJECT
TIME
02 min
Mousam ka asar .
Is path ki samapti ke paschat sabhi prashiksharthi
Tear smoke ammunitions /Badlao aur hawa ke asar
ke bare main saksham honge .
Gas se jaida faida uthane ke liye isko is tarike se
istemal kiya jaye ki accha asar ho aur majma jaldi
se jaldi titar-bitar ho jaye. Iske liye chand ek
siddhant, jo ki gas istemal karte samay dhyan
main rakhne chahiye.
Hawa ka rukh va raftar malum karna : –Ansu gas
ka istemal karte samay aur khas kar jab shell fire
karte hain to hawa ka rukh rakhna padta hai,
03-05
min
06-10
min
11-20
min
269
Badalon ka
siddhant
Hawa ki
raftar
Sankshep
kyunki ek to shell wajan main halka hota hai,
dusra raftar kam hone ki wajah se uddan ke aakhir
samay main apne raste kafi dur hat kar ja sakta
hai. Isliye gas ki karwahi ko kamyab banaye rakhne
ke liye jaruri hai ki lagatar karwahi ki jaye.
1. Malmal ke kapde ko, bans ke tukde par
bandhkar hawa ki disha ka pata lagaya ja sakta
hai.
2. Ek tin ke dibba main sulagta hua kapda ya gobar
dalkar is ko ek patle bass main lagakar upar uthaya
jaye, is dhue se hawa ki disha ka pata lag jayega.
3. Smoke candle jalakar bhi hawa ki disha ko
malum kiya ja sakta hai.
4. Smoke shell ko gun se fire karke hawa k disha ko
malum kiya ja sakta hai. Upar ki baaton ke alawa
aur bhi kai tarike se hawa ke rukh ka pata laga
sakte hai, hawa ki raftar ka pata lagane ke liye
anemometer ki madad li ja sakti hai.
Anemometer- Yeh hawa ke raftar ka pata lagane ka
ek yantra hai, isse hawa ki raftar ka pata prati
minute / Feet main lag jata hai aur jaruri ho to
hawa ki raftar prati ghanta /kilo meters main bhi
nikali ja sakti hai.
Gas ke dhue par nimnalikhit baaten asar dalti hai.
1- Garmi :- Garmi pakar hawa halki ho jati hai aur
upar uthati hai, iske sath hi sath vatavaran main
chodi hui ansu gas ka dhuwa bhi upar uth-ta hai
aur is prakar se upar uthane wala dhuwa iske liye
upyukat nahi hota hai.
Yadi garmi ho to dhuwan kewal upar ko hi uthega,
yadyapi itna jaruri hai ki grenade ke khud ke
pressure se ansu gas kuch dur tak age ko jaye,
lekin uske bad fir dhuan ko dhakel kar aage ko le
jaye jisse iska pura asar majme par ho sake uske
liye ek ghante main 6 k.m. chalne wali hawa bahut
upyukat hai. Ek ghante main 12 k.m. chalne wali
hawa bhi iske liye upyukat hai. Isliye jaruri hai ki
gas ke dhue ko aage dhakalne ke liye hawa main
raftar bhi ho jo gas ko majme tak pahuncha sake.
Sawal Jawab se.
21-22
min
23-37
min
38-40
min
****************************************************************
TS 5-6
CHAMBER TEST KE BAREMAIN JANKARI
270
SHIRSHA
K
DHAYANA
KARSHAN
UDDESH
PARICHAY
Chamber
test ke liye
saman
SUBJECT
TIME
02 min
Line of screen (Conversation line)
Is path ki samapti ke paschat sabhi prashiksharthi
chamber test tatha swans yantra ki fitting ko check
karne ke bare main saksham honge.
Chamber test ka uddesh swas yantra ki durusti ko
check karna aur gas ka asar mahsus karna hai. Iske
liye koi bhi kamra ya tent jo air tight, ho gas
chamber ke liye prayog kiya ja sakta hai. Kamra aisa
hona chahiye ki darwaja khulne par dhire-dhire gas
nikal sake. Iske alawa kamre main 2 darwaje, shishe
ki khidki , roshan dan aur pankha hona chahiye.
Jab kabhi bhi gas chamber ki jagah ka chunao kiya
ja raha ho to aam raste se 100 gaj dur hona chahiye.
1. Gas chamber
2. C.N. Lekri-metyari capsule
3.Tin ka tawa
4. lamp ya candle
5. pankha
6. swans yantra
7. Tip todne wala saman
8. Matches
Chamber prashikshan se pahle ki karwahi
1- Chamber test ke liye C.N. ki mili hui mark-II va III
shishe ki lekri-metyari capsule ka istemal karna
chahiye
2- 1000 ghan feet kamre ki liye 2 capsule kafi hai.
3- kisi halki tip todne wali chij se tip ko todo, capsule
ko ek tin ke tawe par rakhen .Niche se lamp ya
candle se garam karo, dhyan rahe tawa jaida garam
nahi hona chahiye, nahi to aag lagne ka dar rahta
hai, aur C.N. rasayan gas na paida karke jal jata hai.
4- Gas ko pure kamre main failne ke liye pankhe ki
madad lo.
5- Capsule ko istemal karte samay C.N. mishran
badan par nahi lagana chahiye nahi to sakt jalan
paida hogi sath hi chamber parshikshan se pahle is
baat ki tassali karo-a) Heater, Pankha, Capsule
istemal ke liye taiyar hai. b) Tamam jawano ko
chamber prashikshan ko uddesh va drill battayen.c)
Har jawan ke pass apna swans yantra hona chahiye.
d) tamam nikali gas taiyar sthiti main ho. e) Sabko
face piece pahnaya jayega. f) face piece fit ho jane ke
bad jawanon se drill karai jaye.g)Drill ke dauran
check karon ki kisi aadmi ko gas se taklif to nahi ho
rahi hai. h) Parsikshan ke liye puri taiyari ho jane ke
03-06
min
07-12
min
13-30
min
271
bad darwaje par sentry niyukt karen. i) Shikshak,
sentry se thodsa sa darwaja kholne ke liye kahen aur
isi dauran sab jawanon ko kamre main dakhil hone
ko kahen jo ki sabhi jawan kamre main aa jate hai to
vah sentry se darwaja band karwaden.
6- Chamber test ke dauran ki karwahi a) chamber
main aa jane ke bad sabhi jawano ko gol dayare
main khada karen. b) agar gas ke asar se koi aadmi
ghabrane lage to use kamre se bahar nikalo aur
dubara chamber parshikshan main dalo.c) Jawano ki
face piece ki fitting ko check karo. d) jawano se thoda
sa vyam karao taki ye swans yantra ki kabliyat ko
mahsus kar sake.e) jawano ko kam se kam 5 minute
tak rahane do.f) shiksharthion se aakhir main ek
minute ke liye face piece utarwa do aur gas mahsus
karwao. g) jawano ko face piece pahna kar test for
gas karao aur dusre darwaje se bahar nikalo.
Tippani
Sankshep
I. Agar jaida jawano se chamber test karaya ja raha 30-38
ho to yakin karte raho ki gas ka asar chamber main min
rahe aur jarurat padne par aur capsule istemal kiya
jayen.
II. Chamber test kisi padadhikari ya prashikshit
adhikari ya shikshak ki nigrani main karaya jaye aur
yeh prasikshan ke dauran mojud rahe.
7. Chamber prasikshan ke bad ki karwahi a) Sabhi
jawano ko kamre se bahar nikalne ke bad hi unke
face piece utar de. B) Yakin karo ki kise jawan ko gas
ka jaida asar to nahi ho gaya hai, agar jaida asar ho
gaya ho to prathamik upchar karo. c) Check karo ki
kisi jawan ke chehre par face piece ka nishan to nahi
ho gaya. Nishan ban-ne ke nimnalikhit karan hai.
i) face piece ka chota hona
ii) face piece ke phite ka jaida kasa hona
d) Agar jawano ko swans yantra thik fit mila ho to
unke upar nishan lagakar unki size note kar li jaye e)
Uske bad face piece ko acchi tarah saaf karo,
khushak karo taki uspar gas ka asar na rah jaye. f)
Eye piece par anti daiming compound lagakar saaf
karen. g) Upasthit adhikari tamam chijon ki report
den.
Sawal jawab se.
39-40
min
****************************************************************
272
TS 7-8
TEAR SMOKE GRENADES KI CHAL
SHIRSHAK
DHAYANAK
ARSHAN
UDDESH
Tartib
SUBJECT
TIME
02 Min
Is
path
ki
samapti
ke
paschat
sabhi
prashiksharthi Tear smoke grenades ki chal tatha
sabhi prakar ke grenades va shells ke bare main
saksham honge .
Single way grenade- kisi bhi grenade ke do hisse
hote hai.
1- Bhushan
2 –Body
1.Bhushan- Bhushan bhi 2 kisam ke hote hai.
a) Ek second ka bhushan- Jaldi jalne wala.
b) Do second bhushan – delay type
Jaldi jalne wala bhushan ko single way grenade
main tatha delay type bhushan ko three way
grenade main istemal kiya jata hai. Jo jaldi jalne
wala bhushan lever par ek second tatha delay type
bhushan lever par do second likha hota hai. Lekin
aaj kal jaldi jalne wala bhushan istemal kiya jata
hai jiske lever par kuch nahi likha hota hai.
Bhushan ke hisse purjon ke naam1. lever
2. Split pin
3. Ring
4. Hammer (Sticker)
5. Precaution Cap
6. .32 Black cartridge
7. Special spring
Chahe ek second wala bhushan ho ya do second
ka iski chal single way grenade tatha three way
grenade main ek jaisa hi hai. Jab yeh action main
nahi hota hai to iske hisse purje ki position is
03-05
Min
06-36
Min
273
prakar hoti hai- Hammer lever ke niche surakshit
daba hota hai tatha lever ko apni jagah par thik
rakhne ke liye bhushan ke sholder ke surakh
main split pin ko dala hota hai taki lever apni
jagha banaye rahe aur lever ke niche hammer
surkshit rahata hai. split pin ke dono kinare
bahar ko khule rahate hai taki pin apni jagha se
hil na paye aur hadsonse bacha ja sake.
Jab bhushan ko action main laya jata hai.- jab
Spilt pin ko nikal kar grenade ko hawa main faink
te hai to lever azad hota hai jiski wajaha se lever
ke niche daba huaa hammer apne spiral spring ki
takad se apne pivat par upar ko harkat karte hai
aur waha lever ko apne raste se hata deta hai, aur
jor se percussion cap par thokar marta hai, jis se
aag ka shoal paida hota hai. Yeh shola .32 black
cartridge ko aag laga deta hai, .32 black cartridge
main aag lagne se iski aag teji se grenade main
bhare ignishiyan past ko aag laga deta hai.
2.Body Grenade ki body main nimn hisse purje
hote hai. –
1. pressure chamber
2. Body
3. Gas emission holes
4. Ignition post
5. Mixer of gas
Chhal – Jab bhushan .32 cartridge se aag ka shola
nikalta hai to vah grenade ke pressure chamber se
hote hue ignition post ko aag laga deta hai. Ispar
aag lagne se grenade main bhare gas mishran ko
bhi aag lag jati hai, is prakar grenade ke andar aag
lagne se gas itne dabav ke sath bahar aa jati hai ki
vah chipkane wale phite ko fad kar gas, gas
emmission hole se bade dawav ke sath bahar aa
jati hai aise halat main yadi iske upar pani bhi
dala jaye to iski gas par pani ka koi bhi asar nahi
hota hai. Grenade itna garam ho jata hai ki usko
uthakar police par fenkna namunkin hota hai.
Gas grenade se 25 se 35 second tak nikalti hai.
Three way grenade – Hisse purje ke naam
thik wahi hai jo speed grenade ke hain. Lekin
farak itna hai ki three way grenade tiffin ke jaisa
hai aur dhamake ke sath 3 tukadon main alagalag hota hai.
Three way grenade ke padartha) Fuze
b) Breasting Charge
c) Ignition post
d) C.N ka mishran
274
Sankshep
e) Cups (Katori)
Chhal- Bhushan ka shola Grenade ke pressure
chamber se hota huaa fuze aur pahli katori main
bhare ignition post ko aag laga deta hai, fuze jalta
hua pahli katori ke niche rakhe breasting charge
main aag laga deta hai, jis se dhamake ke sath
pahli katori aur do jude hue grenade ke hisse alag
ho jate hain. Fuze apna kam yahi par samapt
nahi karta balki yeh failta hua dusri katori ke
ignition post aur C.N. gas mishran main aag laga
deta hai. Aag lagne ke sath tisari katori alag ho
jati hai aur fat-ta hain.
Sawal Jawab Se
37-40
min
TS -9
TEAR SMOKE GAS KA SIDDHANT AUR ISTEMAL MAIN
DEKHNE WALI BATEN
SHIRSHAK
DHAYANAK
ARSHAN
UDDESH
Tartib
SUBJECT
TIME
02 Min
Line of release
Is path kI samapti ke paschat sabhi
prashiksharthi Tactical Principle of tear smoke
gas ke bare main saksham honge .
Hawa ka rukh aur raftar- Yeh pahle hi bataya ja
chuka hai ki hawa kis prakar Tear Smoke gas ke
dhune par asar dalti hai. Isliye adhikari ko
chahiye ki gas ko usi jagha istemal karwayen
jahan se uska pura-pura asar majme par ho
saken. Isi prakar hawa ki raftar ka bhi dhyan
rakhna hoga. Yadi hawa tej chal rahi hogi to
jaida matra main gas ko istemal karna padaga
kyunki hawa ki raftar se dhua jaldi hi upar uth
jayega aur uska majme par koi asar nahi hoga.
Balki jaida tej hawa main ammunitions ko
barbad karna hai.
Area occupied by the mob – Majme ke dwara
ghere hue ilake ko dekh kar line of relies ki
lambai ka fasala kiya jana chahiye line of release
banate samay majme ke dono kinaron par kuch
jagha chhut sakti hai jiska adhikari ko dhyan
rakhna chahiye isiliye line of release ko itna
lamba banaya jaye ki majme ka koi bhi hissa aisa
na bache jispar gas ka asar na ho.
03-05
min
06-30
min
275
Sankshep
Temper of the mob- Majme ka temper dekhkar
hi gas ka istemal karna chahiye. Majme ka jo
hissa jaida bhadkilla ho to udhar pahle gas ka
istemal Karen, sath hi aurat aur bacchaon ka
majma ho to unke upar C.N gas ke three way
grenade istemal karna chahiye. Uttejit bhid ki
taraf C.S tatha D.M. gas ka istemal uttam sabit
ho sakta hai.
Bachne ke rasten- Majme ke nikal bhagne wale
rastaon ko T.S gas se kabhi bhi cover nahi karna
chahiye kiyunki hamara uddesh majme ko titarbitar karna hai na ki majme ko gherna.
T.S Gas ki uplabdhta- Majme ko turant titarbitar karne ke liye jaruri hai ki kafi tadad main
gas ka istemal kiya jaye, gas kam ho to gas ko
bhid ke khatarnak hisse par hi istemal karna
chahiye.
Security of gas Squad-Gas squad ki suraksha ke
liye asla party jarur sath honi chahiye.
Hospital- Jis sthan par gas ka istemal ho raha
ho wahan ke niwasion ko pahle suchit kar dena
chahiye ki waha gas istemal hone wali hai taki
vah apna pahle se hi bachav ka bandobast karke
rakhe sath hi yadi us jagha par koi hospital bhi
pad ta ho to hospital ke adhikariyon ko pahle se
suchit kar diya jaye ki waha par gas ka istemal
ho sakta hai, taki vah log apne hospital ke
khidki darwaje band kar le ya koi precaution le
sake taki rogiyon ko koi pareshani na ho.
Range –Gas squad ke adhikarion ko yeh malum
hona chahiye ki majma kitni duri par hai taki usi
hisab se TS ke ammunitions ko istemal kar
saken.
Respirator – Gas istemal se pahle gas squad ko
respirator pahna dena chahiye iske 3 faide hain :
1- Gas squad khud gas se bach sakta hai.
2- Jawano ko yadi gas ke bich main jakar koi
karwahi karni ho to aasani se kar sakte hai.
3- Respirator pahan-ne ke bad aadmi ka chehra
aisa ban jata hai ki aam aadmi use dekha kar
darne lagta hai. Yeh ek kisam ka psychology
prabhav hai.
Fire fighting – Yadi kabhi gas se majme ko titarbitar karna ho ya kisi makan ke andar kisi
criminal ko pakadna ho to gas ke istemal se
pahle fire fighting ka bhi pura bandobast hona
chahiye taki aag lag jaye to usko turant bujhaya
ja saken.
Sawal jawab se.
31-40
276
min
***************************************************************
TS 10
TEAR SMOKE AMMUNITIONS KI STORAGE
SHIRSHAK
SUBJECT
TIME
DHAYANAK
ARSHAN
UDDESH
Ansu gas par mousam ka asar.
02 Min
Is path ke samapti ke paschat sabhi
prashiksharthi Storage of Tear Smoke Gas ke
bare main saksham honge .
Tear Smoke Gas ammunition me ansu gas paida
karne wala mishran bhara jata hai. Inme kai
atyadhik sakria rasayan jaise propellant, .22
cap aadi bhi hote hain. Ansu gas ammunition ke
sahi va prabhav kari upyog ke liye jaruri hai ki
uska bhandar sahi tarah se ho. Adhik taapman
ke utaar-chadhav, adhik adrata ka ammunition
par bura asar padta hai jis se ammunition miss
fire ya blast ho sakta hai.
Ansu gas ka bhandar karte samay nimnalikhit
baton ko dhyan main rakhna chahiye.
1.Ansu gas ammunition ka store karna wali
barrack se dur aur alag hona chahiye.
2. Jis building main ansu gas ammunition
rakha jaye us par bijali girne se bachne ke liye
lighting conductor hona chahiye.
3. Sabhi prakar ke bijali connection ammunition
se kam se kam 6 fit ki duri par hone chahiye.
4. Store main vayu sanchar ka samuchit
prabhand hona chahiye.
5. Store main vayu sanchar niyamit rup se hona
chahiye.
6. Hathiyar, Gas gun, respirator ittayadi
ammunition store se alag rakhna chahiye.
7. Gas ammunition ke sath aur kisi prakar ka
ammunition nahi rakhna chahiye.
8. Aag bujhane ki samuchit vyavastha honi
chahiye.
9.(No Smoking) Dhumrapan varjit ka board
Store main praukh sthan par laga ho.
10. Ammunition ko jamin par ya diwar se laga
kar nahi rakhna chahiye. Isko jamin se kam se
kam 12’’ unchai par tatha uchit sthan par
03-05
Min
PARICHAY
Tartib
06-08
Min
09-30
Min
277
rakhna chahiye tatha check karke rahna
chahiye ki farsh ke jariye nami ammunition tak
toh nahi pahunch rahi hai.
11. Ammunition diwar se kam se kam 4 ya 5’
dur rehna chahiye.
12 Ammunition ki self life 3 sal hai isse adhik
samay se rakhe ammunition ko alag kar dena
chahiye.
13. Ammunition ka bhandar banane ke tarike
ke anusar karna chahiye vah alag-alag prakar
ke ammunition ko alag-alag rakhna chahiye.
14. Ammunition ko is prakar vitarit karna
chahiye ki jo ammunition pahle bana hai vah
pahle istemal ho tatha jo bad ka bana hai vah
bad main istemal ho (First in first out).
15. Jis ammunition ki life 4 se 7 varsh ke bich
ho use alag kar dena chahiye vah alag rakhna
chahiye. Aise ammunition ko alag store main
rakhne ka prayatna karna chahiye. Isse kewal
prashikshan ke liye hi istemal karna chahiye.
16. Jis ammunition ki life 7 sal se adhik ho gai
ho use alag kar ke jala dena chahiye. Isko
kabhi bhid niyantran ya annya kanoon
vyavastha banaye rakhne ke kaam main nahi
lana chahiye.
17. Har kism ka ammunition jaise shell,
grenade tatha special ammunition ko alag-alag
rakhna chahiye tatha ban-ne ki tarik aur life
khatam hone ki tarik saf-saf likhi honi chahiye.
18.Ansu gas ammunition ko thik tarike se pack
karke rakhna chahiye is se ansu gas ekai main
savadhani se pack kiya jata hai. Ammunition
ko packed halat main hi rakhna chahiye vah
tabhi kholna chahiye jab istemal karna ho.
19. Yadi kisi karanvash ammunition khol diya
jata hai aur vah bagair istemal kiye wapas aa
jata hai to, uss ammunition ko alag rakhna
chahiye aur sabse pahle jarurat padne par
istemal karna chahiye.
20.Ammunition ko har 3 maha bad leak aur
jung aadi ke liye check karna chahiye. Yadi aisa
hai to aise ammunition ko jaldi se jaldi alag kar
dena chahiye aur turant ansu gas ekai ko suchit
karna chahiye jisme lot number banane ki tarik
aadi ka pura vivaran likha jana chahiye.
21. Store ko har saptah main kholna chahiye
jisse wahan ki hawa badli ho saken.
22. Marammat kiye gaye ya sudhare gaye
ammunition ko alag rakhna chahiye.
Aise
278
Sankshep
ammunition ko kabhi bhi kanoon- Vyavastha
karwahi main istemal main na kiya jaye.
23. Ammunition dene ka va sangrah karne ka
pura record rakhna chahiye taki kewal wahi
ammunition bhid niyantran main istemal ho jo
3 saal se purana na ho.
Ansu Gas ammunition Protechnic mishran se 31-40
banaya jata hai. Iska sakriye halation main sahi Min
upyog karne ke liye jaruri hai ki iska rakhrakhav sahi tarike se kiya jaye. Adhik matra
main Time bond ammunition store main rakhne
se ammunition ke bhandar, jarurat kharid vah
istemal main kafi pareshani ho sakti hai.
Dekha gaya hai ki kai state main ammunition
marammat karke dubara prayog karte hai aise
ammunition ko sakriye halaton main istemal
nahi karna chahiye. Kyunki iske prabhav par
bharosa nahi kiya ja sakta . Uchit bhandar aur
samay-samay par badli hone par ammunition ki
sahi kharid ho sakti hai. Sahi kism ke
ammunition ka prabhavi upyog ho sakta hai va
purane, an upyogi ammunition ko barbad kiya
ja sakta hai.
****************************************************************
TS 11
TEAR SMOKE GAS –KARO , NA KARO
SHIRSHA
K
DHAYANA
KARSHAN
UDDESH
Tartiib
SUBJECT
TIME
Ansu Gas main karo / Mat karo
02 Min
Is path ki samapti ke paschat sabhi prashiksharthi
Do’s & Don’s of Tear Smoke Gas ke bare main
saksham honge .
Karo1. Majme ke ravaiya halat aur jagah ko dekhte hue
ansu gas ko istemal karen.
2. Jarurat ke mutabik hi gas istemal karen.
3. Gas istemal karte samay gas squad ki suraksha ka
pura dhayan rakhen.
03-05
Min
06-30
Min
279
Sankshep
4. Jin jagah par thos gas ke grenade/shellon se aag
lagne ka andesha ho wahan maya gas ka istemal
karen, ya fir gas torch ka prayog karen.
5. Sarvajaink sthan par gas ke istemal se pahle waha
ke niwasiyon ko suchit karen.
6. Mousam hawa ka dhyan rakhte hue gas ka istemal
karen.
7. Line of release aise jagah banaye, jaha se majme
par uska pura asar ho.
8. Jahan grenade/ shellon ka istemal karna sambhav
ho wahan gas torch ka istemal karen.
9. Yahan tak ho sake auraton aur bacchon ke majme
par gas torch ka istemal karen.
10. Grenade tatha shellon ke istemal se purva is baat
ka yakin karo ki kahin inki body tuti hui to nahi hai.
11. Shellon ko angle se hi fire karna chahiye.
Mat karo-.
1. Gas istemal karte samay dhilli karwahi mat karo.
2. Blast cartridge ko kisi ke chehare par fire mat karo.
3. Shellon ko kisi aadmi par shisth lekar fire nahi
karna chahiye
4. Flight riot shell ko khule majme par istemal mat
karo.
5. Shellon par kisi sakt diwar par direct fire nahi
karna chahiye.
6. Riot drill party ke commander ke aadesh ke bina
C.S. tatha D.N. gas ka istemal mat karo.
7. Bahut tej hawa main ansu gas ko istemal mat karo.
8. Bina jarurat ke gas squad ko respirator na
pahnayen.
9. Dhalwan jamin tatha chaton par grenade tatha
shellon ko istemal na karen.
10. Gas party ko majma titar-bitar hone ke turant
baad apne sthan se mat hatao.
Savadhaniya31-40
1- Fire kiye hue practice shell ke khoke ko cap lagane Min
ke pahle gas gun main dalkar inhe dekh lena chahiye
ki yeh barrel se thik prakar se gujarta hai ya nahi.
2- Kai bar shell ke fire karne par shell ke projectile ki
shakal tedhi- medhi ho jati hai to vah barrel main
nahi aata. Atha cap ko chadhane se pahle yeh bhi
dekh lena chahiye ki kya iska projectile barrel main
thik aa raha hai. Jo projectile tedha ho gaya hai usko
khokhale block main laga ke lakdi ke hatoden se peet
kar sidha kar lena chahiye.
3- Precaution lagate samay kabhi bhi precaution ke
upar jor se thokar nahi marna chahiye nahi to koi
hadsa bhi ho sakta hai. Precaution cap ke sadon par
chot marna chahiye na ki bich main.
280
4- Precaution cap ko lagate samay chashme ka
istemal karna chahiye taki hadson se bacha ja sake.
****************************************************************
TS 12-13
TEAR SMOKE RESPIRATORS KI KISMAIN
SHIRSHA
K
DHAYANA
KARSHAN
UDDESH
PARICHAY
A
Uddesh
Tartib
SUBJECT
TIME
Tear Smoke ke Grenade ko Blind hone ke karan.
02 Min
Is path ke samapti ke paschat sabhi
prashiksharthi General Instruction and type of
resiprators and their carrying ke bare main
saksham honge .
Desh ke andar kanoon vyavasta ki bigadi hui halat
ko sudharne ke liye police bal ka prayog kiya jata
hai aur aise sthiti main yeh jaruri hai ki kam se
kam takad ka prayog kiya jaye, taki janta aur
Police ke acche samband bane rahen. Is uddesh ko
dhayan main rakhte hue gas ke ilake main jana
jaruri hai. Isliye hamare pass aise sadhan hone
chahiye jisse hum gas se prabhavit ilake main
aasani se apni karwahi kar saken iske liye swans
yantra hi ek matra sadhan hai, jisase tamam ansu
gas se bachav hota hai. Jaise karkhano (factroy)
ki gas aadi.
Swans yantra ke prakar, hidayaten tatha le jane
ke tarike.
Swans yantra ke prakarSwans yantra aam tour par char (4) prakar ke hote
hain.
1. Service Swans yantra (Service respirators)
2. Civil duty Swans yantra ( civil duty respirators)
3. Civil Swans yantra ( civil espirators)
4. Swadeshi swans yantra ya Indigenious
respirator.
* Service Swans yantra : Yeh tamam gas tatha
noj gason se bachav deta hai. Iske hisse purje
adhik matra main hone ke karan iski ek khas drill
banai gai hai jise prashikshan ke taur par aasani
se sikhali ja sakti hai. Taki iska prayog sucharu
rup se ho sake. Vaise is swans yantra ka prayog
03-05
Min
06-08
min
09-40
min.
281
pratham mahauddha main England ke raksha
seva main lage hue log karte the. Isliye iska nam
service swans yantra rakha gaya.
* Civil duty Swans yantra Yeh swans yantra
vastav main pratham vishva mahauddha ke
dauran england main hawai hamle bachav vibhag
ke liye banaya gaya tha. Isme connect tube nahi
hoti, iski drill bahut hi aasan hai, kyunki isko
jhole se nikalne ke bad sirf pahan-na hi hota hai.
Yeh hawai hamale ke samay istemal hota tha. Isko
khas kar un civiliyan ko diya jata tha jo ki civil
hote hue duty par tainat the.
*Civil Swans yantra Is Swans yantra ko England
main civil logon ko hawai hamale ke bachav karne
hetu diya gaya tha. Isme outlet valve nahi hote hai
isliye swans chodte samay chehre par lage hue
rubber ko hatana padta hai.
*. Swadeshi swans yantra ya Indigenious
respirator. Yeh swans yantra bharat main banaya
gaya hai. Yeh Vesta company dwara banaya gaya
hai iska container lamba tatha bada hota hai.
Isme swans hole niche ki taraf hota hai. Garde se
bachav ke liye ispar dhakan laga hota hai. Isme
rubber ki tube hoti hai iska face piece bhi hota
hai.
***************************************************************************
TS 14-15
RESPIRATOR DRILL-GAS POSITION AUR SAHI FITTING
SHIRSHA
K
DHAYANA
KARSHAN
SUBJECT
UDDESH
Is path ke samapti ke paschat sabhi
prashiksharthi gas position and correct fitting of
respirator aur TS Gas ke bare main saksham
honge.
Gas Position – Yeh gas position us samay
akhtiyar ki jati hai jab hame yeh aadesh ho ki
hamara vasta majme se hone wala hai.
* Jaise hi hukum milta hai gas tayari position to
is hukum par savadhan hona hai aur dono
Tartib
TIME
Swadeshi swans yantra ya Indigenous respirator. 02 Min
Bharat main banaya gaya.
03-06
Min
07-35
Min
282
hathon ko respirator par maro, dahine hath se
container ki taraf se aisa pakdo ki charo ungliya
bahar ki taraf aur aungatha andar ki taraf ho. Ab
dahine hath ki mamad se respirator ko aage lao
aur respirator ko sidha khada karo, bayen hath
ko siling aur respirator ki bich sidha rakho ‘Up’
par issi halat main bayen hath ko chatki se
bahar nikalo aur whip card hole se whip card ko
ek hi zatke se pura bahar niklo. Ab bayen hath
se respirator ko aur niche se pakdo aur dahine
hath ki pakad ko chodo aur dahine hath ka ulta
hook banate hue upar se flap ko ek hi zatke se
khol do, ab respirator ko chhod do aur dono hath
sidh main lao ‘Up’ par karwahi is prakar karo ki
dono hathon se siling ko is prakar pakdo ki
dahine hath ki charon ungliya siling ke upar se
bayen hath ki charo ungliya upar se aur
aungatha niche se ho, dahine hath ko siling se
ulta kar do. Ab dono hathon se siling ko wahi se
pakad kar upar khincho aur piche pith par siling
ko faink do aur yakin karo ki dahine ki taraf
siling ulti aur bayen ki sidhi ho.
Alternative Position aur Gas tayari ki dusri
position Yeh position us samay akhtiyar kiya jata hai jab
ham march karke I.S. duty main ja rahe ho, bich
raste main kahi achanak majma miljaye to ‘ gas
tayari ki dusri position’ akhtiyar karte hai. Siling
position ki haalat se hukum milta hai gas tayari
ki dusri positin, to is aadesh par savadhan hote
hue aur dono hathon ko respirator par ek sath
maro, ‘’ up ‘’ par sikhe hue tarike se respirator ko
samne lao aur bayen hath ko siling ke andar se
bahar ko lao. Is position main whip card nahi
nikali jayegi. Respirator ko bayen hath se pakdo
aur flap ko sikhe hue tarike se kholo. Ab
respirator ko bayen hath ki madad se dhire se
chod do aur ab dono haathon se siling ko is
prakar se pakdo ki charo ungliya bahar se aur
angutha andar se ho aur siling ko pakadte hue
dono hathon se upar ko khicho aur gardan ki
upar siling main ek khisakne wali ganth laga do
abhi dono hathon se flap ko sikhe hue tarike se 3
fold karo aur respirator ke andar dalo, dono
hathon ki hatheli ka rukh andar ki taraf rakhte
hue ‘up’ bolo, hathon ko vishram ki position main
lao, sath hi pair ko khol do.
Correct Fitting Of Respirator - Bayen hath se
cap ko sir se utaar kar ghutno se dabao. Yadi
283
steel helmet ya jungle hat hai to bayen hath se
piche karen sath hi dahine hath se face piece ko
haver sack se bahar nikal. Kabhi bhi connecting
tube se pakad kar face piece ko bahar nahi
nikalna chahiye .Abhi chin rest ke najdik wale
head harness ko dono hathon se is prakar pakdo
ki angutha head harness ki andar se aur charo
unglian bahar se ho. Dono hathon ke bahar se
aur respirator ko chin par pahle le jao. Taki
chinrest wala hissa chin par thik baith jaye. Iske
baad dono hathon ki madad se head pad ko sir
par lagao yadi koi had harness muda ho to usko
sidha karo sath hi unko jarurat ki mutabik kas
do (Class ko face piece ki sahi fitting dikhane ke
liye shikshak face piece nahi pahanayega balki
class ke jis jawan ne face piece thik pahana hua
hai usko class se bahar nikalo aur class ke
samne khade kar do.
Sahi fitting ki aur baton main yeh baten aati hai:
a) Thodi face piece ki chinrest main thik hai.
b) Face piece pure chehare par thik baith gaya
hai.
c) Head harness kase hue aur sidhe hon.
d) Aankh , eye pieces ki centre main ho. iske bad
class ke koi aise do jawano ko nikalo jisme se ek
ka face piece bahut bada ho aur dusare ka bahut
chota ho.
Sankshep
Sawal jawab se
36-40
Min
*************************************************************************
*************************************************************************
**********************************************************************
284
SL
NO.
TITLE
DETAIL
TIME
ONE MINUTE DRILLS WITH
WEAPONS (CODE- OMD-W)
LESSON-1: CLEANING OF FIREARMS
285
1.
Shuru Shuru
ka kaam
2.
Path parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
10.
Shak ya sawal
Sankshep
11.
Jaroori Gyan
Instructor trainees ka ginti Karen
aur buddy pair main bantein.Safai
honewale hathiaron ko nirikshan
Karen.Akin Karen barrel ko saf
karnekelie pullthrough aur chindi
har Jodi ki pass taiyar ho.
Hathiar ko sahi istemal karnekelie
aur jarurath parnepar turant fire
karnekelie hathiar ka barrel ko saf
rakna jaroori hain.
Kam se kam samay main hathiar ka
barrel ko sahi saf karna ek jawan ki
niyayat jaroori kam hain.
Buddy ki sath karnewale ek –ek
minute drill ka nam bathayen?
Sabak ka uddesh buddy pair
jaldisejal hathiyaron ka barrel ko saf
karna.
Jaldisejal hathiyaron ka barrel ko
buddypairmain rathehue sahi saf
karsakthehain.Sahi saf kia hua
hathiyar se bina rukawat ka lagataar
fire kar sakthehain.
His drill main ek jawan hathiyar ko
pakaden aur magazine slot ko apne
buddy ko histarah dikayen ki weh
jaldisejal aur lagathar 03 ya 04 bar
pullthrough marker hathiyar ko saf
Karen aur check Karen ki barrel sahi
saf hua ya nahi hain. His tarah 03
ya 04 hathiyar ko ek buddy safai
Karen.
Uppar bataya tartib ko buddypairon
se lagathar abhiyas karayen.
Koi shak ya sawal honese dur Karen.
Jawanon ko hathiyar safai jaldi aur
lagathar karnemain his tarah
abhiyas denese hathiar ko sahi
istemal karnemain asan hoga.
1)Jaldisejal hathiyaron ka barrel ko
buddypairmain rathehue sahi saf
karsakthehain.
2)Sahi saf kia hua hathiyar se bina
rukawat ka lagataar fire kar
sakthehain.
02 min
02 min
01 min
02 min
01 min
03 min
03 min
20 min
02 min
02 min
02 min
286
******************************************************************
LESSON-2: FILLING MAGAZINE WITH ONE HAND
287
SL
NO.
1.
2.
TITLE
Shuru
Shuru ka
kaam
Path
parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
11.
Jaroori
Gyan
DETAIL
Instructor, trainees ka ginti aur
baant Karen.AK-47,SLR,9MM Pistol
magazines aur hunka Rds ka
mulahza Karen.
Magazine ko ek hath se barna ek
katin kam hain.Lekin abhiyas ke
baad yeh aasan kam hojayaga aur
hathiar ka advance handling main
madad dega.
Trainees ko his tarah ek hath se
magazine barne main abhiyas
denese hunka hathiar ki prati
manobal badega aur jaldi hathiar ko
istemal karnemain madad hoga.
Gun and Stealth one minute drill
main kam aanewale chalon ka nam
bathayen?
Sabak ka uddesh jaldise ek
hathse hathiaronka magazine
barneka abhiyas dena hain.
Jaldisejal magazine ko ek hathse
barnemain fouz ku hathiar istemal
karnemain manobal badega aur fouz
C.I ops main aur bhi kamyabhi
hoga.
His drill main ek minute main
trainees ek hathse AK-47 Magazine
20 rds ka do baar barna ya SLR
magazine 10 rds ka do baar barna
ya 9MM Pistol Magazine 10 rds do
baar barna.Dusra hath ka istemal
kisi bhi kam main nahi hoga.Yeh
Hathiar ka advance handling ka ek
kala hain.
Uppar bathaya tartib ko trainees
se baar baar abhiyas karayen.Ek
achcha trainerka supervision main
yeh drill ka abhiyas karana bahut
jaroori hain.
Trainees ko koi shak ya sawal
honese dur Karen.
Hathiar ka advance handling main
jawan ko abhiyas denese fouz ka
kamyabi aur badega.
Jaldisejal magazine ko ek hathse
barnemain fouz ku hathiar istemal
karnemain manobal badega.
TIME
02 MIN
02 MIN
03 MIN
02 MIN
01 MIN
02 MIN
04 MIN
18 MIN
03 MIN
01 MIN
02 MIN
288
Fouz C.I ops main aur bhi
kamyabhi hoga.
FILLING MAGAZINE WITH ONE HAND
*******************************************************************
LESSON-3: GUN AND STEALTH
SL
NO.
1.
2.
TITLE
Shuru
Shuru ka
kaam
Path
parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
DETAIL
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur
baant Karen.Hunka hathiyar
ko(SLR/INSAS/AK-47) nirikshan
Karen.
Bina awas kiye harkat karna hum
lok kelie jeet hain. Dushman ka
harkat awas ki saath ho woh bi
hamarelie jeet hain.
Fouz ko bina awas karwahi aur
harkat karna sikhana har kaam
mein jaroori hain.Hathiyar ka
handling bi bina awas hona jeet ke
lie niyayat jaroori hain.
1)Hathiaron ko jaldisejal saf
karnekelie ek minute drill ki
baremain varnan Karen?
Sabak ka uddesh jaldisejal bina
awas kie hathiar ki sath harkat
karneka abhiyas dena hain.
Raath main harkat kaan ki madad
se hone se larai main jeet aasil hoga.
Agar fouz bari awas ki saath harkat
karnese dushman ko hamara jagah
patha karne aur hamla karne main
kamyabi hojayega.
His drill main bina awas kie
TIME
02 min
02 min
02 min
03 min
01 min
02 min
04 min
289
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
11.
Jaroori
Gyan
hathiar ko cock karna-huskelie
kabda ko ungli aur trigger ki bich
main lafetkar dabane se –kamse kam
awas main cock karsaktha hai.Phir,
monkey crawl, Cheetah chal ,lodkan
chal aur boodh chal se ek jagah se
dusra jagah janeka abhiyas den.
Hisi tartib ko baar baar abhiyas
karayen.Jungle aur Plain ilaqa main
raath aur din main his drill ko
abhiyas karnese bina awas harkat
karnemain fouz waqfiat hojayega.
Koi shak ya sawal honese dur
Karen.
Kisi bi harkat kamse kam awas se
honepar fouz ka harkat main
surprise rahega aur dushman ko
hamara jagah patha karnemain
mushkil hoga.
Raath main harkat kaan ki madad
se hone se larai main jeet aasil hoga.
Jungle aur Plain ilaqa main raath
aur din main his drill ko abhiyas
karnese bina awas harkat karnemain
fouz waqfiat hojayega.
19 min
02 min
01 min
02 min
GUN AND STEALTH
LESSON-4: PREPARING A RANGE FOR FIREARMS
PRACTICE
SL
NO.
1.
TITLE
Shuru
Shuru ka
DETAIL
Instructor trainees ka ginti Karen
aur buddy main baantein.His drill
TIME
02 min
290
kaam
2.
Path
parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
11.
Jaroori
Gyan
main 03 ya 04 buddy ka ek abhiyas
main jarurath hain. Ek abhiyas ki
baad baki buddyonse yeh drill
karayen.
Firing ke lie Range ko taiyar karna
aur huska jankari har sadasiyon ke
lie jaroori hain.
Range ko firing ke lie jaldisejal
taiyar karna har CRPF sadasiyon ke
lie mahatvapoorn kam hain. His drill
main husk am ka jaldi aur durust
karnekelie abhiyas diajayega.
Hathiar ka advance handling aur
Magazine ko ek hath se barneka kya
sambandh hain?
Sabak ka uddesh 03 ya 04
buddyse Firing range ko jaldi aur
tartib se taiyar karna sikhana hain.
Firing range ko taiyar karnekelie,
Firing point main sandbag lagana,
tripal bichana, Butt main targeton ko
lagana, Butt ke pichche bada lal
janda lagana hain, Range ki charon
tarafse laljanda aur guard lagana
hain aur bhi anya kam karna hain.
His drill main shamil kiagaya
buddys eke k kam karthe range ko
firing ke lie taiyar Karen aur sath
sath ek buddy husko akin karte
jayen. Koi kami honepar bathayen
taki Range firing ke lie sahi taiyar ho
jayega.
His tartib ko 02 ya teen baar alak
alak group/buddyse abhiyas
karayen, aur galti ko batate rahen.
Trainees ka shak ya sawal ko dur
Karen.
Firing range ko kamsamaymain
taiyar karneka abhiyas denese fouz
his kam ko jaldise jal karega aur
samay ka bachat hoga.
Range ko firing ke lie jaldisejal
taiyar karna har CRPF sadasiyon ke
lie mahatvapoorn kam hain.
Firing range ko taiyar karnekelie,
Firing point main sandbag lagana,
tripal bichana, Butt main targeton ko
lagana, Butt ke pichche bada lal
janda lagana hain, Range ki charon
02 min
02 min
03 min
01 min
02 min
05 min
17 min
02 min
01 min
03 min
291
tarafse laljanda aur guard lagana
hain aur bhi anya kam karna hain.
PREPARING A RANGE FOR FIREARMS PRACTICE
*********************************************************************************
SL
NO.
1.
2.
LESSON-5: STRESS SHOOTING
TITLE
Shuru
Shuru ka
kaam
Path
parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
DETAIL
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur
buddymain baant Karen.Har abhiyas
ke lie 04 buddys ko detail
Karen.Trainees ka hathiar ko
mulhaza Karen aur istemal honewale
rukawaton ko check Karen.
Stress shooting ek jaroori ek
minute drill hain jismain buddy
bahut taklif se nikalkar target ke
uppar fire kartein hain.
Buddys ko hathiyar ki sath
rukawaton ko par karakar antmain
rangemain firing karanese hunka
firing ka kabliat sahi napha ja saktha
hain.
Ek hath se magazine ko barnese
trainees ka hosla kaisa badega?
Sabak ka uddesh stress shooting
yaniki taklif ke sath achcha fire
karneka abhiyas dena hain.
Ek jawan ya buddy bahut taklif se
rukawton ko paar karnekebaad
target ki uppar sahi hit karna C.I ops
fouz ke lie bahut jaroori hain.
His drill main 04 buddy ko hathiar
ki saath detail Karen.Hunko 03
rukawaten-jaisaki crawlingmain balli
TIME
02 min
02 min
02 min
02 min
01 min
02 min
04 min
292
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
11.
Jaroori
Gyan
ko paar karna,daur ke beam ko jump
se paar karna aur letkar barrel ya
tar ki nichchese gujarna.Antmain
hathiar se target ko uppar 05 rd
firekarna.Yeh drill ki timing har
buddy ka lena aur kamjor buddy ko
aur abhiyas dena hain.
Uppar bathaya drill ko buddy se
karana hain aur hunka kul samay
notekarke kamjor buddy ko dubara
mouka dena hain.
Trainees ka shaky a sawal ko dur
Karen.
Stress shooting kamjor buddyko
mazbut banayaga aur fouz ka kul
manobalku aur badayaga.
Ek jawan ya buddy bahut taklif se
rukawton ko paar karnekebaad
target ki uppar sahi hit karna C.I ops
fouz ke lie bahut jaroori hain.
Buddys ko hathiyar ki sath
rukawaton ko par karakar antmain
rangemain firing karanese hunka
firing ka kabliat sahi napha ja saktha
hain.
19 min
02 min
01 min
03 min
STRESS SHOOTING
LESSON-6: SAFELY TAKING AND DEPOSITING FIREARMS
FROM ARMOURY
SL
NO.
1.
2.
3.
TITLE
Shuru
Shuru ka
kaam
Path
parichay
Lakshya
DETAIL
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur
baant Karen.Kote ka nirakshan aur
kote U.O ko briefing Karen.
Yeh ek shru shru ka drill hain joki
har jawanon ke lie bahut jaroori
hain.
Hathiyar ko kote se nirikshan
karke lena aur kali karke wapis
karna his drill ka siklai hain.
TIME
02 min
02 min
02 min
293
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
11.
Jaroori
Gyan
Stress shooting aur Gunand
stealth drills ka kya antar hain/
Sabak ka uddesh trainees ko kote
se hathiyar nirikshan ke baad lena
aur kali ke baad wapis karna
sikhana hain.
Jaldi nirikshan karke hathiar ko
kotese lena aur wapis bi jaldi
nirikshan aur kali karke dena
jawanon ka kabiliat badanekelie ek
jaroori drill hain.
His drill main har trainees kote se
hathiar ko jaldi aur sahi nirkshan
karke aur barrel ko kisiko na point
karke lena aur wapis sahi kali karna
aur nirikshanki baad jamah karna
hota hain.
Hisi tartib ko baar baar abhiyas
karayen.Kamjor aur dhire kam
karnewale jawanon ko aurbi abhiyas
den.
Koi shak ya sawal honese dur
Karen.
Yeh drill hathiar ko hifazat se kote
se lena aur wapis karna –jaldisejal
karna sikhatha hain.
Hathiyar ko kote se nirikshan
karke lena aur kali karke wapis
karna his drill ka siklai hain.
Yeh drill hathiar ko hifazat se kote
se lena aur wapis karna –jaldisejal
karna sikhatha hain.
03 min
01 min
02 min
04 min
18 min
02 min
01 min
03 min
SAFELY TAKING AND DEPOSITING FIREARMS FROM
ARMOURY
**********************************************************************
*************************************************************************
***********************************************************************
294
(18).BAYONET
FIGHTING (BAY)
BAY 1-5
BASIC POSITION AUR KARWAIAN
SHURU SHURU KI BATEN
(a) Suraksha sambandhit upaye.
(b) Bayonet ko charana aur seling ko kas kar magazine ke uppar
lana.
©Jawano ko linon mein khada karo muh amne samne aur bich mein
12 kadam ka phasla ho.
DOHRAI
CQB ke hathyaron par :
UDDESH
Swabhavik bayonet fighting ki basic positionen aur karwaian sikhana hai.
SAMAN
Rifle, bayonet, magazine aur seling.
PAHUNCH
Kabhi kabhi hamle ke dauran aur khas taur par jungle, basti tang jagah
ya rat ko lar rahe ho to bayonet fighting ka istemal larai ka faisla karne
mein bahut bada hath hai is se jawan mein bayonet marne ka mada barna
aur hamlawar hona zarrurai hai. Aisa hone par who dushman ko harane
mein ya dushman ke dil mein dar paida kar ke use bagana aur use majboor
karne mein kamyav ho sake. Bayonet fighiting karte waqt jawan ko cheekna
aur garjana (dharhna) chahie taki dushman haka baka rah jaye aur thodi
der ke liye nishchal (freeze) ho jaye.
DHAWA POSITION
Bayonet fighitin ki sab karawain dhawa position se shuru hoti hai, khas
kar jawan jab daud raha ho (namuna sath nakal). Dhawa position akhtiar
ke liye karwai yeh karo.
(a) Dono paon aramdeh faisle par rakho, baen paon dayen paon se
thoda age.
295
(b) Gutne ko thoda moro aur badan sidha rakho ya muke baz ki
tarah kamar se thoda age juko.
(c) Rifle ko tirche rukh badan ke samne rakho, baen hath baen
kandhe ke samne uppar wali seling kari ke pas rifle hand guard se
pakri hui ho. Dayne hath se small of the butt ko pakro aur dayne koni
majbooti se dayen taraf press ki hui ho.
(d) Is position ke liye word of command hoga “Dhawa Position”.
Dhawa position ka abhiyas karo.
ARAM KAR
Aram karne ki position jawan ki aram karne ke liye istemal ki jati hai, jab
ki jawan ko bayonet fighiting ke liye hidayat di ja rahi ho.
(Namuna sath nakal) : Is position ko akthiyar karne ke liye, rifle ke butt
ko majbooti se paon ke pas rakho dono paon bishram position ki tarah aur
rifle ko dayen hath se fore-sight ke niche, hand guard se pakro. Baen bazu
kudrati taur par baen taraf bada ke sath mila hua ho. Is position meim
paon mein koi tabdili nahi, lakin gutne jukane ki zarurat nahi hai.
Is position ke iic word of command hoga “Aram kar”.
Abhiyas : Dhawa position aura ram kar position ka.
GHUMNA
Kisi bhi waqt jawan par dushman dwara hamla ho sakta hai. Isliye jawan
ko is kabil hobna chahie, ki piche se hone wale hamle ka mukabala karne
ke liye, piche tezi se aur balance kayam rakhte hue mud sake.
(Namuna do aur samjhao) : Piche murne ke liye ya ghumne ke lioye rifle
dhawa position mein rakho aur baen paon ke aydi ka istemal karte hue
baen se pura piche ghum jayo(180*).
Is karwai ke liye worh of command hoga “Piche ghum”.
Abhiyas : Piche ghum ka abhiyas pao.
SIDHA GUZARNA
Bayonet ki movement ka abhiyas karte hue jawan ek dusre ki taraf lineon
mein guzrte hai. Jab dono linen bahut nazdik pahunch jati hai toh dusre ki
movement ko surakshit taur par karne ke liye, sidha guzar ki karwai ki jati
hai. Sidha guzar ki karwai karne ke liye baen se age bado jis se dayne
296
kandha ek dusre ke pas se guzar jaye, sidha 6 kadam jane ke bad ruko aur
bina adesh piche gum jao.
Is karawai ke liye word of command hoga “Sidha guzar”.
Abhiyas : Sqd ko basic position aur dusri karawai ka abiyas karao.
Kamzori ya galti ko pakro aur abhiyas karao.
SHANKSHEP
(a) Sawal-o-jawab se karo.
(b) “Tezi” , phurti aur “josh” par zor dete hue shankshep karo.
----------------------------------*****************-----------------HAMLE KI KARWAIAN
BAY 6-11
SHURU SHURU KI BATEN
(a) Suraksha sambandi upaye.
(b) Bayonet fix karao seling kasa hua.
DOHRAI
BYT-1 par dohrai lo.
UDDESH
Hamle ki do karwai, ani ghompna aur butt marna sikhana hai.
SAMAN
Rifle, bayonet, magazine aur dhummy.
PAHUNCH
Ani ghompna ya butt marne ki karawai mein hamlawar hone se
dushman ke dil mein dar paida ho jata hai, who defence akhityar kar leta
hai. Jawano bayonet fighiting ka istemal karne ke liye dummy ka istemal
kiya jata hai.
(Dummy ka istemal ka namuna dete hue samjhao). Ani ghompne ki
karwai dhawa positon se ki jati hai. Yeh karwai dushman ka ani
297
ghompne, niklne aur phir dhawa position mein ane par puri hoti hai. Ani
ghomp ki karwai ke liye :
(a) Baen paon age badao aur dayen ghutne ko modo aur bayonet
ko dushman mein ghompte hue ani gompe ki karwai karo. Gompe ki
karwai karte waqt bazuyo, kandho aur sharer ki takat se gompe karo.
Ani gompe ki karwai par paon zamin par parte hi kalai ko rok do.
Dhyne bazu is waqt butt par hona chahie.
(b) Nikal ke liye paon ko apni jagah par rakho. Bayonet ko
dushman ke sharir se ghusao ki line mein rakhte hue apni sharer ki
takat se piche nikalo aur isi samye rifle ko niche aur piche kincho.
(c) Direction ko badly karte hue, pichle paon ko age lo aur dhawa
position ko akthyar kar.
ANI GHOMPNE KA DUSRA TARIQA (MODIFIED).
(Samjhao) Tan sashtra ki position se hamla karte waqt, dushman
bahut hi nazdik or ke piche se surprise kar sakta hai. Aisi halat mein
jawan ke pass itna samaye nahi hoga ki who hath ki position pistol grip
ko chod kar small of the butt ko pakarne ke liye badly kar sake. Isliye ani
ghompne ki karwai bina hath ki positine badly karni chahie. Is prakar
dusre tariqe ki ani bilkul ani jaise hi hai, anter kewal hath ki position ka
hi hai (Dusre tariqe ki, yani modified) ka namuna dikhao.
Yeh karwai tab hi karni chahie, jab achank surprise ho jaye, barna
jawan tak ho sake thik ani gompe ki position akthiyar karni chahie
kiyonki bayonet fighting ki dusri karwaian bahut mushkil se kar sakti
hai, jab ki hath pistol grip par hoi.
Dono ani gompe ke liye word of command hoga “Ani ghompe”.
Abhiyas : Donon tarah ki ani gompe ka abhiyas karo.
BUTT MARNA
298
Butt marne ki karwai alag se ya kisi aur hamle ki karwai ke bad.
Istemal mein layi ja sakti hai. Yeh karwai dushman ke sharir ki kisi bhi
asurakshit hisse par ki ja sakti hai. Sir badan ka koi hissa ya gurde ka
ilaqa nishan ho sakta hai. Is mutabik butt marne ki karwai, pari khari ya
in dono ke bich hi hogi.
(Dummy ka istemal karte hue namuna do aur samjao). Gurde ya
sharir ke niche wale bhag mein butt marne ke liye paon age nikalo, rifle
ko golai mein age is tarah lao ki nishana dushman ke gurde ya niche
wale bhag ho, is karwai ko karo. Yadi dushman ka gurda ya niche wala
hissa chuk jaye, toh butt badan ke bichobich chhati ya thodi par lag
sakta hai.
Is karwai ke adesh hoga “Sir, gurde ya niche bhag ke liye butt”.
Abhiyas : Sqd se alag tarah ke butt marne ka abhiyas karao. Sqd se
ani aur butt marne ke abhiyas bhi karao.
SANKHSHEP :
(a) Sawal-o-jawab se.
(b) Jor dekar samjao, ki ani aur butt marna bahut zaruri mar dalne
wali karwaian hai.
INSTRUCTOR’S NOTE
BYT-1 ki dohrai ke bad sqd dummy ke dahine do lino mein khada
karo.
-------------------------------------****************------------------------BAY 12-17
HAMLE AUR BACHAO KI KARWAIAN
SHURU SHURU KA KAM
(a) Suraksha sambandi upaye.
(b) Bayonet seling kasa hua.
(c) Ani aur butt marne dhorai lo.
UDDESH
299
Cut, kunda marna, dhina war bacha, bayan war block sikhna hai.
SAMAN
Rifle, magazine, sling aur dummy.
PAHUNCH
Kabhi kabhi yeh mumkin hota, ki ani ghompe ya butt marne ki karwai
ki ja sake ya dushman in se apna bachao kar leta hai. Aisi halat mein
cut ya kunda mar ki karwai bahut bakhubi se ki ja sakti hai. Aise maoqe
bhi aa sakte hai, jab dushman bayonet marne wale jawan ko surprise
kar de aur us par bayonet se mar dalne wali karwai Karen. Ek bayonet
marne wale jawan ko aise halat ka samna karne ke liye war bacha aur
block ke istemal se kisi hamlawar karwai ke liye tayar rahna chahie.
CUT
Cut ka istemal alag se ya kisi karwai ke bad kiya ja sakta hai. Butt ki
tarah is ko bhi dushman ke badan ke kisi bhi asurakshit hisse par
istemal kar sakte hai. Cut pare, khare ya in dono ke bich yani tircha ho
sakta hai.
(Alag alag tarah ke cut ko samjao aur unka namuna hawa mein do).
Dummy par cut lagane se hathiyar ko nuksan pahuchega, ye baat sqd ko
bhi samjao. Dhawa position se cut marne ke liye, dahine paon ko
majboot adhar banakar baen paon age badao, baen bazu ko pura
phailakar aur butt ko duri (Pivot) banate hue, bayonet ke tez kinare ko
niche ya ar par chakkar ke taur par ghumao. Pichle paon ko age ghumao
aur dhawa position akthiyar karo. Bina bayan kiye alag alag tarah ke cut
tez gatt se hawa mein karke dikahao.
Is karwai ke adesh hoga “Khara ya tircha ya para cut”.
Abhiyas : (Sqd ko cut ka abhiyas bagair dummy ke karao, hathiyaro ko
tut-phut se bachaya ja sake.
KUNDA MAR
Morche jungle ya ghane jahridhar ilaqe mein lar rahe ho toh kunda
mar bekhubi se kiya ja sakta hai. Dushman ke badan ka koi bhi
asurakshit hissa nishana ho sakta hai.
(Dummy ka istemal karte hue samjao). Dhawa position se kunda
marne ke liye, rifile ko bine kandhe par uppar ki taraf ghumao. Bayonet
ka nokila hissa piche, sling upar aur rifile zamin ke mutwazi ho, dhina
paon age karte hue, bazuon ko pura age karo aur dushman ko rifle ke
butt se maro, dhine paon ko thoda dhine rakhte hue, pichle paon ko age
milao aur dhawa position akthiyar karo.
Is karwai ke liye adesh hoga “Kunda mar”.
Abhiyas : Sqd se kunda mar ka abhiyas karao.
WAR BACHA
War bachao ka istemal ani ke barkhilaf kia jata hai, agar dushman ki
rifle bachne waleke dhaine khule ke sath hai, to baen war bacha, agar
hathiyar baen khuleke sath ho, to dhina war bacha kiya jayefa. (Dummy
ka istemal karte hue dhinewar aur baen war bacha ka namuna do aur
samjao).
Dahina war bacha : Dahina war bacha ke liye, age wale paon par ek
kadam age lo aur piche wale ko adhar banate hue usi jagah par rakho,
baen bazu, sharir ki puri takat se pura age phaila do aur dushman ke
hathiyar par rifle ke upar wale bhag se dhine taraf modo, dushman ka
300
bayonet ab bayonet marne wale jawan se alag kar rakha hoga aur
dushman ke badan ka baen hissa hamle ke liye asurakshit ho jayega
bina. Bina dhawa position akthiyar kiye hue, isi position se koi bhi hamle
ki karawai karo, dushman ko marne ke bad dhawa position akthiyar
karo.
Bayan war bacha :Byan war bacha waise hi jaise dahina war bacha,
fark sirf itna hai war bacha mein dushman ke hathiyar ko baen tarf
mana gaya hai. Baen war bacha ke bad bhi koi bhi hamle ki karwai ki ja
sakti hai.
Ginti se war bacha ani ghompne ke abhiyas lo. Adesh yeh hoga :
(a) “Dahine ya bhayen war bacha,Thahro Bacha”
(b) “Ghomp Thahrao Fhomp”
(c) “Nikal Thahrao Nikal”
(d) “Dhawa Position”
(e) Am rafter se baen ya baen war bachake liye adesh hoga “Dahine
War ya Baen War Bacha”
Abhiyas : Sqd se dahine se war bache ka abhiyas karao.
BLOCKS
Blocks ka istemal, dushman ko nakar karne aur uske toli ko (balance)
bigarne ke liye kiya jata hai. Iska istemal tab kiya jata hai, jab hamla
karne wale dushman ne surprise kar diya ho. Blocks ke bad hamlawar
karwai ki jati hai. (Namuna dete hue samjao, madad ke liye sqd se
student lo aur dummy rifle ka istemal karo).
(a) Nicha war bachan : Iska istemal, butt jo ki gurdhe ya sharir ke
niche wale bhag ke liye hai, uske khilaf kiya jata hai, tol balance ko
kayam rakhne ke liye niche war bacha karte samaye, paon ko apne
rakho jagah. Dhine hath apni jagah rakhte hue, baen hath ko itna
niche lao ki rifle zamin ke mutabiz hi jaye. Apni rifle ko niche ki taraf
dabakar, dushman ki rifle ko pare hata do uske bad koi hamle wali
karwai karo aur phir dhawa position akthiyar karo.
(b) Side blocks: Butt ya cut jab ki badan ke kisi taraf nishana
mankar kiya ja raha ho, to uske khilaf side block ka istemal kiya jata
hai. Side block dahine ya baen ho sakta hai. Iska dahine ya baen
hona dushman ke war par nirbahar karta hai, side block karwai
karne ke liye, paon ko apni jagah rakho. Dahine hath ko apni jagah
rakhte hue, rifile ko baen hath se baen taraf karte hue badan ke
samne khade rukh mein lao. Apni rifile ko dushman ki rifile mein
dayen ya baen aur dushman ka tol bigar do. Iske bad koi hamalawar
karwai karo aur phir dhawa position akthiyar karo.
(c) Uncha block : Kunda mar ya khare cut ke khilaf, unche block
ka istemal kiya jata hai, paon ko apni jagah rakho aur thoda modo.
Baen hath ko apni jagah par rakhte hue, dahine hath se rifile ke butt
ko utna uthao, ki rifile chahre ke samne aur zamin ke mutbazi ho.
Rifile ke bich wale bhag ko marne wala hissa man kar, kohnion
301
aurgutnon par kabu rakhte hue, dono bazu bahar ki taraf pure phaila
do. Is ke bad koi hamlawar karwai karo aur phir dhawa position
akthiyar karo.
Block
(a)
(b)
(c)
aur butt ke istemal ke ahista raftar se yeh adesh honge :
“Niche, uncha side war bacha, thahro, bacha”.
“Butt, thahro butt”.
“Dhawa position”.
Aam raftar ke liye adesh :
(a) “Nicha war bacha aur aiche bhag ke liye butt shuru kar”.
(b) “Uncha war bacha aur kunda mar shuru kar”.
(c) “Side war bacha aur khara cut shuru kar”.
Abhiyas
(a) Squad se lakri ki dummy rifilon ke istemal se block ka istemal
karo.
(b) (Squad se pure kam ka abhiyas karao). War bacha aur block ka
abhiyas karte waqt, bacha ke bad hamle ki sab karwaion ka abhiyas
karana chahie. Jisse sikhne wale ke dimag mein yeh baith jaye ki
dushman ko tol bacha ki karwai kar ke kharab karne ke bad halat ke
mutabik koi bhi hamle ki karwai ki ja sakti hai.
SANKSHEP
(a) Squad ke sawalo jawab pucho.
(b) Is bat par zor dete hue ki bachao ki karwai alag se istemal nahi
ki jati. Bachao ke bad zaruri hai ki hamla kiya jaye. Bachao ki karwai
se dushman ke tol ko bigarne ke bad bayonet marne wale koi bhi
hamle ki karwai karne ki puri chutt hai.
NOTE KI BATEN
(a) Block ka namuna aur abhiyas karte samay, hathiyaron ki tutphut se bachne ke liye lakri ki dummy rifile ka istemal karna chahie.
(b) Hathiyaron ki tut-phut se bachne ke liye, cut ki karwai dummy
ka istemal kiye bagair hawa mein karni chahie.
(c) Squad ki position waise hi honi chahie, jaise ki pichle wale
saqab mein batai gayi hai.
---------------------------********************-------------------------------
BAY 18-29
302
BACHAO AUR HAMLE KI MILI JHULI KARWAIAN
SHURU SHURU KA KAM
(a) Suraksha sambandhi upay.
(b) Bayonet aur sling kasa hua.
UDDESH
Mili jhuli karwaion mein bachao aur hamle ki karwaian sikhana hai.
SAMAN
Rifile, bayonet, magazine, lakri ki dummy rifile aur dummy.
PAHUNCH
Hamle aur bachao ki alag karwaian sikhane ke bad, yeh zaruri hai ki
jawan in sab ko mila kar lagatar paryog bhi sikh le, kyonki kabhi aisa bhi
ho sakta hai ki dushman sirf ek ya do hamle ki karwai se na mare. Isliye
bayonet marne wale itna mahir hona chahie ki agar dushman shuru shuru
ke hamle se apne ap ko bacha le, ya koi hamle ki karwai karne ki koshish
kare, to jawan kisi bhi hamle ya bachao ki karwai kar sake.
MILI JHULI KARWAIAN
Dummy ka istemal karte hue namuna do aur samjao dhawa position se
baen war bacha, ki karwai ke bad ani ko ghomp ki karwai karo, dushman
ani ghomp ki karwai ke bahar ho ya dur ho sir ke liye butt ki karwai karo.
Dushman piche hat jata hai to chhati par butt marne ki karwai karo.
Dhawa position mein akar, dusre dushman ka samna karne ke liye tayar ho
jao.
Yeh karawai ek khas halat mein istemal ki jati hai dusri karwaion mein
abhiyas dene ki liye isi prakar ke dusre halat paida kiye ja sakte hai.
Tartib war har karwai ke liye adesh diye jyen aur jawan usi mutabik
karwai Karen.
Jawan ko sab karwaion abhiyas karao, galtian pakro aur phir abhiyas do.
SANKSHEP
Squad se sawal-o-jawab se sankshep karo.
303
NOTE KI BATEN
(a) Scode ko do linion mein banta jayega aur unki position basi hi
honi chahie jaise ki pahle saqabon mein batai gayi hai.
(b) Block ka abhiyas karne ke liye ek line walon ke pass, lakri ki
dummy rifile aur dusre lini service rifile istemal Karen, iske bad apas
mein badly karo.
(c) Jiske pas service rifle hai, who bachao ki karwai Karen aur
bachao ke bad hamle ki karwai ka abhiyas Karen.
(d) Hathiyaron ki tut-phut se bachne ke liye, bachao ki karwai
dhire ki jaye ya phir dono lino ke pas lakri ki dummy rifle honi chahie.
Jise tezi ke sath in karwaion ka abhiyas karya ja sake.
(e) Ustad ko tezi, phurti aur josh par zaida zor dena chahie aur sqd
ki choti moti galti check nahi karni chahie.
-------------------------------***************------------------------------------
BAY 19-35
TAN SHASTR AUR ANI GHOMPNA
SHURU KA KAM
Rifilon ka mulahiza karo hukam mile bayonet ki line tayar ho jaye to is
hukam par jis ke pass gari ho, who utar de, bayonet scabbard ke sath
rifile par charha kar rifile cock aur safety catch ‘R’ par line ban jao.
Bayonet ke liye khul jao, is hukam par sqd itna khul jaye ki ek dusre ke
bagli faisla karib 3 kadam ho.
UDDESH
Tan-shastr position akthiyar karna, khare aur lete dushman par ani
ghompna sikhana.
SAMAN
Rifile, sangeen, khari aur leti dummian.
Pahunch
304
Kai mauquo par dushman ki position par dhawa bholte samye aur
jungle mein ya kisi bandh ilaqe mein larte samaye. Sansin ka war ya is
ke war ki dhamki bahut kargar sabit hoti. Is liye khas kar infantry ke
jawano ko is kabil hona chahie, ki who sangeen k war karke dushman ko
barbad kar saken. Sangeen marne wale jawan mein teen siftaen honi
chahie, josh, tezi aur sidhai.
Yeh dabaq teen bhago mein jayega :
BHAG 1- TAN SHASTRA AUR UNCHA BAEN SHASTRA
Tan shastra position aur aram kar : (Namunaaur nakal) Infantry ke
jawan shatru ki position ke upar dhawa bholte samaye uske nazdik
pahunch kar jab yeh kisi par sangeen se war karne ko, tan sastra ki
position akthiyar karte hai. Tan shashtra ka hukam milne par, baen
paon ko ek kadam chalti halat mein age lo, dahine hath se rifle ko
uchalte hue badan ke samne lao, dono hatho se ek sath pakro, is
position mein khyal rakhne ki baten. Rifle ko dono hatho se prakar te
hue sakal daraoni ho, sangeen ki nok shatru ki pet ki seedh mein, baen
hath se hand guard majbooti se pakra hua ho aur koni se ander ki taraf
muda hua hona chahie. Dahine hath se pistol grip charon ungli aur
angutha pakra hua, butt khule par majbooti se jama hua taki ani
ghompte samaye jism ka pura jor dala ja sake. Baen paon mein khamb
aur badan mein bhoj us par ko sath hi dahina paon piche khicha hua
aur panja chalti halat mein ho, hukam milega “Aram kar” toh rifile ko
dahine hath se pistal grip se chorte hue, baen hath se rifile ko piche ki
taraf karo aur dahine hath se pakro. Butt dono tango ke bich mein rahe,
(yaha se bhi tan sashtra ki position ki karwai is prakar hai.
BHAG 2 KHARE AUR LETE DUSHMAN PAR ANI GHOMPNA
Ek khare dushman par ani ghompna (Namuna thehrao se baen ke
sath)
(a) (Dummy ke dahine line banana batao). “No.1 dummy ke samne
line ban” ke hukam par rifile ko uncha baen sashtra ki position mein
lete hue dummy ki karwai dus gaz ke phasale par jakar dummy ki
taraf muh karte hue khade ho(sawal-o-jawab se tan sashtra position
mein aao.
(b) “Tayar ho” Hukam pr dummy ke karib 5 ya 6 feet ke faisle par
khade ho jao.
(c) “Ani ghomp thahrao ghomp” ke hukam par piche wale poan ko
age barate hue sath hi dono paon ko uchalte hue, sangeen shatru ke
pet mein pure jor se ghomp do is position mein dekhne ki baten,
sangeen pet mein teen se char inch tak ghusa hua baen hath ka
khamb nikalna zarurai hai,dahine hath se usi prakar pakra haua
lakin dahine rahe ki butt khule se alag nahi hona chahie. Paon ki
position tan sashtra ki tarah aur nigah jahan sangeen ghompa hai
waha honi chahie.
Ek lete hue dushman par ani ghompa (Namuna baen ke sath) : Larai
ke halat mein hame dushman hamesha hi nahi milega, balki leta
dushman bhi milega, isliye zaruri hai ki usko barbad kiya jaye. Is kam ka
305
namuna dekhna (tharao se namuna do). Dummy ke samne an eke tariqa
usi prakar hai jaise khade dummy par ani ghompte samaye akthiyar kiya
tha.
BHAG 3 EK SE ZAIDA DUSHMAN PAR ANI GHOMPNA
(Namuna baen se) Bahut se mauqon par jawan ko dushman ka samna
karna parega. Aise pauqon par skb se nazdik bale dushman par war karo
agar dusra kuch dur ho to sikhe hue tariqe se tan sashtra karte dusre ki
taraf doudte hue war karo. Agar dusra dushman itna nazdik ho ki pahle
ko marne ke bad tan sashtar karne ka mouqana mile to nikal ki position
se hi us par sangeen ghomp diya jata hai aur isi tarah ek ek karke
dushman ko thikane laga diya jata hai. Is kam ka namuna dekhen:
(Tan sashtra ki position tak sawal-o-jawab se ho) Hukam milega ‘chal
kar do ani ghomp’ nikal par thahro, ghomp ko pahle dummy par ani
ghomp kar nikal ki position mein kahde ho jao, jahan se dusra dushman
milne par, agar tan sashtra ki position akthiyarnahi kiya ja sakta to
dusre dushman par ani ghomne ki line sangeen ka rukh dusre dushman
ki taraf karte hue triqe ke anusar ghomp ki karwai ki jaye.
SANKSHEP
Sawal-o-jawab karo :
INSTRUCTOR’S NOTE
Bayonet traning ka uddesh hai, jawan ko bharosa dilane ki who
zarurat parne par dushman ko sangeen se barbad kar sakta hai.
(a) Ani ghompte samay, baen hath ka khamb nilkalna zaruri hai
parantu butt khue par jawan taki ani ghompte waqt zism ka pua zor
dal de.
(b) Bayonet traning mein sab se zarurai chizen, josh, teziaur sidhai
hai. Agar jawan ke ander yeh khubyan hai to use mamuli galtion ke
liye na toka jaye. Jahan tak ho sake hark am dour chal se karwao.
---------------------------******************-------------------------------------
BAY 36-38
TRAINING STICK
SHURU KA KAM
Rifle ka mulahiza, rifle cock, bayonet mayan ke sath charhi hui ho aur
mayan rassi se rifle ke sath bandhi ho.
DOHARI
306
Tan shastra position.
UDDESH
Training stick ka istemal sikhana hai.
SAMAN
Rifile, sangin(mayan ke sath) aur har jawan ke liye training stick.
PAHUNCH
Training stick is liye istemal ki jati hai taki uske zarie sangin ki sikhlai
ke dauran jawan ki harkaton mein tezi paida kar sake.
BHAG
Yeh sabaq teen bhagon mein sikhaya jayega.
BHAG 1 TRAINING STICK KA BAEN AUR PAKARNA.
(a) Training stick (Traning stick ko hath mein lekar baen karo).
Training stick k eek sir par ek gadha hota hai. Yeh gadha 2”
qutar(diameter) ka kirmich ya tat ko gol tukra hai. Is mein boaien ke
tukare ya busa bharkar ek tar ke zarie, stick mein bani jhiri mein
bandh diya jata hai, yeh ganth dushman ki bayonet ken ok ko zahir
karta hai. Jab ganth wala sira jab jawan ki taraf kiya jaye to who
fouran tan sashtra ki position akthiyar kar le. Traning stick ke dusre
sire par teen inch qutar(diameter) wala chhalla(ring) hota hai. Is ring
par dori ya patli rassi lappet di jati hai. Yeh ring dushman ke ring
najuk hisse ki zahir karta hai. Jab yeh ring age kiya jaye toh rifile
wala jawan age badkar us par ani ghomp traning stick ki kul lambhai
5feet 9” honi chahie.
(b) Training stick pakarne ka tarika: Training stick ko is tarah
pakra jata hai gaadi wala sira age ki taraf karke stick ko baen hath se
lag bag bich mein se aur dahine hath ring se koi 1 feet kef aisle par
pakar lo aura b tan sashtra ki position akthiyar karo. Is position mein
dekhne ki batyen, ring khare rukh hona chahie. Apne jism ko aram
dene ke liye gadde ko niche karke zamin par tika do. Is ka matlab yeh
hoga ki stick ya dushman thodi der ke liye karwai nahi kar
sakta(Gaddi ko zamin par mat pakro). Abhiyas karne ke liye hukam
yeh hoga “Ek” is hukam par tan sashtra aur “Do” apr aram ki position
akhtiyar ki jayegi.
BAGH 2 -DAHINE TARAF RING DIKHANA AUR ANI GHOMPNA.
(a) Dahine taraf ring dikhana : Traning stick tan sashtra ki position
mein rakhi hui ho aur jawan ka darmaini faisala 5 kadam ho, baen
karo. Yahan se dahine taraf ani ghopne ki line, ring ko dahine taraf is
tarah dikahiya jata hai, baen bazu itna piche kahihoho ki jism se lag
jaye aur sath ring ko khade ruk rakhte hut dahine taraf kar do. Is
mein dekhne ki baten. Age wale paon mein khamb pichle paon sakth,
nigah ring par honi chahie. Ring khade rukh mein ho. Agar yahan se
ani aur ghompna ho to pahle ghomph aur nikal katham ho jane ke
bad ek kadam piche ko lo (khud karo). “Sidha guzar” ke liye gadhe ko
niche zamin par tika do aur inko bagal mein chupao (kudh karo).
307
(b) Abhiyas : Is kam ka abhiyas karo (Abhiyas ke bad sqd ek taraf
close aur kisi ek jawan ko rifileline ka hukam do).
(c) Dahine taraf rifile aur training stick ka istemal : Jawan ka kam
hai ki gadhe par nigah rakhte hue purti se tan sashtra karke hamla
kare. Junhi jawan hamla kare, dahina ring dikhao, jawan ani ghomp
kar nikal kar ke thahar jayega. Ab baen karo ki jab tak ring chupaya
ya dusra ani ke liye nahi dikhaya jata, jawan ka kam is jagah par
tharna hai. Ab dusri ani ke line ring dikhao aur sidha guzar karo.
Abhiyas : Is kam ka jorion mein abhiyas ke bad jawan ke pas traning
stick honi chahie.
SANKSHEP
Sawal-o-jawab.
INSTRUCTOR’S NOTE
(a) Traning stick wazan mein halki honi chahie aur uska gadha aur
ring aisa hona chahie ki us se rifle se kisi hisse bayonet ya mayan kisi
kisam ka nuksan na pahuchaye.
(b) Traning stick ki sikhlai bayonet ka ek khas hissa isliye traning
stick ko khub zor se chalaya jaye, jis jawan ke hath mein traning stick
ho who ustad dahine aur jiske hath mein rifile hai who shagirdh.
Ustad traning stick ko jitna furti se hilayega, sagirdh ko mashq se
utna hi zaida faida pahunchega.
(c) Jo jawan ustad bane, unhe chahie ki apne sagirdhonki
harkaton ko gaur se dekhen aur koi galti malum ho to unhe batani
chahie. Maslan chutki se kam karna, zor se age na barna, durust
harkat na karna aur bhi koi choti moti galtian mashq hi har darje ke
akhir mein batayi jaye. Sikhli ke in darjon mein ustad kisi ek ko
chunkar use kudh abhiyas karye.
(d) Sikhlai paye hue jawan ko abhiyas karne ya traning stick ki
mashq shuru karne ke bad, sikhlai ke kisi darje mein jawan ki
harkaton mein tezi paida karne ke liye. Ustad har ek jawan se bari
bari abhiyas kar sakta hai. Who sqd ko apne girdh ek bade dhire mein
khada karke jawan se point marne ya war bachane ki mashq kkara
sakta hai, war bachana agle sqd mein sikhaya jayega. Yeh mashq is
sabaq ke akhri darje mein krai jaye.
--------------------------------***************----------------------------
BAY 39-42
ZATI BACHAO
SHURU KA KAM
Rifle ka mulahiza karo, rifle par sangeen charha hua aur mayan
rassi se bandha hua ho.
DOHRAI
308
Traning stick ke sath ek aur do ani ghopna.
UDDESH
Zati bachao sikhana.
SAMAN
Rifle, sangeen, traning stick aur rassi.
PAHUNCH
Jawan ke liya yeh zarurai hai ki who apne bachao ke kuch tariqe
sikh le, lakin use achi tarah samaj lena chahie, ki uska asli maqsad
apna bachao karna hi nahi, balki dushman par war karke us ko
barbad karna hai.
BHAG
Yeh sabaq 4 bagho mein sikhaya jayega.
BHAG 1- BAEN WAR BACHANA, KUNDA MARNA AUR ANI
GHOMPNA.
Jawan ko batao ki jab who apne apnea p ko dushmanke war se
bacha le to who jhat par khud hamla kare, jab dushman baen taraf
war kare toh bayea war bacha, dushman ke hathiyar ke war ko ran
karne ka sabse acha aura san tariqa hai, ab dushman jawan ki tan
sashtra wali position ke andhaer aa jata hai, is liye jawan apna
sangeen istemal nahi kar sakenge. Is liye zarurai hai ki jawan pahie to
dushman par kunda mare aur sangeen se us ko thikane laga de.
BHAG 2- BAEN WAR BACHA KE SATH TRANING STICK KA
ISTEMAL.
Jwan ko kabhi bhi is position mein nahin roka jata. Sirf sqd ka
namuna dikhane ke liye roka jata hai. Ustad stick dikhate samaye in
baton ko dhyan mein rakhen :
(a)
Stick dikhane wala kabhi age ki taraf kadan na le.
(b)
Stick ka war sidha, zordaraur jawan ke baen kandhe ki
taraf ho. Stick rifile ke sath bilkul nahi lagni chahie.
(c)
Ani ghompne ke liye, chale ko thik position mein, yani
zamin se 1 feet uncha rakho.
Ab ani ghopna ke liye chala dikhaya jaye. Jawan challe par ani
ghomp kar nikal kare, iske bad ustad chupa le aur sidha guzar jaye.
BHAG 3- DAHINE WAR BACHA AUR ANI GHOMPNA.
Agardushman dahine kandhe par war kare to zaruri hoga ki uska
war dahine taraf radh kar diya jayeaur phir ani ghompi jaye. Abhi
batao ki dushman par ani ghompne ke liye koi rukawat nahi hai. Is
liye yaha shatru par sikhe hue tariqe se ani gomph kar nikal jana
chahie. Hadison se bachne ke liye, stick dikhane wala apna baen
paon ko piche lekar apne badan ko baen kare.
Abhiyas : Squad ko jorion mein abhiyas karao.
BHAG 4- HAMLE KE DUSRE TARIQE
309
Agar jawan age bhar kar dushman par ani ghompe aur dushman
baen ko war khali kar do to dono ek dusre ki zad mein aa jayenge jani
dono ek dusre ke itna nazdik aa jayegen kin a hi kunde ka war kiya ja
sakega aur na hi sangeen ka. Is surat mein dushman par kisi na kisi
kism ka war kiya jaye, is ka faisala is bat parnirbhar hoga ki
dushman kis qism ka war ke liye mouqa deta hai. Aise mouqe par yeh
zaruri hai ki jo bhi war kiya jaye, bejhijke aur zor se kiya jaye.
Fire ke sath war bachana
Jab jawan dushman par hamla kare ya dushman us par hamla
kare, to pahle iske kih who ek dusre ke upar sangeen se war Karen,
jawan ko chahie ki who goli fire kar ke dushman ko barbad kar de.
Aise halat mein rifle khule mein hoti hai, jawan ko chahie ki khule se
hi rifle ko dushman ki sidh mein rakhte hue, ek hi jatke se trigger
daba kar goli fire kar de aur jab tak mauqa mile, fire karta jaye. Agar
dushman barbad na hua ho aur bahut nazdik a jaye, to phir baen ya
dahine war bacha kar use barbad kar dena chahie.
Abhiyas
Isi kam ka abhiyas karao aur bad mein pure sabaq ka.
SANKSHEP
Sawal-o-jawab karo.
INSTRUCTOR’S NOTES
(a)
Traning stick ke sath abhiyas lete samay gol chhakar
mein lo.
(b)
Stick se war karte samaye kabhi age ki taraf kadam n alia
jaye nahi to hadsa hone ka khatra hai.
(c)
Bhag 4 ka abhiyas lete samay war bachane se pahla,
jawan goli fire kare.
(d)
Do acche jawano ka namuna.
*****************************************************************
*******************************************************************
****************************************************************
SPECIAL WEAPONS FOR
ADDITIONAL KNOWLEDGE
1) X-95 RIFLE
310
1. X-95 RIFLE KI AAM JANAKARI,
KHOLNA AUR JORNA
PRASHI
KSHAN
VISHAY
UPKARA
N
Shuru
Hathiyar aur saman ka nirikshan, class X-95
– shuru ki ginati va bant .
rifle
ka kam
Siling,
Magazin
e,
drill
cartridge
,
bayonet
cleaning
kit.
Black
board,
duster,
sanketak
, ground
sheet
figure
1X1
target.
Dohara Insas ke magazine me kitana round Tadaiv
i
aate hai.
SHIRS
HAK
Uddesh
ya
Is path ki samapti ke pashchat
prashiksharthi X-95 rifle ki aam jankari
kholana/ jorana ke bare me janane me
saksham honge.
Tadaiv
AVANT
IT
ABHIY
SAMAY UKTI
1
Path
minute aramb
h
karane
se
pahale
prashi
kshak
prashi
kshart
hiyo se
purva
path
se
samba
ndhit
prasna
Karen.
1
Paddat
Minut i –
e
vyakh
yan
1
Paddati
Minut –
e
vyakhy
an
311
Paricha
y
Suraks
ha ke
upaya
Chalan
e ka
siddha
nt
X-95 assault rifle ka nirmad Israel ki
company Israel weaon industry ke
dwara year 2003 me kiya gaya jo ki
India me naxalwad atankwad avam
ugravad ki gurilla ladai ladane ke liye is
rifle ko year 2010 me aayat kiya gaya .
Yah rifle din aur rat ke samay
Leintegral (Mepromdr) Replex Sight,
reflex sight ke dwara kargar fire dalane
ki kshamata rakhati hai. jisase gurilla
larai tatha rat ke samay kiye jane vale
operation me kamyab hathiyar hai. Is
rifle me 5.56X45 mm ball amns ka
istemal kiya jata hai. Jo ki NATO
standard ka hai. Yah Insas rifle se 25%
halka tatha 33 Cm chhota hai. Iska
magazine steel ka bana hua hai jisame
30 round aate hai. Isake but me. Buffer
hone ke karan isame pichhe ko dhakka
kam lagata hai. Isame tin prakar ke
sight istemal kiye jate –
1. Backup sight
2. More integral reflex sight
3. Optical sight.
1. Rifle ko achhi tarah chek Karen.
2. X-95 assault rifle se keval
prashikshit jawan se hi fire karaye.
3. Hamesha ke fire se bache.
4. Baen hath se fire karane wale ke
liye cocken handle baen Karen.
5. Fire karene se pahle hathiyar ko
zeroing kar le.
6. Hathiyar se hip position me fire
Karen. But ke upar hath ka support
le.
7. Lagatar 08 magazine se jyada fire
na kare.
Close bolt
Gas ke dabav
Piston head ka dabav
Hathiyar automatic bhi aur semi
automatic bhi.
Ak sath 240 round fire kiya ja sakata
hai.
TECHNICAL DATA
Calibre
– 5.56 MM
Ammunition – 5.56 X 45 MM OFV and
NATO
standard
Tadaiv
4
Paddat
Minut i –
e
vyakh
yan
Tadaiv
5
Paddat
Minut i –
e
vyakh
yan
Tadaiv
10
Paddat
Minut i -–
e
vyakh
yan
312
Kholan
a
Magazine
– 30 rounds
Weight
– 03 Kgs
Khali Magazine – 220 Grams
Bhari Magazine – 380 Grams
Bhari Magazine ke sath rifle ka wazan –
3.600
Kgs
Rifle ki lambai
– 59 Cms
Barrel ki lambai
– 33 Cms
Bayonet ki lambai – 27 Cms
Cover ke sath bayonet ki lambai – 31
Cms
Grouse – 06 (dahine tarf 1.7 Inch
ghumav)
Muzzle velocity – 860 meter/ second
Cyclic rate of fire – 700 se 1000 round
Kargar range – 700 meter.
X-95 assault rifle do hisso me khulata -tadaiv- 6
Paddat
hai.
Minut i –
Pratham Hissa –
e
vyakh
a. Rifle ka nirikshan karo.
yan
b. But locking pin ko dabao. Sidha
upar uthao.
c. But ko kholo.
d. Recoiling mechanism ko upar
uthao aur bahar nikalo .
Dwitiy hissa –
a. Buffer se return spring ko nikalo.
b. Buffer ke upar dabav dekar bolt
carrier guide ko assembly se alag karo.
c. Bolt guide pin ko nikalo.
d. Firing pin ko bolt carrier se nikalo.
HISSE PURJO KE NAM
1.
Flush special
2.
Front ceiling kadi
3. Front backup sight .
4.
Operational accessories base
5.
Integral reflex sight
6. Rear
back sight.
7. Gas cylinder
8. Meddle ceiling
kari.
9. Rear ceiling kari.
10.Last
round catch
11. Magazine relayaser 12. Trigger
14. Cocking handle.
15. Laser PTT
shoes
16. Piston
17. Bolt
313
Safai
Jorana
Sanksh
ep
18. Recoiling spring
19. 19. Bolt carrier guide rod
20. Buffer
21. Firing
Pin
22. Bolt guide pin.
CLEANING KIT.
Tadaiv& 5
Paddat
1. Oil cap
Minut i –
2. Cleaning rod
e
vyakh
3. Sadharan cleaning brush
yan
4. Chamber aur barrel extension
cleaning brush
5. Internal receiver cleaning brush.
TIN PRAKAR KI SAFAI
1. Roj ki Safai
2. Fire se pahale ki safai
3. Weekly safai.
Har ek safai me bahari hisse ko
sadharan cleaning brush se safai
Karen.
Lens ko rezar paper se saf karen.
Cleaning cloth ko cleaning rod ke andar
ghusaye.
Barrel aur chamber ko saf karen.
Internal receiver cleaning rod se
hathiyar ko thik se pakadkar butt ko
niche ki taraf karake safai karen. Lekin
chamber ki taraf se andar na karen.
Lohe ke hisse purjon me tel lagaye.
1- Bolt aur firing pin dubara bolt -tadaiv- 5
Paddat
carrier me lagayen.
Minut i –
2- Fault surface aur firing pin helical
e
vyakh
surface me lagaye.
yan
3- Firing pin ko bina hilaye rear sight
ko thoda upar karen.
4- Firing aur bolt ko bolt guide pin rok
kar rakhata hai.
5- Guide rod pichhe ko harkat karta
hai aur buffer me sama jata hai.
6- Yakin karen ki guide rod ka position
aage hai.
7- Recoiling ke hisse purje ko andar
karen.
8- Butt ko band karen.
9- Locking pin ko dabate hue band
karen.
10- Nirikshan karen.
Sawal Jawab se
-Tadaiv- 2
Paddat
Minut i –
314
e
vyakh
yan
2. X-95 RIFLE KE SIGHT KE BAREN ME JANKARI
VA FIRE KARANE KE TARIKE
SHIRSHA
K
Shuru
shuru
kam
AVANTI
PRASHIKS T
HAN
SAMAY
UPKARAN
VISHAY
– Hathiyar
aur
saman
ka
ka nirikshan, class ki ginati va bant
Doharai
X-95 rifle kitane
khulati hai.?
Uddeshya
Is path ki sampti ke paschat
prashinarthi X-95 rifle ke sight
ke bare me janakari va fire
karane ke tarike janane me
saksham honge.
Metrolight - multi purpose reflex
sight do laser point ke sath khas
aur shatir nishane ke kam atta
hai .Israel defence force ise
development kiya hai .isame 30
mm diameter wala lens Lambi
duri ko chhota kar deta hai.
X-95 rifle se sist lene ke liye sath
me intergiyan reflex sight ka
Parichay
Reflax
sight
hisso
me
KUL
LAGA
TAR
SAMA
Y
X-95 Rifle, 1 Minute 1
ceiling,
Minut
Magazine,
e
drill
cartridge,
bayonet,
cleaning
kit, black
board,
sanketak,
ground
sheet,
figure 1X1
target
-tadaiv1
2
Minute
Minut
es
-tadaiv1 Minute 3
Minut
es
-tadaiv-
2 Minute 5
Minut
e
-tadaiv-
10
Minutes
15
Minut
315
bandobast kiya hai. Sidhe taur
par barrel ke upar attach kiya
gaya hai jo hamesha uchch koti
ki accuracy deta hai.
More reflex sight :More reflex sight se ham
kai prakar ke kam le sakate hai.
isame kai prakar ke laser bim
kiran hote hai jo ki jaldi aur
stick fire karane me kam ata
hai.
es
REFLEX SIGHT KE HISSE
PURJO KE NAM
1. Lens
2.
Battery
cover
3. Operation switch
4.
Adjusting srew
5. Optical fibre cover
Backup
sight
Optical
sight
Fire
REFLEX SIGHT KE SWITCH KI
PARIBHASHA
Off – off switch rakhane se laser
vim, lead elevation band ho jata
hai.
1,2,3 Switch – Isame lagane se
laser designing tin kism ka
designing nikalata hai Tab jab
laser PTT cover me dabav parata
hai.
L – Is position me reflex bindu
laser bim se nikalata hai jo ki
elemating hokar lal light me
parivartit hota hai. Tab jab PTT
switch ko dabata hai.
I.R. – PTT catch ko dabane se IR
laser bim nikalata hai.
Back up sight
Isaka istemal kiya jata hai
jab reflex sight dusara kam kar
raha hota hai. Front rear sight
bolt aur appreture se bull par
nishana liya jata hai.
OPTICAL SIGHT :
Isame
ek powerful telescopic va night
vision ko barrel me operational
accessories base ke upar lagaya
jata hai.
Bhar ki karyavahi
-tadaiv-
4
Minutes
19
Minut
es
-tadaiv-
3
Minutes
22
Minut
es
-tadaiv-
8 Minute 30
316
karane ka
tarika
Single shot
Burst fire
Khali
karana
Sankshep
Hathiyar ko uthayen, Hathiyar
ko 60 degree me pakaren.
Magazine catch ko dabate hue
magazine ko utare ek bhara hua
magazine magazine way me
dakhil karen.
Rifle ko cock kare va safety lever
ko fire position me kare.
Firing position – Kneeling,
sitting,
scouting,
standing
positiono se kiya jata hai.
Is hathiyar se single shot aur
burst fire kiya jata hai.
Jab fire selector lever ka position
aar par rakhkar rifle ko cock
karake fire karate hai to ek – 2
goli ka fire hota hai.
Jab fire selector lever ka position
A par rakhakar rifle ko cock
karake fire karate hai to ek sath
kai goliyon ka burst nikalata
hai. Fire selector lever ka
position S par rakhane se rifle
safety me rahata hai.
Piston grip ko pakadkar rifle ko
uthaye, rifle ko 60 degree me
ghumaye.
Anguthe ki madad se safety lever
ko S par karen.
Magazine relayase ko dabakar
magazine ko utarkar pouch me
rakhen.
Rifle ko chek karen.
Hathiyar ko 60 degree me le
jakar tin bar cock karen.
Cocking handle ko pichhe
rahane de.
Hathiyar ko 45 degree me le
jakar baen turn karen avam
ejection port cover se dekhe ki
chamber khali hai.
Cocking handle ko aage jane de.
Trigger dabaen.
Safety lever ko S par karen aur
magazine lagaye.
Sawal avam javab se.
Minut
es
-tadaiv-
2
Minutes
32
Minut
es
-tadaiv-
2
Minutes
34
Minut
es
-tadaiv-
4
Minutes
38
Minut
es
-tadaiv-
2
Minutes
40
Minut
es
317
**********************************************************************
*********
2). AGS/AGL
Shirsha
k
Shuru
shuru
ka kam
Vishay
Prashiksh Avanti
an
t
upkaran samay
Hathiyar aur saman ka nirikshan calss 30 MM
1-2
ki ginti va bant
AGL
Minut
mount, 3 e
mag box
link, drill
grenade,
sight with
box,
ground
sheet,
black
board
chalk,
sanketank
, duster
aamrookh
Abhiyukt
i
Path
aaramb
h
karame
se
pahle
prashik
shak,
prashik
shanart
hi se
purva
path se
samba
ndhit
prashn
a
318
Dohrai
Uddesha
y
Parichay
Bhag
Karen.
HE No 36 grenade ka mar dalne ka -Tadaiv - 2-3
Paddati
ilaka kitana hai
Minut vyakhya
e
n
Es path ki samapti ke pashchat -Tadaiv - 3-4
-Tadaiv
prashikshathy 30 mm AGL ammunition
Minut
ki vishestayen, saman lagana asthan
e
lena nirikshan report ke bare me janne
me saksham hoge.
Jaise ki aap jante hain ki GF rifle aur -Tadaiv - 4-9
-Tadaiv
insas rifle ki sahayta se ham HE No 36
minut grenade fire kar sakte hai lekin
e
atankvadiyo avam ugravadi en dino me
adhunik hathiyar ka istmal karna
shuru kar diya hai isko dekhte huye
Bharat sarkar ek aise hathiyar ki
jarurat mahsus kiya jo dusman ko
bhari tadad me ek sath barbad kar
sake. Esi kram me Russia se AGL-17 ka
niryat kiya. 30 mm AGS-30 AGL ke
prarup hai.
AGL ka avishkar Russia ne 1975
me kiya usi san me esko Rush sena me
shamil kiya. Afganistan me chechniya
ke sath ladai me bhari tadad me ye
hathiyar estemal kiye aur kamyabi bhi
mili. San 1989 me ye hathiyar Bhartiye
sena me shamil huya, Bharat ne 1999
me Kargil yudh me ese istemal kiya. Esi
san me AGS ko Sima Suraksha Bal me
samil kiya gaya. CRPF me yah hathiyar
san 2000 me aaya .
Ye sabak apko tin bhago me sikhaya -Tadaiv - 9-15 -Tadaiv
jayega
minut 1 AGS
aur
ammunitions
ki
e
visheshtaye
2 Saman lagana tatha asthan lena
3 Nirikshan avam report.
AGS aur ammunitions ki visheshtaye
1. Launcher
:
10.5 kg
2. Mount
:
6 kg
3. Side with
:
1 kg
three system
4. Ammunition
box with 30 Grenade
:
14.85 Kgs
5. Grenade ka wajan
:
350 Gram
6. Link ka vajan
:
45
319
Gram
7. Khali amns ka Wazan : 03 Kgs.
8. Sight with case
:
3.5 Kgs.
Lamba range aur accuracy :a) AGS 30 ka kargar range 1700
meter hai aur fire ki yogyata is
prakar hai.
i. End Fire – 1800 meter Open side.
ii. 700 meter optical sight se
Direct Fire :50 meter se 1700 Meter (Low
angle)
Indirect fire –
1000 Meter se 1700 meter (high angle)
Fire ki raftar
1. Normal – 50 Grenade prati
minute
2. Rapid – 100 Grenade prati minute
3. Cyclic rate of fire – 400 Grenade
prati minute
4. Control Elevation – 67degree
5. Control traverse – 42 degree
6. 600 tukado me fatata hai.
7. Mar dalane ka area 10 meter
charo taraf hai.
8. Do fuse hote hai. Isame 16 grouse
hote hai.
9. AGS belt fit va hawa se thandha
hone wala hathiyar hai.
10. Jawan toli ke taur par kam
karate hai.
AGL ka mechanical sefty
i.
Barrel ka chhota hona
ii.
Chamber ka parlure hona
iii.
A.P.I ka hona
iv.
Bolt ka bhari hona
v.
Majboot return spring ke sath
guide rod ka hona.
AGS ke
AGS 30 ki ammunition ko (VOG-30) ke -Tadaiv - 15-20 -Tadaiv
ammunitio am se jana jata hai. Fatane ke ariya se
minut n ki
10 meter charo taraf mar dalta hai.
e
visheshtay Isaki maximum range 1700 meter hai.
en
Grenade ka Wajan
–
350
Gram
Court case ka wajan
–
75
Gram
Shell ka wajan
– 275 Gram
Grenade ki Lambai
– 132.8
Meter
320
Shell ki lambai
– 112.4 meter
Cartridge shell ki lambai.
–
28.0
meter
Authorised ammunition
First line
- 450 Grenade
On weapon
– 300 Grenade
Unit reserve
–
150
Grenade
Second line
- 150 Grenade
Shell ke andar barood 94% R.D.X
aur 06 % wax hota hai. Jisko ak sath a9-1 (HE) nam diya jata hai. Ismae wire
guide band hota hai. Iska fuse itna
nazuk hai ki agar tin meter se jayada
upar se grenade hath se gir jay to
grenade ko bina koi harkat kiye hue
vahin barbad kar dena chahiye.
Saman
lagan
aur
asthan
lena
Asthan
lena
No. 1 ke pas launcher aur sight -Tadaiv - 20-27
launcher mount ke Sthan se 05 kadam
minut
pichhe aur baen is tarah se rakha jay
e
ki muzzle aage aur fid cover upar ki
taraf ho. Launcher ke baen optical sight
fid cover ki sidh me is prakar rakha ho
ki optical ki khulane wala tasma
launcher ki taraf ho launcher avam
sight ke beech me itana jagah ho. Taki
ek javan asani se let sake. .
No. 2 ke pas saman mount aur
ammunition ho jo ki launcher se 05
kadam dahine mount khula hua dono
rear leg pichhe ki taraf mount ke
dahine ek ammunition box shutter
mount ki taraf ho.
No. 3 ke pas saman do
ammunition box. Launcher aur mount
ke beech me panch kadam pichhe
ammunition box ko is tarah rakho ki
shutter aage ki taraf air carrying step
upar ki taraf dono ke beech me itna
jagah ho taki ak jawan aasani se let
sake.
(1,2 va 3 banto) Jab aadesh milata hai -Tadaiv - 27-30
Numbers asthan lo to numbers daudkar
f
aate hai no. 1 launcher aur optical sight
minut
ke beech me No 2 mount ki dono tango
e
ke beech me aur no. 3 dono
ammunition box ke beech me let jate
hai. Tamam numbers dahine hath ke
-Tadaiv
-
-Tadaiv
-
321
Niriksha
n aur
report
Sankshe
p
upar bayan hath is prakar rakhate hai
ki hatheli ka rookh niche ki taraf aur
chhati kudrati taur par uthi hui, Nigahe
samane yedi panje mile hue ho. No. 1 ki
dono kohaniya feed cover optical sight
ke agale kinare ki sidh me no. 02 ki
kohaniya rear legs foot ke agale kinare
ki sidh me No. 3 ki dono kohniya
ammunition box ke agale kinare sidh
me ho.
Badali kar. - Jab aadesh milta hai
badly kar to tamam numbers ko
doharate hai aur no. 3, no. 2 ki jagah
no. 2 aur no. 1 ki jagah no. 3 ki jagah
leta.
Aadesh do line “badalikar”
Line tod no. 1 :- Is aadesh par tamam
numbers aadesh ko doharate hai no. 1
udhkar toli ke pichhe jakar apani seat
par baith jata hai. No. 2 no. 1 ki jagah
aur no. 3 no. 2 ki jagah leta hai. Aur
toli se agala wala jawan daudkar no. 3
ki jagah le leta hai. (aadesh do line tod
numbers )
Tino number kneeling position me baith
jate hai aur apane - 2 saman ka
nirikshan karate hai. Nirikshan ho jane
ke bad no. 03 up karate hai tamam
number line position me aajate hai aur
apna dahina hath ko 45 degree angle
me khada karate.
Sawal aur jawab se
-Tadaiv - 30-38
minut
e
-Tadaiv
-
-Tadaiv - 38-40
minut
e
-Tadaiv
-
3). CGRL
322
1. CGRL KI AAM JANKARI AUR FIRE KARANE KA
TARIKA
AVAN
KUL
TIT LAGAT ABHIYU
VISHAY
SAMA
AR
KTI
Y
SAMAY
Shuru- Hathiyar aur saman ka nirikshan, class
1
1
Abhyas
shuru
ki ginati va bant.
minut minut Paddati
ka kam
e
e
Uddeshy CGRL ki aam jankari aur fire karane ka
1
2
Abhyas
a
tarika
minut minut Paddati
e
es
Bayan
Sabhi jawan ko 84 MM RL jinda round
2
4
Abhyas
aur atirikt saman ki jankari ho taki minut minut Paddati
samay par uchit upyog kiya ja sake.
es
es
Sabak
Sabak tartib war sikhaya jayega tartib
2
6
Abhyas
me pahale Launcher ki visheshtayen minut minut Paddati
avam parichay.
es
es
Launch 1- Yah Sweden ka bana hua hathiyar
4
10
Abhyas
er ki
hai.
minut minut Paddati
vishesh 2- Tank ke khilaf platoon ka behatrin
es
es
tayen
hathiyar hai.
avam
3- Yah anti–tank ,anti-personnel, sabhi
paricha
prakar ki armed gadiyon, loading
SHIRS
HAK
323
y
Technic
al data
craft, concrete bunker ke alava din ke
vakt dhuan va rat ke vakt roahsani
dene ke kam me laya jata hai. Yah
brig loaded hai pichhe ka dhakka
nahi hai. Banavat me sada tatha
istemal me kargar hai.
4- Isme firing mechanism dahine aur
shist lene ke liye sabhi sighten barrel
ke bayin taraf hai.
1- Calibre
– 84 MM
2- Lambai
–
1130
MM
3- Barrel ki lamabi – 856 MM
4- Sight radius
– 296 MM
5- Grouse
- 24
6- Venturi ki lambai – 274 MM
7- Ghumav
– 602 MM ak
chakkar me.
8- Tar L ka vajan
9- Mount ka vajan
10- Fire ki rafter
/ minute
11- Siddhant
dhikata
m
Range
Alag
- Alag
round
par
High
explosi
ve anti
tank
TPT
(Target
practic
e
5
minut
es
15
minut
es
Abhyas
Paddati
3
minut
e
18
minut
e
Abhyas
Paddati
4
minut
es
22
minut
es
Abhyas
Paddati
4
minut
es
26
minut
es
Abhyas
Paddati
- 14.2 Kgs
- 0.800 grams
– 6 round
–
Brig
loaded
precaution fire
recoilless
12- Telescopic sight ka vajan – 1.100
gram
Hit kade target par
– 500 meter
Harkati target Par
– 400 Meter
HE round
– 1000 meter
Smoke round
– 1300 meter
Eliminating round
– 2100 meter
Is abhiyan ko tanko, bunkero ya pil box
arms fighting gadiyon, loading craft aur
isi prakar ke targeto par kargar fire hai.
Ismae piyo electronically fuse hai joki
holo charge ke siddhant par kam karata
hai. Isame khali case ka bana hota hai.
Isame telephone ring hota hai. Isame. 6
fins hote hai.
TPT ka matalab target practice tracer
yah training ke dauran practice dene ke
liye fire kiya jata hai. Isaki banavat
HEAT ROUND ki tarah hoti hai. Sath hi
324
tracer)
isaki trajectory bhi us tarah hota hai.
Round ko target tak pahuchane ke liye
case me barood bhara hota hai. Lekin
isaki nose par fuse nahi hota hai na hi
yah tank ko barbad karata hai.
H.E.
1- Khule me ya morche me chhipa
(High
dusman
explosi
2- Patali chadar ki lohe ki gadiyan
ve)
Isame ham impact burst aur air
burst bhi karava sakate hai. Isme RDX
aur TMT bhara hota hai.
Smoke Yah round dusman ko andha karane
me aur dhuyen ka parda banane me
istemal kiya jata hai. Sight lagana avam
shist lena HE round ki tarah hai ise har
range scale se fire kiya jata hai.
illus
Rat ke vakt is round ka fire karake tej
roshani me dusman ko assani se
barbad kiya ja sakata hai. Yah
pairadipti ke nam se bhi jana jata hai.
Bag no.
1- Tool role
1
2- Main spring
3- Fore sight assembly
4- Drift no. 2
5- Combination tool
6- Screw driver
7- Spare parts box (anya kai hisse
purje )
8- Fore sight attachment
Bag no.
1- Tin bhag me safai rod
2
2- Cleaning tool
3- Pardarshi box me oiling brush
4- Pad ke sath ceiling
5- Muzzle cover
6- Ventury cover
7- Weapon cover
8- Lakadi ka bag
Saknsh Sawal avam javab se
ep
3
minut
es
29
minut
es
Abhyas
Paddati
3
minut
es
32
minut
es
Abhyas
Paddati
3
minut
es
35
minut
es
Abhyas
Paddati
3
minut
e
38
minut
e
Abhyas
Paddati
2
minut
es
40
minut
es
Abhyas
Paddati
****************************************************************
*******
4). 81 MM MORTAR
325
1. 81 MM MORTAR KI SANKSHIPT JANKARI,
HIFAZAT, SAFAI KARANA TATHA KHOLNA – JORNA
Shirsha
k
Shuru shuru
ka kam
Vishay
Prashiks Avant
han
it
Upkaran samay
Hathiyar aur saman ka nirikshan, 81 MM 1-4
class ki ginati aur groupo me bant
mortar, Minut
mortar es
sight
case,
base
plate,
cleanin
g rod ,
screw
driver,
cane
lubricat
ing oil,
chindi,
pointer,
sand
bag,
ground
sheet
Abhiyuk
ti
Paddati
byakhya
n
aur
namuna
326
Doharai
81 Mortar ke technical data ke bare
me class se puchha jay.
tadaiv
Uddesh
ya
Is addhyay ki samapti ke bad
prashikshanarthiyo ko 81 MM mortar
ki sakshipt jankari, hifajat, safai karna
tatha kholne- jodne ke bare me jankari
dena hai.
81 MM mortar battalion ka sabase
jayada jordar fire karane wala hathiyar
hai. Ladai me isaki kamyabi isake fire
par nirbhar hai. Isliye harek jawan ko
mortar ki jankari, uski hifajat, safsafai, jorana va kholane ke bare me
jankari dena hai.
81 MMü mortar ke bare me tartibwar
jankari di jayegi. Yah jankari tin bhago
me sikhayi jayegi.
tadaiv
Mortar ki sankshipt Doharai
tadaiv
Pahunc
h
Tartib
Bhag
no. 1
Bhag
no. 2
Mortar ak unchi trajectory wala
hathiyar hai jisame recoil ka dhakka
base plate ke jariye jameen ko jajb
hota hai. Yah aam taur par muzzle
loading aur chikane bor wala hathiyar
hai. Isase pankhudiyon se sthirata
pradan tatha avaz ki gati se kam gati
wale ammunition fire kiya jata hai.
Alag – alag charge va unchain lagakar
fire ka ilaka mukarar karate hai.ek
target Ilaka ko cover karata hai.
Mortar ki hifajat va safai karana.
Mortar ki jindagi ko badhane ke
liye zaroori hai ki mortar saf rakha jay.
Saf karane me madad dene wale
Upkaran –
1. Cleaning rod assembly – Isaki
madad se barrel ko saf kiya jata
hai. Yah do aluminium ki khokhali
naliyon ka bana hota hai is rod ki
lambai ko kam ya jyad kiya ja
sakata hai. Rod ke shire par ek Tshape ka handle laga hua hai.
Dusare shire par taron ko brush
laga hua hai. Jispar chindi lagai
3
Paddati
Minut es
byakhya
n
3
Paddati
Minut es
byakhya
n
tadaiv
3
Paddati
Minut es
byakhya
n
tadaiv
2
Paddati Minut prashiks
es
hak
byakhya
n
5
Paddati Minut prashiks
e s hak
byakhya
n
81 MM
5
mortar, Minut
mortar
es
sight
case,
base
plate,
cleaning
rod ,
screw
driver,
cane
lubricatin
g oil,
chindi,
Paddati prashiks
hak
byakhya
n tatha
namuna
aur
karyavah
i
327
Bhag
no. 3
jati hai. Barrel ko saf rod agar na
mile to improvise tarike se ek lambi
lakari ke shir par garnish lapeta
jata hai aur safai ki jati hai.
2. Range ki hexagonal AF size 5/32
:- yah lohe ki L-shakla ki bani hoti
hai.
Isaki
madad
se
screw
assembly khola aur kasa jata hai.
3. Screw driver :- Yah firing pin
kholane aur lagane ke istemal ata
hai.
4. Gun grease hand pump type B:Yah gease nitpal me grease lagane
ke istemal me laya jata hai.
5. Cane lubricating number 3 Mark
-1 ;- Isake andar 3-70 ya oil OM 58
rakh jata hai.
6. Bipod aur base plate ki safai :Isake hisse purjo ko sukhe cotton
kapade se safai ki jati hai. Bad me
tel lagaya jata hai. Rozana ki safai
ek tatha aam safai do bar ki jati
hai.
 Mortar ko kholana va jodana
Jab aadesh milta hai base plate
madhy line action, Is addesh par no. 1
base plate ko pakadkar chhati ki line
me uthakar daudata hua aage jata
hai. Base plate batai hui jagah par
rakhate hai. Base plate ka aage wala
kinara base plate se takriban 03 inch
pichhe ho. Base plate ki safed line
base plate ke sidh me ho aur yakin
karen ki rotating socket handle pichhe
ki taraf ho aur pichhe aata hai, side
case lekar jata hai aur base plate baen
rakhata hau aur vishram position me
khara ho jata hai.

Moratar jodte samay No. 2 Ka
kam :No. 2 baen hath se block brig
assembly aur dahine hath se barrel
ko upar se pakdata hai aur
uthakar daudkar aage jata hai.
Block brig assembly ko socket me
rakhkar lock karata hai aur yakin
karata hai ki safety nob F par aur
pointer,
sand bag,
groundsh
eet
81 mm
81 MM
5
Paddati mortar, Minut prashiks
mortar
es
hak
sight
byakhya
case,
n tatha
base
namuna
plate,
aur
cleanin
karyavah
g rod ,
i
screw
driver,
cane
lubricat
ing oil,
chindi,
pointer,
sand
bag,
ground
sheet
81 mm
328

uparki taraf ho aur barrel ko niche
se pakadakar sahara deta hai.
No 3 Ka kam :No. 3 bipod shoes ke tango ko
kholata hai. Nob locking ko dhila
karta hai. Cross labeling device ko
munasib rookh me ghumata hai.
Badi gear elevating ko dono tango
ke beech me lata ha, Nob locking
case deta hai isake bad elevating
screw ko 6 inch nikalata hai. Baen
hath se clip caller assembly aur
dahine hath se bipod ki dahine
tange aur badi gear elevating ko
uthakar khada ho jata hai. Base
plate
ke kinare 18 inch par
rakhata hai. Ab no. 02 clip caller
ka niche wala kinara barrel ki
motai se 06 inch upar milate hue
clip bolt laga deta hai.
Mortar jud jane ke bad dekhane wali
baten.
 Base plate ke safed line base plate
leg ek sidh me ho.
 Brig block assembly lock ho.
 Safety nob upar ki taraf F par ho,
rotating, socket handle thik safety
nob ke niche ho.
 Clamp caller ka nichala hissa
barrel ki motai se takriban 6 inch
upar aur bolt thik se kasa hua ho.
 Elevating screw 6 inch nikala hua
ho.
 Nob locking kasa hua ho.
 Traversing nut yok ke madhy me
ho.
 Bipod durust fasale par rakha ho.
 Janjeer lagi hue ho.
Shak
Prashikshak aur prashiksharthiyon ke
aur
beech sambandhit Vishay par vistar
sawal
purvak sawal tatha jawab hona
chahiye.
Sankshe Mortar ak jordar fire karane wal
p
hathiyar hai. Larai me isaki mahtva
purn upyogita hai aur agar iska sahi
dhang se istemal kiya jay to dusman
ko
jayada
se
jayada
nuksan
5
Paddati
Minu tes
byakhya
n
5
Paddati
Minu tes
byakhya
n
329
Abhyas
pahunchaya ja sakata hai. Isaki saf
safai uchch darje ki honi chahiye.
Prashikshak aur prashiksharthi ko toli
me baithakar class ko iska abhyas
karvayenge.
*************************************************
************************
5). MMG
1. MMG KI AAM JANKARI, KHOLANA, JORANA,
BHARANA AUR KHALI KARANA
SHIRSHAK
Shurushuru ka
kam
Uddeshya
Bayan
VISHAY
Hathiyar aur saman ka nirikshan, class ki
ginati va bant.
MMG ki aam jankari, kholana, jorana, aur
khali karana.
Gun ko safai ke liya toot foot ki badali
KUL
AVANTIT
LAGATAR
SAMAY
SAMAY
1
Minute
1
Minute
2
1
Minutes
Minute
4
2
330
nirikshan karate samay ya charge lete Minutes Minutes
samya kholane jorane ki jaroorat hoti hai.
Yah hathiyar lambi doori tak mar karane
wala hathiyar hai. Isaka cyclic rate of fire
jayada hai.
Aam jankari MMG do prakar ke hai
8
12
Minutes Minutes
1. Gun Machine Mag 7.62 MM 2A
2. Gun Machine Mag 7.62 MM 2A-1
2A-1
MMG 2 A
MMG
Wajan
10.200 Kgs
10.500 Kgs
Barrel ka Wajan 03.150Kgs
3.300
Kgs
Lambai
104.8 CM
Kutar
7.62 MM
Range
1800
Meter
Sight radius Padi
848 MM
Sight radisu khadi
787
MM
Tej fire
200 rounds
Barrel Ki Lambai
68 Cm
Grouse
04
Magazine box ka wajan
09 Kgs
Belt ki lambai
340
CM
Belt ka vazan
6.800
Kgs
Belt me link
235
hota hai.
Mount tripod ka Nam
7.62
MM
L4A-1
mount
tripod
Mount tripod ka wajan
14.200 Kgs
Free elevation
– 33 degreemadhya se
upar
22
degree niche
11
degree
Control tabs
– 11 Degreedhahine,
5.5 degree
avam
baen
5.5
degree
Tripodo ke tango ki lambai
– Pichhe ka
65 CM
Aage
ka 60 Cm
Sight unit 102 A/B –
331
Gun ko
kholana
Jorana
Sight unit 102 A ka wajan case sahit –
6.300 Kgs
Sight unit 102 B ka wajan case sahit –
6.450 Kgs
Sight ka wajan
– 2.450 Kgs
Sight Unit 102 A ke box ka wajan
–
30.850 Kgs
Sight Unit 102 B box ka wajan
– 04
Kgs
Height
- 175
MM
Chaurai
- 125 MM
Magnification (dekhane ki Shakti)
–
3
Guna
Dekhane ke liye aankh ki doori
- 20
MM
Telescope ya dhancha
- 20 MM
Field of queue
- 12 degree
12
min
Telescope ki lambai
–
85
MM
BARREL GROUP
6
18
Gun ko cock karo aur barrel catch ko Minutes Minutes
dabao caring handle ko upar udhao ab
barrel ko aage dhakelo aur bahar nikalo.
Recoil buffer :Recoil buffer ko kholane se pahale yakin
karo ki recoil mechanism aage hai ab baen
hath se piston grip ko pakado aur dahine
hath se recoil buffer ko gun ke najdeek se
najdeek pakado aur dahine hath ki kalame
vali angul se catch ko upar ki ore dabao.
Recoil buffer ko tab tak upar uthao jab tak
gun se alag na ho jaye.
RECOIL WALE PURJE
Dahine
hath
ke
anguthe
se
telescopic rod ke niche wale shire ko thoda
aage aur upar ko uthao aisa karane se rod
ke upar laga hua stud body ke niche wale ki
sleet se aajad ho jayega. Ab rod ko
returning spring ko piche khichate hue
bahar nikalo, piston aur brig block ko
kholane ke liye baen hath ko body ke
pichhe va niche lagao aur cocking handle
ko picche khincho, brig block aur piston
aasani se body ke bahar aa jayega. Cocking
handle ko aage dhakelo piston aur brig
block ko body se alag karo.
Hissa8
26
332
Jorate samay dhyan rakhna chahiye ki Minutes Minutes
piston, brig block aur gun ka number ek
hai. Aur ise tartib se jorana chahiye.
Piston aur brig block.
Piston aur brig block ko jorane ke liye
piston ko gun ki niche wali body ke hisse
me dakhil karo. Ab brig block ko upar aur
aage ki ore dabate hue pakado aur body ke
upar wale hisse me dakhil karo. Trigger ko
dabao aur piston ko pura aage jane do.
Returning spring aur rod ko lagane ke liye
returning rod ki aage wali hamwar satah
piston ke surakh me dalo aur aage ki ore
tab tak dabao jab tak ki rod picche wala
stud body ke slot ki sidh me aa jati hai to
telescopic rod ko thoda niche ki ore dabao
taki stud sleet me fas jaye.
Recoil buffer :Recoil buffer ko jarane ke liye recoil buffer
ke aage wale shire ko guide ke andar cover
karate hue tab tak niche dabao jab tak ki
catch pura na lag jaye.
Barrel group –
Barrel group ko jorane se pahle gun ko cock
karo, gas regulator ko niche aur carrying
handle ko upar rakhate huye barrel ko
barrel supporter rakhate hue barrel ko
pichhe ki ore dabao aur cocking handle ko
dahini ore baithao yadi gun ko utha kar le
jana ho to carrying handle ko recej se alag
karate hue usko upar uthao jab gun zod di
jati hai jo chal wali purjo ko aage jaane do.
Hamesha gun ko jarane ke bad cock karo –
Yah yakeen karane ke liye ki gun thik joor
gayi hai. Trigger ko dabao chal wale purjo
ko control rakhate hue aage jane do ejection
opening cover ko band karo.
Belt ka bharana :Pahale link ko projection dusare link ke
projection gap me rakho yad rahe projecting
detent clip apani taraf ho. Bane surakh me
round kin ok rake aur round ke pende ko
itana dabao ki jab tak clip ki avaz na kare.
Is tarah baki roundo ko bhi bharate jao.
Agar drill kartoos ko nikalane ki jaroorat
pade to kartoos ki nok ko sakht jagah par
dabate hue link se alag karo.
333
Bhar aur
khali kar
Sankshep
Bharna –
10
36
Bhar ke adesh par no. 2 aadesh ko Minutes Minutes
doharate hai. Belt box ko kholata hai aur
belt ko us samay fid tray me rakhata hai
jab no. 1 ne top cover ko khada kar liya ho
vah pahale round ko cartridge stopper ke
khip rakhata hai. No. 2 belt ko dete samay
dhyan rakhata hai ki. Belt sidha hai aur
usame koi bal nahi hai. Toli ko cartiridge
stopper dikhane ke liye gun ke pas line ban
karao belt ko dekhen aur nikalate samay
no. 1 is bat ka dhayan rakhega ki no. 2 ki
koi anguli fid tray me nahi hai. (no. 2 ke
kam ka abhayas lo.) No. 1 bhar ke addesh
par top cover ko khada karata hai aur no. 2
ko belt hilane par usako baen hath se
sahara deta hai. Top cover ko band karata
hai. Is samay no. 2 baen pahloo me letata
hai.
Khali karna –
Khali kar ke aadesh par no. 2 aadesh ko
doharata hai belt ko us samay utarata hai
jab no. 1 top cover khada kiya ho, belt ko
box me band karata hai aur aam lying
position leta hai. Khali kar ke aadesh par
no. 1 gun ko cock karata hai. Tip cover ko
khada karata hai. No. 2 ke belt nikalane ke
bad fid tray par dekhata hai. Chembar me
koi round to nahi hai Safety catch F par
hai. Trigger ko dabata hai. Ejection opening
cover ko band karata hai.
Sawal avam Jawab se
4
40
Minutes Minutes
334
2. MMG SE FIRE KARANE KE TARIKE
SHIRSHA
K
VISHAY
Suru-suru
ka kam
Hathiyar aur saman ka nirikshan class ki
ginati va bant.
Uddeshya
MMG se fire karane ke tarike
Bayan
Is path me fire karane ka tarika sikhaya
jayega.
Fire
karana
Fire ke aadesh par no. 2 aadesh ko doharata
hai. No. 1 badan ko chhute hue aam lying
position leta hai aur Mar ko dekhane ke liye
apani nazar target par le jata hai. No. 1
trigger ko dabata hai. Bakhava 5 se 6 second
ka bakhava deta hai. Bakhave ke dauran
vah unhi chijo ko chek karata hai. Isase
pahale fire ke dauran karta hai vah is
prakar ek minute me 200 round fire karata
hai. (rooko ka addesh milta hai.)
Go on –
Is aadesh par No. 2 No. 1 ke badan
ko chhute hue aadesh ko doharayega aur
no. 1 wahin fire jari karega.
DHYAN ME RAKHANE WALI BAT –
1. Fire ka sahi fayada uthane ke liye
bakhave ke dauran sist ko avasy chek
kiya jaye.
2. Bina jaroorat ke lamba burst fire na
kiya jaye.
3. Lamba burst chand ek maukon par
fire karna ho.
a. Jab koi surprise hashil karna ho.
b. Jab koi samane aisa target nikal
aye jis par lamba burst fire karane
se fire ka achha natija hasil hone ki
sambhavana ho.
c. Attack se covering dete samay.
d. Raising ke dauran jab target par
mar nazar aana mushkil ho.
KUL
AVANT
LAGAT
IT
AR
SAMAY
SAMAY
1
1
Minute Minut
e
1
2
Minute Minut
es
2
4
Minute Minut
s
es
20
24
Minute Minut
s
es
335
DAHINE BAEN KI DURUSTI
Fire ke dauran dahine baen ki durusti is
prakar di jati hai. –
 Ruk sab dahine ya baye degree ya
click ‘go on”
 Rod No. 1 dahine ya baen degree ya
click “go on”.
Yadi aadesh click me milata hai to
no. 1 utane hi click usi ore deflection drum
par lagayega aur sist dekhega. Yadi aadesh
degree me milata hai to hath se utane hi
degree nap kar us asthan par koi nishan
chunata hai. Gun ko lay karata hai aur fire
ko jari karata hai. Yadi correction ke sath hi
“go on” ka aadesh na mila ho to no. 1 “on”
pukarata hai aur fire ke aadesh ki pratiksha
karata hai.
UPAR NICHE KI DURUSTI
Fire ke dauran jab aadesh milata hai “rook”
sab upar ya niche 100 ya 50 ‘go on ‘ to No. 1
mila hua correction rear sight par lagata hai
aur elevation drum ki madad se najar ki line
kayam karake fire shuru karata hai. Yadi ‘go
on ‘ ka aadeh correction ke sath na mila ho
to “on” puakarata hai aur fire ke aadesh ki
pratiksha karega.
Sankshep Sawal avam Jawab se
16
Minute
s
40
Minut
es
****************************************************************
****************************************************************
*************************************************************
SPECIAL SUBJECTS FOR
ADDITIONAL KNOWLEDGE
1). LESSON PLAN BANANA
336
Pahunch
1.
Kisi bhi karya ko safalta purvak karne ke liye jaruri hai ki uske bare
main purwanuman aur tafsil se yojna bana li jae taki us karya ki sahi tartib
pata chal sake. Isi prakar kisi bhi instr ko apna lesson chalane se pahle
sabak ka lesson plan banana jaruri hoga. Lesson plan ka matlab sabak ke
bare mein aisi jankari aur yojna hoti hai, jiski madad se ek instr apne sabak
ko samay ke mutabiq saralta aur tartib se chala pata hai.
Uddesh
2.
Lesson plan banane ka tariqa sikhana hai.
Bhag
3.
Is lecture ko teen bhagon main chalaya jayega.
(a) Bhag I
- Lesson plan banane se pahle ka soch vichar.
(b) Bhag II - Lesson plan ka khaka aur usko banane ka tariqa.
(c) Bhag III - PWT/IWT lesson plan se sambandhit hidayaten aur
jaruri baten.
Bhag I : Lesson Plan Banane Se Pahle Ka Soch-Vichar
4.
Lesson plan banane se pahle agar hum gaur karen to hamen kuchh
prashnon ke uttar ki jarurat paregi jaise, kya, kahan, kaise, kab, kaun aadi.
Inhi se hamen lesson plan banane ka adhar milta hai.
5.
Kya padhana hai vishay aur uddesh.
6.
Dt, samay aur jagah. Jagah ka vikalp bhi hona chahiye.
7.
Student ka star. Recruits, Young soldiers ya trained soldiers ke liye.
Trained soldiers main bhi Sepoys, UOs ya SO’s ke liye.
8.
Tariqe: Basic, PWT, CWT ya IWT ke tariqe se.
337
9.
Trg aids: Kin-kin trg aids ki zarurat paregi.
10.
Samay ki yojna: Samay ko yojna badh tariqe se pura upyog kiya jae.
11.
Bandobasti karwai: Saman, Gaari, pani, khana aadu ki aawashyakta.
12.
Kamzorian ya points jo pehle mahsush kie gae hon.
13.
Is prakar ham dekhte hain ki in muddon par vichar karne se hamen
lesson plan banane ka adhar mil jata hai.
Bhag II - Lesson plan ka khaka aur uska banane ka tariqa
14.
Lesson plan ke bare main anya kuchh bhi baatcheet karne se pahle ye
nihayat hi jaruri hai ki apko uska khaka dikha diya jae aur apko bata diya
jaye ki uske mukhya ansh kya hote hain. Yeh zaruri hai ki lesson plan ki
outline/columns dikha dia jae sath hi ek lesson plan file cover mein
namune ke taur par students ko dikha dia jae. Lesson plan ke ye mukhya
ansh hote hain.
(a) Sabase upar aur baen, course, subject aur periods allotted die
jaen.
(b) Upar aur dayen, syllabus ref, subject ref, pd No die jaen.
(c) Lesson plan ke columns - Iske antargat
(i)
Ser No
(ii)
Bhag
(iii)
Pathaya samagri/vistaar
(iv)
Trg Aids
(v)
Samay/Time - Ismein actual aur running time darshaya jata
hai.
(vi)
Remarks. Yeh column sabse mahatwapurna coln hota hai
jiske antargat instr ke lie hidayaten di jati hain.
15.
Abhi apne dekha ki lesson plan ka khaka kaisa hota hai, lekin banane
ke lie karwai kis prakar ki jati hai, use ab hum dekhte hain, yani lesson
plan banane ka tarika ab hum dekhenge.
(a) Precis, GS pamphlet se material ikkatha karen.
(b) Sabak ka uddesh aur samay ko maddenazar rakhte hue jaruri
bhagon mein baant karen.
(c) Har ek bhag ke ant mein kuchh sawal aur jawab shamil kar lie
jaen. Isse instr ko class ka star pata chal jata hai.
(d) Trg aids ka istemal.
338
(e) Har ek bhag ke sath samay ka bantwara kar dia jae. (Actual aur
Running donon)
(f) Kisi bhi pradarshan ko jarurat ke anusar shamil kia jae. Isse se
behtar hoga ki pradarshan bhag ke ant main ya lesson ke ant main
rakha jae.
(g) Sankshep ant mein awashya kia jae.
(h) In sabko milakar rough lesson plan ban jaega.
(i) Rehearsal agar jarurat ho to kar lia jae.
(j) Fair lesson plan bana lia jae.
16.
Lesson plan banate waqt kuchh jaruri baten jinko dhyan main rakhna
chahie woh is prakar hain.
(a) Point form main ho.
(b) Trg aids ko die coln main awashyakta ke anusar shamil kia jae.
(c) Sawal aur jawab ke lie paryapt samay ho.
(d) Sawal/Jawab pure likhe jaen.
(e) Bhumika aur sankshep ko bhi pura likh sakte hain.
(f) Instr ke lie hidayaten remarks coln main di jaen, Iske antargat woh
sab hidayaton di ja sakti hain, jo ki instr ki madad karengi.
(g) Fauji tartib aur tarika se lesson plan banaya jae tatha saaf suthra
ho.
Bhag III - PWT/IWT Lesson Plan se Sambandhit Hidayaten aur Jaruri
Baten
14.
PWT lesson plan se sambandhit jaruri baten is prakar hain;-
(a) Shuru-Shuru ka kam. Basic lesson ke mutabiq ho Nirikshan aur
Bandobast.
(b) Uddesh. Abhyas dena hai. Udaharan den.
(c) Dohrai. Sawal/Jawab classske star ke mutabiq hon.
(d) Namuna. Sabse mahatwapurn bhag par dia jae.
339
(e) Abhyas. Class ki kamzorion ko maddenazar rakhte hue abhyas
karwaen. Jin karwaion par abhyas dene ho uska ullekh karen.
(f) Test. Dhyan rakhe ki abhyas di gai karwai main se hi kisi par test
karaya jae. Sharten awashya di jaen.
(g) Mukabala. Ismein bhi yah dhyan rakha jae ki yah vastvik aur
vividhta purn ho. Yah bhi jaruri hai ki karwai aur tarika aisa chuna
jae ki sabke lie barabar ho. Sharton ka ullekh remarks coln main
karna chahie.
(h) Sankshep. Shak aur sawalon ka jawab den aur uska parichay
class ko unke actual star bataen. Unki kamzorion ko gaur karen aur
jarurat ke anusar tatha class ki karwai ke anusar unka hausla
badhaen.
18.
IWT lesson plan se sambandhit jaruri baten is prakar hain ( Slide 7).
(a) Shuru-Shuru ka kam. Basic aur PWT lesson ke mutabiq hi.
(b) Uddesh. Hathiyar ki handling main aur bhi abhyas dena hai.
(c) Hidayten. Is bhag main sabak se sambandhit sabhi hidaytenclass
ko di jaen. Sath hi bhi class ko batai jaen. Jaise - drill amn ka
istemal karne, asli tgt ka na hona zamin ki banawat ki bandishen.
(d) Zor Dene Wali Baten. Aise mudde jin par aap zor dena chahte hai
wah students ko bata dia jata hai. Jaise Morcho ka sahi chunav aur
stemal, fasle ka sahi anuman lagana. Instr ki madad ke lie sabak se
sambandhit kya-kya baten check karni chahie, remarks coln main di
jaen.
(e) Larai ki Halaat. Ismein zamini nishan aur larai ki tactical halaat ke
bare main students ko bataya jata hai. Yad rahe ki larai ki halaat
main adhik samay na lagaya jae aur use saral aur asani se
samjhane yogya banaya jae. Instr ke lie sath-sath hidayaten remarks
coln mein di jaen. Inhe pura likha jae.
(f) Yad Dilao. Sabak se sambandhit sawal jawab pura likha jae.
Ismein minor tactics ke sawal bhi shamil karna chahie.
(g) Abhyas. Is bhag par sabse adhik samay dia jae aur pure sabak par
karwai karai jae. Ismein sabse adhik zor tactical baton ke sath,
hathiyar ki handling par ho.
Sankshep
340
19.
Sabak ko tartibwar chalane ke liye aur samay ka pura aur sahi istemal
karne ke lie yeh jaruri hai ki vishay se sambandhit lesson plan bana lia jae.
Aisa karne se faidon ke bare main ab adhik batane ki awyashakta nahin
hai. Ise hum dekh chuke hain. Kisi bhi sabak ko sucharuroop se chalane ke
lie, ek nape-tule star ko kayam rakhne ke liye aur instr avum VIPs ki
sahuliat ke lie lesson plan ka bana lena ati awashyak hota hai. Iske
mahatwa ko asani se nazarandaz nahin kia ja sakta hai.
2).FIRING RANGE KI TARTIB
Uddesh
Range ki tartib aur coachkarne ki tartib sikhana hai.
Parichay
Time ki bachat ke liye aur die hue time ke andher range ka zaida se zaida
faida uthane ke liye yeh baten zarurai hai :
(a) Range par kam karene ki durust tartib.
(b) Achi butt marking drill.
Range ki tartib
Range par istemal karne wala saman
Jawano ko range par le jane se niche likhi hai chizen check list ke anusar
achi tarah check kar lena chahie :
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Amn (hone wali pracs ke anusar).
Tgt ki qismon aur tadad.
Tgt repair ka saman.
Milap ka sadhan (RS,Telephone, tar, whistle zarurat ke mutabik).
Range standing order aur range course.
Range clearance certificate.
Firing point aur butt register.
Paper, pencil aur clip boards.
Red plags/bamboos zarurat ke anusar.
Seantries ke liye red jackets/bigular first aid ka bandobast, arms aur niaut
fire ke liye lamp hurricane zarurat ke anusar.
341
(k) Sand bags aur ground sheet zarurat ke anusar.
(l) Ganti/belcha.
(m)180 Lbs tent auter flywa zarurat ke anusar.
(n) Pani ka bandobast.
(o) Hathiyaron ka before firing inspection ki honi chahie.
Range par jane se pahle barrack/camp mein karwaian : Range par jane se
pahle niche likhi baton ka bandobast kar lena chahie :
(a)
Ammunition aur Amn party :
Ammuniation ki qism aur tadad
check kar li jaye aur is party ke jawan fire karne walon mein se nahi hone
chahie. Is party ke jawano ko fire ki jane wali practice ki achi tarah se
jankari dilani chahie.
(b)
Hathiyar :
(1) Range par jane ke ek din pahle, fire hone wale hathiyar turning up aur
zero hone chahie jin ka record coy/armourer ke pas hone chahie.
(2) Isi parakar har hatiyar ke sath istemal hone wale magazino ko bhi achi
tarah mulhaziaaur test kar lena chahie, taki firing ke dauran koi
rukawat peshna aye.
(c)
Butt se milap :
Butt se milap ke liye hoshiyar jawan detail karne
chahie. Signal ya ishare pahle se muqrar kar lene chahie. Faltu bat chit ki
ijajat nahi honi chahie.
(d)
Butt party :
Butt party kafi pahle detail kar deni chahie. Agar is party
ko bhi fire karna ho, to inki babli pahle se hi detail kar deni chahie.
(e)
Dusri dutian :
Look out sentry aur aron ko tayar karne wali toli detail
ki jaye aur unhe unki duty achi tarah samjaye.
(f) Tamam jawano ko range ki tartib aur fire ki jane wali practice samhei jaye.
Agar ho sake to range par jane se pahle, din mein range par hone wali
tamam karwaion ki rehersal karai jaye.
Range drill
Order of fire batane se pahle, hathiyaron ka mulhazia aur sighton ko kala
karao. Mulhazia ki karwai firing point officer ya JCO ke niche honi chahie.
Ammuniation : Ammuniation ka mulhazia karo yeh karwai officer
incharge ki nigrani mein hogi aur in baton ka yakin karo :
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Tamam fire hone wale ammuniation ki sealen uski nigrani mein khuiti hai.
Hrek dibbe/box ka ammuniation usi dibbe/box ke saan rakha jaye.
Ammuniation ka lot number firing point register per note ho.
Ammunition ki tadad aur qism firing point register par note karo.
Yakin karo ki firing point par laga hua ammuniation defective/restricted to
nahi hai. Yadi firing ke dauran ammuniation ke karan koi hadsa ho jaye, to
us lot ke ammuniation ka fire band karke uski report, ammuniation ka lot
number aur hathiyar sahit upar wale HQ aur QM ko di jaye.
Order of firing aur targaton ki bant coach karne wale ko firing point par
march karna.
342
Pahle do detail ko chor do, baki jawano ko piche munasib jagah par bhej
de, jahan who ustad ke niche hathiyar safai ya weapon traning ka abhiyas
Karen, ya fire hone wali partion ke bare mein jankari di jaye.
Number 1 aur2 detail ko march karke, firing point ke piche 10 aur 20 gaz ke
faisle wali jhadion ki line par lao aur suraj ki roshini ke khilaf muh karke
baitha do.
No. 1 details ko ammuniation issue karne aur usko saaf karne ka hukam
do.
Yeh yakin ho jane par ki tamam suraksha sambandhi/bandobasti karwaian
thik hai :
(a) Tamam zarurai jagah par jo muqami range order ke anusar ho.Sentry
khade hai.
(b) Unke pas siti, lal jhanda, lal jacket aur steel halmet hai.
(c) Sentry se ghire hue ilaqe mein koi admi ya jandhar vastu to nahi hai.
(d) Muqami hukamo/standing orders ke mutabik fire karne ke lie “clearance
certificate” apne pas maujud hai.
Details ko khare hone aur advance karne ka hukam do jis par no. 1 detail
firing point par, number 2 detail number 1 detail ki jagah par ayagi aur
teesri taiyari khari detail number 2 ki jagah legi.
Coach firing point par firer ki record book len aur unki grouping ki qabliat
malum Karen.
Uske bad firing point officer yeh hukam dega :
(a) “Detail number” iske upar target upar jane chahie.
(b) “Detail position” ar fir, is par number 2 detail aur 3 detail suraj ke barkhilaf
muh karte hue baith jaye. No. 2 detail ko ammuniation banta jaye jisko who
saf kare.
(c) “00 gaz limber up” coach shuru kar. Is par coach firer ki position check kare
aur limber up khatam hone par khara ho jaye.
(d) “Bhar”.
(e) “Delibrate fire” is par coach practice ke anusar firer ke sath position leta hai.
(f) Round khatam hone par coach yakin karte hai ki rifle khali hai aur butt
niche hai.
(g) “Khali kar” is par fire kar rahi detail khali kar ki karwai kar ke khari ho jati
hai aur baqi do piche baithe dul detailen bhi firing point ki taraf muh kar ke
khari ho jati hai.
(h) “Nirikshan ke liye janch shastr” Is par sikhe hue tariqe ke anusar karwai ki
jat hai.
(i) “Report” par bari bari clear ki report baen se di jati hai.
(j) “Chal wale purje age kar/bolt chala aur bazu sashtr, case uthao” ke hukam
par sikhe hue tariqe ke anusar karwai karo.
(k) “Target check” telephone operater butt ko is karwai ka signal de.
(l) “Coach shuru kar” Is par coach firer ko uski galtain batata hai.
(m)“Detail piche mur”.
(n) “Detail badle” ke hukam par fire kar chuki detail tol shastr se jati hai aur
number 5 firer ke adesh anusar who pahle ammuniation point par khali
case ammuniation jama karti hai. Iske bad apne point sunne ke tie
telephone par jati hai. Point sunne ke bad piche mur jiti hai aur apne
343
hathiyaro ko saf karti hai. Ane wali dono details sam tol shastr se age barti
hai, jisme se number 2 detail firing point par aur number 3 detail no.2 ki
jagah par a khari ho jati hai. Is tarah no.5 detail number 3 ki jagah leti hai.
Is tarah se detailen bari fire karti hai.
Fire samapti par kam
: Fire samapti hone par karwai :
(a) Fire samapti par hathiyaro ka mulhazia karna.
(b) Ammuniation ki ginti karna, fired case, misfire aur bache hue zinda
roundon ki tadad firing point register par bharna.
(c) Sikka ikatha.
(d) Jawano ko unke natije sunnana.
(e) Akhir mein “fire samapti ka begule bajana.
(f) Butt party aur sentry ki report lena.
(g) Civil adhikarion se “no casulity/no damage” likhit report lena,(
muqami/range standing order ke anusar).
Sankshep
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Range par tamam harketen chatak honi chahie.
Faltu koi bat chit nahi hoti chahie.
Tamam karwai hukam se aur discipline ke ander honi chahie.
Butt se milap ke liye ishare muqarrar kiya ja sakta hai :
(1) One ring
- Target up.
(2) Two ring
- Target check.
(3) Three ring
- Point batao/janda upar wagaira.
3). SIKHLAI KE TARIQE
Pahunch
1. Ek acchha instr woh hota hai jo apne students ko jo gyan sikhlana hai
use achchi tarah se sikha saken. Aap sabhi log yeh course karne ke bad jab
unit mein jaenge to ho sakta hai aapko ek instr ka kam diya jaye, tab aapko
class lene ki jarurat padegi. Ek class ko acchhe tarah se chalane ke liye yeh
bahut hi jaruri hai ki aap sikhlai ke tariqe ko acchhi tarah se jante ho. In
tariqon ko janana hi kafi nahin hai, balki ek aacha instr banane ke liye
hamen inhe apni adaton mein shamil kar lena chahiye.
Uddesh.
2. Aap ko sikhlai ka tariqon ke bare mein am jankari dena.
Bhag
3. Yeh lec do bhagon mein chalaya jayega.
344
Bhag I - Niyam aur Usul
Bhag II - Instr ki khubian
Bhag I - Niyam aur Usul
4. Niyam. Ek achche sikhlai do khas baton par nirbhar karti hai:Instr ko us vishay par jis ko usne sikhana hai us par gaharai se gyan
hona chahiye.
(b) Class ko sikhne ki tamanna ya dilchaspi honi chahiye.
5. Sidhant(Usul). Upar diye gaye do niyamo ke alawa kisi bhi class ki
safalta kuch usulon par nirbhar karti hai.
(c) Uddesh. Kisi bhi lesson ke teen uddesh hote hain:Jaldi ka. Yeh saf aur chota hota hai eg is lec ka uddesh aapko
sikhlai ke tarikon ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
(i) Bad ka. Yeh uddesh kai jaldi ke uddesh ko mila kar banta
hai eg is course mein jitne bhi lesson aapko padaye jate hai
unkaa uddesh hai aapko ek accha sec cdr banana.
(ii) Aim plus Woh uddesh hai jo students jane anjane mein
sikh jate hai, eg aapko ek achha soldier banana.
Sochvichar aur Taiyari. Kisi bhi lesson ko achhe tariqe se chalane ke
liye yeh jaruri hai ki Instr lesson chalane se pahle hi sabhi baton ka
sochvichar aur taiyari kare taki aakhri waqt mein koi badli karne ki
jarurat na pare aur lesson chalane mein koi mushkil na aaye.
Sochvichar aur taiyari in baton ki karni chahiye:(iii) Sikhlai ki baten. Sabse pahle ek instr jo kuchh class ko
sikhlana hai uske bare mein sochvichar karta hai phir
uski taiyari karta hai is prakar:(aa) Kya padana hai, kitna samay hai aur padane ka
tariqa, PWT,CWT etc.
(ab) Jo kuch use padana hai uska study material milega
aur woh usko kis prakar taiyar karega.
(ac) Uske bad subject pamphlet, precis, books ya course
ke notes se dundhkar nikalega.
(ad) Jo kuch use in kitabo mein milta hai uski jankari
unko padkar hasil karega.
(ae) Vishay ko chunna
(aaa) Janana jaruri hai
345
(aab) Janana chahiye
(aac) Janana se achha rahega.
(af) Lesson plan Banana. Jab woh us subject (vishay)
ke bare mein kafi gyan hasil kar leta hai tab use jo
kuch padana hai use woh tartibwar lagata hai. Yeh
karte samay use apne sabak ka uddesh, class ka
standard aur use class ko chalane ke liye kitna
samay diya hai dhyan mein rakhna chahiye.
(Lesson plan kaise banaya jata hai yeh aapko alag
lec mein sikhaya jaega). Lekin mote taur par ek
Instr jo class chalane ja raha hai use tafsil mein
samay, trg aid chart ya slides ka istemal karke kis
tartib mein chalana hai use likhit rup mein banata
hai, use lesson plan kahte hai. (Lesson plan banane
ke chand ek faide class tartibwar chalai jati hai,
class ko samajhne mein asani, Accident/durghatna
se bachao, chizen, gun/ damage hone ki jankari,
samajh ki stage wise janch. )
(iv) Trg Aids Lesson plan banate samay yeh sochvichar
karna chahiye ki is class ko chalane ke liye use koun
koun se trg aids chart/ slides ki jarurat padegi unka list
banane ke baad woh unki demand trg store mein dega
aur unko check karega ki thik hai.Yadi koi trg aids thik
nahin hai to usko thik karwayega. Dhyan rahe ki koi bhi
trg aid jo kam nahin karte hai class ke dauran istemal na
kiye jaye.
(v) Trg ki Jagah aur uska Istemal.Ek instr ko chahiye ki jis
jagah par usne class leni hai wahan par jakar woh is
prakar sochvichar aur taiyari kare:(aa) Jitne students ki class chalani hai kya unke
baithne ke liye jagah hai, yadi nahin to uska
intejam karwaye jaise ek Sqd Post ko repair karna,
class ko is tarah se baithaya jaye ki suraj unke
muh par na chamke.
(ab) Class chalane ki jagah par jakar woh yeh dekhe
ki koun se trg aid ko kis jagah lagaya jayega, yadi
instr ne koi demo dena hai to use kis jagah se dega
jaise ki puri class use asani se dekh sake, aur yadi
students se abhyas karane hai to kis jagah se
karayega aur khud kis jagah khara hoga jisse woh
class ki galtion ko pakar saken.
(vi) Adm. Ek achha instr ko chahiye ki woh yakin kare ki
class ke liye pani ka bandobast hai, Class ke piche
visiting officer ke liye baithne ka bandobast hai aur class
346
ka nominal roll, lesson plan, clip board, paper aur pencil
table par rakha hai. Iske liye use taiyari karni chahiye.
(vii) Vidhyarthion ka Star. Instr ko sikhlai pane wale
vidhyarthion ke star ke bare mein gyan hona awashyak
hai aur woh jo bhi soch vichar karta hai use class ka star
dhyan mein rakhna chahiye. Vidhyarthion ke star mein
antar ko dhyan mein rakhte hue hi class ki squadding bhi
ki jati hai is prakar:(aa) Vidyarthion mein antar. Vidyarthion ke star mein
antar nimnlikhit karan se ho sakta hai:(aaa) Gyan (intellegence). Cl ke sabhi vidyarthion
ka gyan ek sa nahin ho sakta.
(aab) Age badne ki jigyasa(intrest). Jo vidyarthi
age badna chahte hai eg is course mein achhi
grading hasil karna chahate hai woh ziada
kam karenge aur baki students se acchhe
honge.
(aac) Utsukta (exitment). Jis kisi bhi student
mein kisi bat ko janane ki utsukta ya jigyasa
hoti hai uska us student se jisko koi utsukta
nahin hai usse achha hona swabhawik hai.
(aad) Pichla Anubhav. Jis vidyarthi ka pichla
anubhav ziada hai woh baki students se
achha hoga jaise ki is course mein jo student
ziada pre course trg.
(viii) Squadding .Aapne dekha hoga ki kisi bhi bare cl ki
WT ke liye squadding ki jati hai. Squadding in karn se ki
jati hai:(aa) Karan. Kion ki vidyarthion ke star mein antar
hota hai isliye yadi ek achha aur ek kamjor
vidyarthi ko ek hi sqd mein rakh diya jae to achha
aur kamjor dono kism ke vidyarthion ko sikhlai
mein mushkil aayegi.
(ab) Basis. Takriban ek hi star ke vidyarthi ek sqd
mein hon.
(ac) Tariqa. Test lekar eg is course mein entrance test
lekar aapke star ka pata lagaya gaya hai.
(ad) Apnapan. Jab ek hi star ke jawan ek sqd mein
hote hain to unhe class ke sabhi jawan apne saath
347
ke lagte hai aur woh class mein ziada interest leta
hai.
(ae) Achhi Spardha. Jab sqd ke sabhi vidyarthion ka
star ek sa hota hai to har ek vidyarthi cl mein
achha karne ke liye mehnat karta hai.
(af) Jaldi Sikhne Mein Madad. Sqd mein sabhi
vidyarthion ke liye koi bhi shak ya sawal mahatava
puran hota hai jo usko cl mein jiada dhyan lagane
mein madad karta hai aur woh jaldi sikhta hai.
(d) Dilchaspi. Is usul ka sikhlai ke dauran niyam ke saath najdiki
sambandh hai (cl ko sikhne ki tammanna hona) ek instr ko
class ki dilchaspi kayam rakhne ko ahmiyat ka samajhna
chahiye aur is dhang se class leni chahiye ki class ki ruchi bani
rahe. Ruchi kayam rakhne ke chand ek tarike is prakar hai:(i) Class se Pahle. Jahirat (advertise) karke eg achhi tarah
se banaya hua trg pgme ya posters banakar info room/
dining hall mein laga diya jaye to jin logo ko yeh class
mein shamil hona hai unko is lesson ko attenkarne mein
ziada ruchi rahegi.
(ii) Class ke Dauran. Class chalate samay ruchi kayam is
prakar rakh sakte hain:(aa) Lesson mein vastvikta (realism) honi chahiye eg
rif fire mein blank rd fire karke, baccat strip istemal
karke darshana.
(ab) Competition. Har ek admi ki dili tamanna hoti
hai ki woh dusre se achha kare.Is ka faida uthate
hue ham class ki ruchi competition rakh kar bada
sakte hain.
(ac) Kism (variety). Lesson ko is tarah se chalaya jae
ki class bore na ho eg questions puchkar ya PWT,
CWT ke tarike se aur trg aid ka istemal karke.
(ad) Safalta ka Ahsas. Har ek admi ki yeh ichha hoti
hai ki woh jane ki woh kaisa kam kar raha hai
isliye ek instr ko class ki ruchi banaye rakhne ke
liye cl ko batate rahe ki koun student achha kam
kar raha aur koun nahi aur kisko kitni mehnat ki
jarurat hai.
(ae) Hansi Majak. Yeh cl ko tarotaja karti hai parantu
yeh bhadda ya bahut jiada nahi hona chahiye aur
cl ke upar jabarjasti nahi thopa jana chahiye.
(iii) Class ke Bad. Cl ke bad quiz, oral ya written test,
exercise ya OTW aur utsaha jagakar, dilchaspi paida
348
karne mein madad karti hai eg, Is course mein aap log
course mein achhi grading pane ke liye test mein achha
karne ke liye cl mein kafi dilchaspi lete hai.
(e) Indrion ka Istemal (use of senses). Admion ki panch indrion
mein se jitni jiada indrion ka ek admi istemal karta hai woh us
baat ko utni hi achhi tarah se samajh ta hai. Ham sikhlai ke
dauran admi ki sabhi indrion ka istemal to nahi kar pate lekin
unmen se kuch indrion ka istemal trg aid ki madad se karwa
sakte hai. Trg aid ki madad se indrion ka istemal kis prakar
karaya jata hai aapko dusre LD mein vistar mein bataya jayega.
Lakin aapki thodi jankari ke liye kuch trg aid is prakar hai:(i) Sunane Wale. PA eqpt, tape recorder etc
(ii) Dekhne Wale. Charts, model, slide etc
(iii) Sparsh Karne Wale. Hathiyar ke upar handling
(iv) Pradarshit Trg Aid. Demo, natak, sand/ cloth model etc
(f) Harkat (jagrukta). Chahe instr kitna bhi achha ho woh safal
nahi ho sakta hai yadi woh class ko jagruk nahi rakh sakta. Cl
ko ham harkat dekar jagruk rakh sakte hai. Cl ki harkat do
qism ki ho sakti hai:(i) Dimagi. Yeh cl se sabak ke dauran bich bich mein
prashna puch kar karwai ja sakti hai.
(ii) Sharirik. Yeh cl ko sharirik harkat karni hoti hai eg
hathiyar ke upar abhyas.
(g) Prashna uttar ka tariqa:(i) Cl se prashna puchne ke niyam. Instr jab bhi prashna
puche to in baton ko dhyan rakhe:(aa) Prashna pura aur saaf ho.
(ab) Puri cl ko sunai dena chahiye.
(ac) Prashna pahle puri cl se puchna chahiye
phir ek student ka naam lekar jawab dene ke
liye kahe.
(ad) Prashna ek ke baad dusre students se ek line
mein na puche.
(ae) Yadi do student jinke naam liye hai jawab na de
saken to khud cl ko jawab batay.
(ii) Cl Dwara puche hue Prashna. Yadi cl se kai student
prashna puche to instr ko is prakar karwai karni
chahiye:(aa) Prashna puchne wale vidhyarthi ko badawa do.
(ab) Use aur aram se prashna puchne ke liye kaho.
349
(ac) Use prashna banane mein madad karo.
(ad) Puche gaye prashna ko dohrao aur cl se uska uttar
pucho.
(ae) Yadi cl ko uska uttar pata nahin hai to uska uttar
batao.
(af) Yadi pucha gaya prashna subject ka na ho
parantu samajhdari ka ho to sankshep mein batao.
(ag) Beakufi (insincere ques) prashna puchne wale ko
badawa mat do (DS udaharan dekar samjhaye).
(iii) Cl ke uttar par Karhwai. Yadi cl ka koi student instr ke
prashna ka uttar is prakar de ki uska matlab sahi nikalta
ho to use sahi mana jaye kyon ki yeh jaruri nahi hai ki
prashna ke uttar ka ek ek shabd rate hue tarikese mile jo
ki kitab mein likha hai.
(h) Insani Baten. Gyan ke alawa ek instr mein kuch ek khubion ka
hona bhi jaruri hai jo ki usko cl ke saath vyavahar mein madad
karti hai. Ek instr ki khubian aur use apne students ke saath kis
prakar ka vyavahar karna chahiye, main is lec ke bhag do mein
bataunga.
(i) Sadharanta. Ek achhe instr ko kisi bhi mushkil se mushkil
vishay ko class ke star ke mutabik itni sadharan tariqe se
samjhana chahiye ki cl use asani se samajh saken.
(b) Samajh ki Jaanch. Sikhlai ke dauran yeh jaruri hai ki Instr
samay, samay par yeh jaanch kare ki cl ne sabak ko kitna
samjha hai. Yeh jaanch karne ke kya karan hai aur yeh kyon
jaruri hai, yeh is prakar hai:(i) Karan. Samajh ki jaanch karne ke yeh karan hai:(aa) Sikhne walon ke liye badhawa ka kam karti hai
kyon ki jab woh sahi jawab deta hai to use yakin ho
jata hai ki woh lesson ko samajh gaya hai.
(ab) Samajh ki Jankari. Instr ko yeh pata chal jata hai
ki uska padaya gaya lesson cl ko kitna samajh mein
aa raha hai.
(ac) Safalta ka Ahasas. Jab ek lesson cl ko samajh
mein aa jata hai to instr aur vidyarthion donon ko
hi safalta ka ahsas hota hai.
(ad) Kitna Extra Coaching ki Jarurat hai. Vidyarthion
ne sabak ko kitna samjha hai isko dekhte hue instr
yeh anuman laga sakta hai ki cl ko kitne extra
coaching ki jarurat hai.
350
(ii) Samajh ki jaanch ke Hisse. Samajh ki jaanch ka ek
instr teen hisson mein baant kar sakta hai:(aa) Shuru Mein. Yeh yakin karne ke liye ki cl sikhlai
pane ke liye taiyar hai ya nahi eg PWT lesson mein
dohrai.
(ab) Cl ke Dauran. Sabak ke kisi bhi bhag/ hisse ke
khatam hone ke bad aur agle bhag/ lesson ke
shuru karne se pahle.
(ac) Akhri Mein. Yeh yakin karne ke liye ki cl pura
lesson samajh gaya hai yeh prashna puchkar, quiz
test lekar kar sakte hai.
Bhag II : Instr ki Khubian
7. Kisi bhi cl ki safalta ek instr ke upar nirbhar karti hai. Ek instr mein
koun koun se khubian honi chahiye aur use apne cl se kis tarah ka
vyavahar rakhna chahiye, is prakar hai:(b) Instr ki Khubian. Ek instr mein nimnlikhit khubian
awashyak hai:-
hona
(i) Dhancha (Bearing). Jaise hi ek instr cl ke samne aata
hai vidhyarthi instr ke kuch bolne se pahile hi usko
janchna (judge) karna suru kar deta hai.Isliye ek instr ka
achha bearing hona jaruri hai. Ek achhe fauji bearing ko
kayam rakhne ke liye instr ko hamesha achhi tarah
(turned out) dress pahanna chahiye, chust hansmukh
rahna chahiye aur uska cl ke saath achha vyavahar hona
chahiye
(ii) Josh/ Dilchaspi (Enthusiasm). Josh ek admi se dusre
admi mein failta hai. Isliye agar instr mein josh/ dilchaspi
hai to cl mein bhi iska hona swabhavik hai. Isliye ek instr
ko chahe koi sabak pasand na ho to bhi cl ke samne nahi
dikhna chahiye.
(iii) Awaj. Bilkul saaf hona chahiye aur bahut dhime ya
bahut tej nahi hona chahiye. Yadi PA eqpt ka istemal kiya
ja raha hai to use thik se adjust karna chahiye.
(iv) Bolne ka Dhang (Delevery). Bolne ka dhang ek kala hai.
Isliye ek instr ko iska abhyas karke apni adaton mein
shamil karna chahiye Dhyan mein rakhne wali baten is
prakar se hai:(aa) Thik speed
(ab) Vakyo ke bich mein thahrao
351
(ac) Mukhya baton par jor
(ad) Sidhi sadi bhasa
(ae) Bekar ki baten ( takya kalam) jaise ki achha phir,
soche aur batayen, aadi shabdon ka istemal nahi
karna chahiye.
(v) Sahan shilta (patience) . Har cl mein alag alag star ke
vidhyarthi hote hai. Isliye yadi kisi ko koi baat samajh
mein na aye to instr ko kabhi gussa ya chahare par
pareshani nahi dikhni chahiye balki us student ki madad
karni chahiye.
(vi) Hansi Majak. Is gun ka ek instr mein hona nihayat hi
jaruri hai,Hansi majak aisa hona chahiye jo ki cl ki
pasand ka ho lekin ek cl mein hansi majak bahut ziada
nahi hona chahiye aur gande kism ka nahi hona chahiye.
(vii) Bharosa. Ek instr ko apni kabliyat per bharosa hona
chahiye aur kabhi bhi ghabrana nahi chahiye.
(viii) Gyan. Instr jo kuch padane ja raha hai use uske
bare mein gahrai se gyan hona chahiye aur gyan ke
saath saath usme kisi bhi baat ko aasani se cl ko
samajhne ki kabliyat honi chahiye.
(ix) Hav Bhav( Gestures & mannerism). Yadi ek instr
kabhi kabhi kisi jaruri baat ko samjhne ke liye koi
harkat karta hai to thik hai lekin yadi woh koi bhi
harkat yadi bar bar karta hai jaise ki sir ko khujana,
(cl ke samne) muncho par haath lagana, pointer ke
saath khelna, ankh band karna etc. Kyonki aisi harkat
cl ka dhyan batanti hai.
(c) WT Instr ki Khubian. Instr ki khubion ke alawa ek WT instr
mein in khubion ka hona bhi jaruri hai:(i) Wpn Handling. Ek instr ki wpn handling bahut hi unche
darje ki honi chahiye.
(ii) Trg Aid ka Istemal. Ustad ko yeh malum hona chahie ki
use koun se trg aid kis samay par, kaise aur kahan se cl
ko dikhana chahiye.
(iii) Galti Pakarne aur use dur Karne ki Kabliyat. Ek WT
instr mein itni kabliyat honi chahiye ki woh koi bhi
student yadi koi choti bhi galti kare to use pakar sake aur
use dur karwa sake.
(d) Instr ka Cl ke Saath Vyvahar. Instr ko cl ke saath vyavahar
karte samay in baaton ka dhyan rakhna chahiye:(i) Instr ka Cl ke Saath Vyvahar Instr ko apni cl ke sabhi
students ka naam malum hona chahiye aur unke naam
lekar hi bulana chahiye. Instr ko cl ke har student ki
sikhlai ki baaton mein kamjori aur unke aache kam ke
352
bare mein jankari honi chahiye aur samay samay par use
students ko inke bare mein batate rahna chahiye.
(ii) Sahakarmion se nishtha. Kabhi bhi dusre instr ki
burai ya unke bare mein buri baat cl ke samne nahin
karni chahiye. Sabhi instr ka aapas ka mel milap
achha hona chahiye.
(iii) Dostana Vyavahar. Ek instr ko kabhi bhi puri cl
ki taraf ya kisi ek student ke upar gusse wala ya
hamesha dantne wala rukh nahin apnana chahiye.
Aur kabhi bhi apne aap ko bahut bada aadmi
sochkar kisi ki be-izzati nahin karna chahiye. Cl ke
sath aise vyavahar hona chahiye ki cl instr ko apna
samjhe usse koi bhi subject ko puchne mein madad
mangsake. Instr jab kisi student ki galti ko dur
karwana hai to is prakar se karwana chahiye ki
student ko lage ki woh uski madad kar raha hai aur
use samjha raha hai.
(iv) Uphas na Karna. Kisi bhi aadmi ko yeh pasand nahi
hota hai ki koi uska majak udaye. Isliye kisi bhi
student ka cl ke saamne majak nahi udana chahiye.
(v) Tarafdari ya Pakshpat na Karna. (Avoid favouratism)
Kabhi bhi vidhyarthion ke saath pakshpat nahin karna
chahiye ki yeh mere gaon ka hai, unit ka hai, Regt ka
hai etc. Aisa karne se vidhyarthion mein asantushtata
fail jati hai. Shuru mein to jinko instr madad nahin
karte hain wahi instr ko izzat nahin karega parantu
baad mein jinko instr madad karte hain wo bhi unki
izzat nahi karte hai.
(vi) Satta na Marna (never bluff). Waise to ek instr ko jo
kuch bhi ho woh pada raha hai uska bahut achha
gyan hona chahiye lekin kabhi kabhi ho sakta hai use
kisi bat ka pata na ho, aise samay mein use cl ko
batana chahiye ki woh us baat ka pata lagakar
batayega aur use yeh yakin karna chahiye ki woh baad
mein us baat ko cl ko jarur bataye. Use jis baat ka
pata nahi hai uske bare mein kabhi bhi satta nahi
marna chahiye.
(vii) Ziada na Hankana /Khud ka Badappan) Kai log
apni hamesha badai karte hai ki maine aisa kiya vaisa
kia aur bahut samay barbad kar dete hai, instr ko
aise karna nahi chahiye ha yadi uska koi aisa tajurba
hai jisse cl ko faida ho sakta hai to use woh cl ko bata
sakta hai. Lekin cl chalane ke samay ka dhyan rakhte
hue.
(viii) Sakti Karna (Be firm ). Ek instr ko apni cl ke saath
utni sakhti baratni chahiye ki unka discp kharab na
353
ho aur koi bhi galti karne par unki sakhtai se galti na
karne ke liye kahna chahiye. Vidhiyarthion ki dil mein
yeh baat kabhi nahi ane deni chahiye ki galti karne ke
bad bhi use kuch nahi kaha jaega. Bad mein aisa instr
hamesha students se izzat pata hai.
(ix) Meljol kisi had tak (Avoid Familiarity). Vidhyarthi
aur ek instr ka apas mein thoda meljol hona jaruri hai
lekin itna nahi ki vidhyarthi instr ki izzat karna hi
band kar de.
7. Sankshep Aapko jo kuch aaj is lec mein bataya gaya hai yadi aap
in baton ko cl lete samay dhyan mein rakhenge to yakinan hi ek
achhe instr banenge. Aur ane wale samay mein is course ke
dauran aur course ke bad aapko hamesha safalta milegi.
**********************************************************************************
*************************************************************************************
**********************************************************************************
354